POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2020 CONTENTS

01-02 14 -130 INTRODUCTION SUBJECT DIRECTORY 1 Introduction to the University 2 Bangor at a Glance ARTS, HUMANITIES & BUSINESS 14 Creative Studies and Media 20 English Literature and Creative Writing 26 History and Archaeology 29 Linguistics and English Language 32 Modern Languages and Cultures 35 Music 40 Philosophy and Religion 42 Welsh and Celtic Studies 03-08 45 Business UNIVERSITY LIFE & STUDY 61 Law The University and Location 3-4 69 Social Sciences Research Excellence 5 Sport 6 Student and Study Support 7 HUMAN SCIENCES Careers and Employability 8 73 Education and Human Development 77 Health Sciences 85 Medical Sciences 90 Psychology 101 Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES & ENGINEERING 10 - 11 108 Biological Sciences INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 112 Forestry, Environmental Science, 10 Information for International Students Geography and Ecology and English Language Requirements 119 Ocean Sciences 124 Computer Science 127 Electronic Engineering

12-13 FINANCE & APPLYING Student Finance, Fees, Scholarships and Bursaries 12 Applying, Entry Requirements and Study Options 13 POSTGRADUATE COURSES FAIR 125 GENERAL INFORMATION www.bangor.ac.uk/pgfair

If you find it difficult to read the size of print in this guide, please look at our website bangor.ac.uk for details of our courses and facilities. At Bangor, we place our students at the heart of all that we do. In addition to conducting world-class research and delivering an excellent standard of teaching, we pride ourselves on the comprehensive academic, financial and personal support available to all our students. Our relationships with partners in the region and with the local community also give our students numerous opportunities to gain valuable work experience and to benefit from a huge catalogue of volunteering opportunities. All this takes place in an area of outstanding beauty and contributes to the Bangor experience as being totally unique.”

Prof Iwan Davies Vice-Chancellor, Bangor University

Established in 1884, Bangor University has It is clear that the excellent research INTRODUCTION a long tradition of excellence and exceeds carried out by Bangor University academics expectations, both for academic standards is having a major economic impact on the and student experience. Bangor University lives of people around the world. This will today is a thriving, forward-looking come as no surprise to those who are institution offering excellent postgraduate familiar with us: Bangor University, opportunities in both taught courses and established in north Wales in 1884 by the research degrees. community to serve the needs of future generations, continues to transform lives Our research transforms the lives of one hundred and thirty years on from its millions of people around the world and in foundation. many different ways. This impact ranges from the food we eat and the environment Coupled with the high calibre of research we live in, through health and well being to activity, students on taught postgraduate improving of the economy and the law of courses can enjoy teaching of a high the land. All of this success shows that standard delivered by true experts in their Bangor University is a world-leading field. research power based in Wales that is making the world a better place. In the 2017 Government-run Teaching Excellence Framework (TEF), Bangor We enjoy an excellent track record for University achieved the highest rating research and teaching quality. The most possible - the Gold Award for ‘outstanding recent Research Excellence Framework teaching’. Amongst the areas highlighted in (REF 2014) recognised that more than TEF as particular strengths at Bangor were three- quarters of Bangor’s research is the ways we engage with our students, the either world-leading or internationally personalised support we offer to students, excellent. Based on the University and our enhancement of students’ submission of 14 Units of Assessment, 77% employability. of the research was rated in the top two tiers of research quality, ahead of the Bangor University is recognised regionally, average for all UK universities. nationally and internationally as a centre of excellence for a varied portfolio of Our reputation as a world-leading research academic programmes and for the high university is underlined by the fact that quality of the experience it provides for its the REF results ranked Bangor University students and staff. We have a range of amongst the top 40 universities in the UK. national and international partnerships The research carried out in over half of our with a number of other universities which academic schools was ranked in the Top 20 provide an opportunity to work in the UK. collaboratively, as well as for joint working, research and study.

The world leading research carried out at Bangor University, together with our high student satisfaction and major investment in the campus makes this a unique and very attractive place to study.

1 THE ADVENTURE THESTARTS ADVENTURE HERE STARTS HERE...

– Founded in 1884, Bangor University has a – Bangor University’s was – Founded in 1884, Bangor University has a – Bangor offers a vibrant world-leadingstudent community research long tradition of academic excellence, which recognised inth the Research Excellence Framework long tradition of academic excellence, which and is ranked 107 in the World for its continues to this day. This is supported by (REF), the national assessment of research quality. continues to this day. This is supported by international outlook (Times Higher recent major endorsements of both the Bangor University is ranked amongst the top 40 in recent major endorsements of both the Education, 2016). quality of teaching and the research carried the UK** for research quality, with the research quality of teaching and the research carried out here. carried out in over half of our academic schools out here. – An on-going investment in facilities and supportrated services in the top is further20 in the enhancing UK. the – Bangor University achieved the highest rating – Bangor University has a varied portfolio of Bangor student experience. Amongst recent possible - the Gold Award for ‘outstanding – Bangor University has a varied portfolio of postgraduate programmes and we have a developments are an exciting new Arts & - in the government run Teaching postgraduate programmes and we have a rteaching’ange of national and international Innovation Centre, new halls of residence, Excellence Framework (TEF 2017). Amongst the range of national and international partnerships with a number of other and improved sports facilities. areas highlighted in TEF as particular strengths at partnerships with a number of other universities which provide an opportunity to Bangor were the ways we engage with our universities which provide an opportunity to work collaboratively, as well as for joint students, the personalised support we offer to work collaboratively. working, research and study. students, and our enhancement of students’ employability. – The 2019 National Student Survey (NSS) – Bangor prides itself on the student * excluding specialist institutions results placed Bangor University in the top experience offered and is placed within the 10 in the UK for student satisfaction*. top 15 universities in the UK for student experience (Times Higher Education Student Experience Survey). The low cost of * excluding specialist institutions living, the student support and stunning location all contribute to this.

– The 2016 National Student Survey (NSS) results placed Bangor University in the top 15 in the UK for student satisfaction*. The NSS also placed Bangor top in Wales and 4th in the UK for academic support.

2 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS THE UNIVERSITY

– We place a high priority on student experience. The low cost of living, the student support and stunning location all contribute to this.

– We offer a range of student support services and programmes to help you make the most of your time at university. We can also prepare you for your future through our employability and enterprise services.

– Recognised in several student surveys as one of the best places in the UK to be a student.

– Bangor University has over 200 Clubs and Societies and student membership is free. Our Clubs and Societies have been rated the best in the UK for the third year running (WhatUni? Student Choice Awards 2019).

– The University’s Pontio Arts and Innovation centre offers an exciting arts and entertainment programme. In addition to providing a base for the Students’ Union, the centre houses a theatre, studio theatre, cinema, lecture theatres, bar and cafe.

– Academi, the official student nightclub, provides a focus for the night-time entertainment and general socialising. Bar Uno, situated at the Ffriddoedd student village also offers events such as sports nights, club and society socials and entertainment.

BANGOR & THE AREA

– A stunning location, close to the mountains and the sea.

– Bangor is a small, student-centered city. That means it’s easy to get to know people, and our students settle in quickly.

– A high proportion of our students are attracted here by the small and friendly nature of the University and the town.

– Nearby are the historical towns of Beaumaris, Conwy and Caernarfon (all with their own castles) and scenic villages like Llanberis, Beddgelert and Betws y Coed. The beaches on the island of Anglesey are also popular spots for sunbathing and swimming.

– It’s easier to get here than you might think – there are excellent road links along the north Wales coast from the motorway network, and direct trains from many major rail stations.

ACCOMMODATION

– Our halls are rated in the Top 3 best university accommodation in the UK (WhatUni? Student Choice Awards 2019).

– Standard, en-suite and studio accommodation is available.

– Accommodation is within walking distance of University buildings and the city centre.

– Our Halls have Senior Wardens and a large team of Mentors as well as security staff on-call 24 hours a day.

WANT TO KNOW MORE? www.bangor.ac.uk/accommodation www.bangor.ac.uk/housing www.bangor.ac.uk/location www.bangor.ac.uk/studentlife/union

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 3 WE'RE CLOSER THAN YOU THINK Bangor University isn’t just beautifully situated, it’s conveniently located too. There are good road links to Bangor along the north Wales coast from the M56 and M6, and direct trains from London, Manchester, Crewe and Cardiff. The ferry service from nearby Holyhead to Ireland is also fast and frequent.

ESTIMATED JOURNEY TIMES TO BANGOR

From Liverpool Approx 1.5hrs From Manchester Approx 2hrs From Birmingham Approx 3hrs From London Approx 3.5 hrs (direct train)

Liverpool Manchester Bangor Wrexham

Birmingham

London

“What I like about Bangor is how close everything is together and it’s all within a 10 minute walk. There’s a good amount of supermarkets and high street stores and there are also so many amazing cafes."

MEGAN BRADLEY From Cheshire, studying Accounting & Economics

4 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS A WORLD-LEADING RESEARCH UNIVERSITY RESEARCHERS HELPING TO SOLVE CHOCOLATE CRISIS

TOP 40 CASE STUDY: CASE STUDY: IN THE UK WHAT’S IN THE SOIL IMPROVING MENTAL FOR RESEARCH BENEATH OUR FEET? HEALTH WITH EXERCISE

– Research is central to Bangor PhD student, Paul George who is studying at PhD student, Rhi Willmot has been looking into University; it is an integral part of our Bangor University’s School of Natural Sciences the relationship between a person’s mental teaching and passion of our academic and the Centre for Ecology and Hydrology health and physical activity – focussing on staff. (CEH), has had his research published in how to motivate healthy lifestyle behaviour Nature Communications. using positive psychology, examining – Almost all research academics teach, resilience and motivation. ensuring that our students benefit from Paul’s research looks at the smallest species, the knowledge created by our research. which live in the soil, including bacteria, fungi Rhi said: “A lot of the evidence shows that and animals. His work puts Wales at the there’s a really strong link between mental – The 2014 Research Excellence forefront when it comes to understanding well-being and physical activity. Framework (REF) recognised that what controls where these microscopic more than three quarters of species occur across the landscape at a One example might be that physical activity Bangor’s research is either national scale. And that’s a lot of species as it releases endorphins, which are the body’s "world-leading” or "internationally is estimated that a quarter of all species on natural pain killer, whenever we’re working excellent”. The results of the REF land live within our soils. out quite intensely, raising the heart rate, ranked Bangor in the top 40 UK breathing a bit more enthusiastically than universities for research*. Soil condition is a global indicator for land normal. Other associations between physical degradation within the UN Sustainable activity and well-being come from increased – Research in Sports Science; Modern Development Goals. Wales is one of the few confidence." Languages; Welsh; Education; governments globally which protects soils at Linguistics; Social Sciences; Ocean the highest level. Part of Rhi’s PhD research included a study on Sciences; Biological Sciences; parkrun UK, a popular physical activity Environment, Natural Resources and Paul said: "This branch of science is still initiative where people meet up on a Saturday Geography; Psychology; Healthcare developing and is being exploited to explore morning at locations all around the world to Sciences and Medical Sciences have ‘hidden’ biodiversity in our seas, rivers, and run 5K. all been ranked in the top 20 in the UK. even the human guts. Here we have applied it to our soil. The approach is highlighting the “Parkrun seems to have changed the – Our research transforms the lives of amazing diversity of species we couldn’t see relationship that many people have with millions of people around the world and before as many species will not grow in exercise... My research has shown that it had a in many different ways. This impact laboratory situations using current methods. really positive impact on their lives as a whole, ranges from the food we eat and the so they felt much better able to cope with environment we live in, through health Surprisingly, we found a far richer variety and stress; they started taking care of themselves and well-being to improving of the number of microbial species in agricultural in other ways, getting a bit more sleep and economy and the law of soils than in woodland, bogs and conservation drinking a bit less on a Friday night. What we the land. land. We don’t yet know exactly why this is – it really saw was that parkrun is very inclusive could be due to agriculture being present on and so it has managed to cater for a lot of – The University provides strong support soil types which are more inherently suited to different people.” for research activities including supporting a larger number of species or, the encouraginglinks with commercial and management practices we use in agriculture industrial bodies in the UK and overseas. creates more varied habitats for different species to exploit." WANT TO KNOW MORE? www.bangor.ac.uk/researchnews www.bangor.ac.uk/ref2014

* excluding specialist institutions & single-submission universities BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 5 FIT FOR LIFE Bangor University is well-situated and well-equipped for all sports – especially those involving the great outdoors.

We have excellent sports and recreation facilities, with a multi-million pound investment programme recently completed at the University’s Sports Centre. “Although Bangor is not a big city, it is probably one of the most beautiful university settings in the UK surrounded by mountains and the sea…”

RECEP GORGULU, from Turkey, studying for a PhD in Sport Psychology

"Our University is not only a place for students to learn but also to enrich their life experience...”

CHANJING LIU, from China studying for a PhD in Translation Studies

68 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS – Student Services offers advice and – The Students' Union offers support assistance including: a counselling service; including: academic representation; mental health advisers; health care via daily feedback and advocacy on behalf of HELPING surgeries with a GP; a dedicated student students. health nurse; Money Support Officer; Housing Office, and peer support. – There are many societies that are free to join YOU BE at the Students’ Union from academic – Help offered by the Disability Service support groups to social and athletic includes: advice on strategies to make clubs. studying and everyday tasks more THE manageable; Personal Learning Support – The Peer Guide scheme and the Personal Plans; specific examination adjustments; Tutor system means there is always another help with applying for Disabled Students student or an academic member of staff Allowances (DSAs); provision of learner you can turn to. BEST support workers and BSL interpretation. – MyBangor gives online access to – Bangor’s pioneering Dyslexia Service is information and services to support you internationally known for its expertise in whilst at University where you can: see your YOU supporting students. timetable online; check which modules you are studying, your marks and feedback – A team of advisers for international on modules. students who offer assistance and advice on CAN BE a range of matters. – The Doctoral School provides an annual programme of training and development – The Study Skills Centre provides advice on workshops to equip postgraduate research all aspects of study including: planning and students with the broad portfolio of skills writing dissertations, oral presentations needed during all stages of their Doctorate, and mathematics, statistics and numeracy. and to develop the skills increasingly demanded by employers. – A range of personal and career development programmes to help you start planning your – The Doctoral School’s Training and future career. You can gain transferable skills Development Programme includes sessions and experience through work placements, on topics such as: literature searching, volunteering opportunities and the development referencing tools, research data of enterprise skills and entrepreneurship, management, how to be an effective as well as the sector-leading Bangor researcher, getting published and tracking Employability Award. citations, intellectual property.

– Library and Archives Services provide a – The Knowledge Economy Skills range of attractive study environments, with Scholarship 2 (KESS2 ) and KESS 2 East flexible spaces to suit all learning and offer the opportunity to undertake a research needs including collaborative work collaborative PhD or a Masters by Research areas, meeting rooms and silent study spaces. working with a locally based company, giving We house one of the largest university based highly valued industry experience. archives in the UK. – The PGCertHE Programme, if supported – Information Technology Services offer a wide by the academic supervisor, is offered to range of facilities and services including those who wish to develop their knowledge wireless and high speed network access on and skills in the areas of teaching, learning campus and in all Halls of Residence and and assessment, at the appropriate point remote access to IT when off-campus. during the PhD.

WANT TO KNOW MORE? www.bangor.ac.uk/brailsford www.bangor.ac.uk/doctoral-school www.bangor.ac.uk/itservices www.bangor.ac.uk/library www.bangor.ac.uk/studentservices www.bangor.ac.uk/studyskills

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 7 PREPARE FOR YOUR FUTURE

– The Skills and Employability Service can help you develop your employability and provide a variety of services including: careers guidance; tailored career CASE STUDY management workshops for postgraduate students; work experience opportunities; finding volunteering Patrick Burn was supported by the KESS 2 opportunities, term-time holiday and graduate jobs; project while completing his Masters by B-Enterprising to develop enterprise and entrepreneurial Research in Electronic Engineering at Bangor skills. University. The collaborative project saw – B-Enterprising offers a range of opportunities and Patrick working with Creo Medical on a project funding to enable you to develop your enterprise and titled ‘Medical Microwave Therapeutic entrepreneurship skills, receive mentoring support to Application Design’. Since completing his develop business ideas as well as incubation and Masters by Research, Patrick has been prototyping spaces. employed by the company and continues to work on Research and Development projects. – The University has a dedicated student online employment service, TARGETconnect, advertising the latest graduate vacancies, local part-time work, placements, work experience and volunteering opportunities KESS 2 is a great opportunity to gain – The Bangor Employability Award (BEA) scheme offers an online career management and skills development valuable work experience, while programme, whilst accrediting extra- and co-curricular completing a focused and applied project. activities that may not be formally recognised within the The scholarship allows you to fully focus academic curriculum. The BEA Master and BEA Researcher programmes are tailored to suit the needs of on the degree with less financial postgraduate students. restrictions and concerns. The scheme is well organized and has a large support - The Doctoral School provides an annual programme of training and development workshops to equip network to help all students complete postgraduate research students with the broad portfolio their postgraduate degree. KESS 2 is an of skills needed during all stages of their Doctorate, and opportunity that should not be missed. to develop the skills increasingly demanded by employers. The skills developed and work experience gained will help you access - The Knowledge Economy Skills Scholarship 2 (KESS2 ) the career you want.” and KESS 2 East offer the opportunity to undertake a collaborative PhD or a Masters by Research working with a locally based company, giving highly valued industry PATRICK BURN experience. Studying Electronic Engineering

WANT TO KNOW MORE? www.bangor.ac.uk/b-enterprising www.bangor.ac.uk/celt www.bangor.ac.uk/careers

8 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS “Together with my Master's degree, completing the BEA Master presents me as an individual who is both academically capable and employable. It supports my CV, demonstrating that I have well-developed skills, desirable and essential to future employment. It is a relaxed programme, enabling you to complete it as and when you are free to do so.”

LOUISE BROWN Graduate from the School of Psychology

BANGORBANGORBANGOR UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE POSTGRADUATE POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS PROSPECTUS PROSPECTUS 9 11 X INFORMATION FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS – Bangor University achieved a Gold Award for 'outstanding teaching' in the Teaching Excellence Framework (TEF).

- Top 10 UK University for Job Prospects (WhatUni 2019).

– Many courses are accredited by professional bodies of global repute, such as IBMS, ACCA, CIMA, CIM, RSC, BCS, BPS, IET, ICF, SRA, BSB, and NMC.

– Top 5 in the UK for accommodation (WhatUni? Awards 2019).

– Top in the UK for Clubs and Societies (WhatUni? Awards 2019).

– Accommodation is guaranteed for new international students (who apply before July 31st).

- Top in the UK for lowest cost of living for students (Totally Money 2019)

“The academic teaching quality at Bangor University is very high. Personally, I have studied in many countries and it is obvious to see that the academic teaching at Bangor is definitely supportive and useful, I really learned a lot and I enjoy studying here in Bangor University.”

MAHA ALRAJHI From Saudi Arabia, studying for an MSc in Foundations of Clinical Psychology

"Some of my friends who were interested in working while studying found local jobs easily and the pay and experience were good"

NURUL BINTI HAJI ISHAK From Brunei, studying for an MSc in Accounting and Finance

10 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 12 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS INTERNATIONAL FEES & SCHOLARSHIPS ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS

– Tuition fees for international students are listed on the – Entry onto most of our postgraduate courses requires an overall website (see below). score of IELTS 6.0 with no individual score lower than 5.5. However, some postgraduate programmes may require higher scores. In – International Scholarships of up to £5,000 are available. some cases the university can exempt the applicant from the We also offer scholarships in partnership with external English language requirements if students are from an English agencies like Chevening, Commonwealth Office, China speaking country or completed their bachelor degree Research Council, and others. For details please see through the medium of English. If you do not meet our the link below. English Language requirements then you may opt for one of our Pre-Sessional or Pre-Masters courses, further INTERNATIONAL STUDENT SUPPORT information on both of these can be seen in the section below.

– Students from over 120 countries worldwide choose to study ENGLISH LANGUAGE COURSES at Bangor every year. Amongst these countries, we have students from Arabia, Cameroon, China, India, Nigeria, USA, – Pre-sessional courses are available for students who are Ghana, Kuwait, Saudi, Turkey and Pakistan and numerous interested in studying a degree programme at Bangor, but European countries. who do not satisfy the English Language requirement for that programme. – During your first weeks of arrival at Bangor, the International Student Support Service arranges a range of – General English courses are available for students who are activities which introduce you to life at the University and interested in improving their English language ability. in a new country. It will give you the opportunity to meet other students and to make friends – with those from your – Pre-Masters courses are an option if you do not qualify for home country and from all over the world. direct entry to our Masters Degree programmes in Business Studies. You can apply for the International Incorporated Pre- – Bangor University offers an airport meet and greet service Masters at Bangor International College. Please visit the link available to students arriving at Manchester International for more information: Airport on selected dates. Simply register online and we'll www.bangor.ac.uk/buic/international-incorporated-masters meet you at the airport and take you to your accommodation. HELP IN YOUR COUNTRY – While you’re here, the International Student Support Office offers advice and assistance on matters such as: NHS health – Bangor University has a dedicated team of international care in the UK; opening a bank account; applications to officers who regularly travel overseas to meet prospective extend your visas; work regulations and finding work; students throughout the year. You are welcome to meet the bringing your family to the UK; English Language courses. officer to discuss your queries in detail. Alternatively you can approach one of our authorised agents in your country, who – Trips and events for international students are also can advise you about admission at Bangor and assist you arranged throughout the year e.g. visits to local attractions with your application. and major cities such as Liverpool, Manchester and Cardiff. Visit the country pages here: – There is also a team of International Student Ambassadors www.bangor.ac.uk/international/countries who are current international students to support international students from arrival in Bangor right up to graduation day.

WANT TO KNOW MORE? www.bangor.ac.uk/intfinance "I found the living costs to be very www.bangor.ac.uk/intsupport www.bangor.ac.uk/intenglish economical even while living in a prime www.bangor.ac.uk/bic location in Bangor" CONTACT US SANDESH AWADE E-mail: [email protected] From India, studying for an MBA in International +44 (0) 1248 388 633 Marketing facebook.com/bangoruniversityinternational @bangoruni_intl

bangorinternational

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 11 FINANCING YOUR STUDIES

– Tuition fees vary depending on the course – You may decide to self-fund your study, SANTANDER and whether students are classified as UK, whether this is achieved by using existing EU or international students. Full details are savings, working part-time to support your Santander Universities are committed to on our website (see below). living costs or using a Career Development providing impactful, diverse and inclusive Loan from a High Street bank. support to higher education, driving a legacy – Students from the UK and EU may be eligible of sustainability through a focus on Education, for student loans to assist with the cost of – For Masters’ courses, Bursaries and Entrepreneurship and Employment. studying for a Master’s degree or doctoral Scholarships generally range from around level degree. £500 to £4,000 per year, depending on the As a member of the Santander Universities subject area, and are usually allocated on a network we are delighted to be able to offer a Eligible students from Wales and the EU are competitive basis. wide range of funded opportunities to able to borrow up to £17,000 to assist with students, particularly those from a widening the cost of a Master’s degree; students from – For research degrees such as a PhD, the participation background. Santander’s support England can borrow up to £10,906. University advertises a significant number of can help to enhance the student’s experience fully-funded research studentships each through opportunities that are focused on Eligible students from Wales, England and year and opportunities can arise throughout improving employability and promoting the EU are also able to borrow up to £25,700 the year. This funding is allocated variously enterprise. for a doctoral level degree such as a PhD. from central scholarship funds, academic Schools, UK Research Councils and For further information on the opportunities The system differs slightly for students from charitable institutions. available, please contact Kathryn Caine at Northern Ireland and Scotland. Please check [email protected] www.gov.uk/masters-loan for further – You may be entitled to a Postgraduate details. Access Bursary worth £500 if you were in receipt of grant or hardship funding as an – It is sometimes possible to obtain undergraduate student. Further details are third-party financial support for your study. on our website (see below). WANT TO KNOW MORE? This may be from a charity, foundation or trust whose aims and interests correspond – International Scholarships of £4,000 www.bangor.ac.uk/pgfinance with your own background or proposed area are awarded to every candidate showing a www.bangor.ac.uk/intfinance of study, or your employer may be willing to performance equivalent to a 1st class www.bangor.ac.uk/pgscholarships sponsor you. honours, and £2,000 is awarded for performance equivalent to 2(i) or 2(ii).

12 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS APPLYING, ENTRY SOME TAUGHT COURSES ALSO HAVE REQUIREMENTS JANUARY & STUDY OPTIONS INTAKE

APPLICATION FOR TAUGHT STUDY OPTIONS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS COURSES Most of our postgraduate students choose to The qualifications, skills and qualities needed for postgraduate study at Bangor vary from Full details of how to apply for taught study on a full-time basis, but many of our course to course and academic School to postgraduate courses (including PGCE, MA taught courses and research programmes are School. Full details can be found on the website, Social Work and DClinPsy) are on our available on a part-time basis for UK/EU see below. website, see below. You are strongly students and some academic Schools offer advised to read the Guidelines for Applicants distance learning courses. Academic before completing the application form. COURSE START DATE A Bachelor degree from an approved University or Higher Education Institution is required. Normally for admission to Masters’ courses the APPLICATION FOR POSTGRADUATE Most taught courses will start in September. minimum degree classification accepted is a RESEARCH PROGRAMMES However, you’ll have the choice of being able lower second class honours (2.ii) or equivalent to start some Masters-level programs in either and for research degrees an upper second Applicants for a research degree are January or September. If a course does offer a class honours (2.i) or equivalent. Some encouraged to identify and discuss the topic January or September start date, this will be programmes may require a higher degree for research with the relevant department highlighted in the Course Duration section of classification or a higher degree award. prior to submitting the application. See the the course description and on our website, see Bachelor degrees gained in the UK are website below for guidance. below. For most research courses, we can normally accepted. If you have a degree from accept an intake at the beginning of September, another country, see our website, below. January or April. Please enquire with the Course Director Mature students who do not have the above academic qualifications will also be considered for postgraduate degree programmes. A minimum of two years relevant professional work experience may be accepted in-lieu of formal academic qualifications.

English Language Students for whom English is not a first language will be required to provide evidence of English Language proficiency. See page 11 for details.

Additional Information Certain professional courses will also require minimum GCSE grades C/4 or B/5 in Maths and English/Welsh.

Some courses such as health and education will require students to undertake a DBS (Disclosure and Barring Service) check.

WANT TO KNOW MORE? www.bangor.ac.uk/pgcourses www.bangor.ac.uk/pgapply www.bangor.ac.uk/intentry www.bangor.ac.uk/countries

BANGORBANGOR UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS PROSPECTUS 13 15 Creative Studies and Media

We offer degrees across a wide range of creative Academic areas covered COURSE LIST: arts, including film, journalism, media, digital Our Masters degrees offer you a blend of taught and interactive media, professional writing modules and personal supervision, allowing MA/Diploma and theatre. Our courses combine the practical you to both pursue your own area of interest • Filmmaking: Concept to Screen and the theoretical, ensuring that our students and draw upon the wide-ranging expertise graduate with a comprehensive knowledge of of members of staff, all within a structured MA their subject area. framework. The programmes also allow you • Film Studies to pursue a blend of theoretical/critical and • Sport History, Culture and the Media The study environment at Bangor couldn’t be creative-practice work. better for studying at postgraduate level. You MSc will be joining a vibrant postgraduate community PhD/MPhil study is available in subjects across • International Media and Management and a University with significant experience in the whole spectrum of the Creative Industries, (with Business/Law) teaching the creative industries at postgraduate with potential research or practice-led research level. In recent years, our postgraduate students specialisms in such areas as: Professional MRes have won numerous awards and scholarships Writing, Film and/or Media Studies, New Media, • Creative Practice and found academic and industry employment Drama, Communications and related fields. • Film Studies at such prestigious institutions as the BBC and in • Media and Practice the entertainment software sector. Research Links/Links with Industry • Professional Writing Research can be characterised as inter- Staff and facilities disciplinary, collaborative, creative and critical. PhD/MPhil Teaching staff include both highly regarded Our key strengths are in: digital culture; media • Professional Writing, Film, Media, New Media, academics and acclaimed creative practitioners, and persuasive communication; and, creative Journalism, Creative Studies, Drama with strong regional, national and international theory and practice (practice-as-research). links in the private and public sector. Academic PhD/MPhil Practice-Led Research staff specialise in diverse research areas such as We enjoy strong links with local companies • Professional Writing, Film, Media, New Media, vertical dance, technology and discourse, Jewish (e.g. BBC Wales, National Library of Wales, S4C, Journalism, Creative Studies, Drama film, digital advertising, journalism, politics Cwmni Da, Dafydd Hardy Estate Agents, Menter and risk, videogames and virtual worlds, live Môn, Galeri Caernarfon, GeoMôn) and offer a television and documentary film making. range of invited industry talks and workshops for TO FIND OUT MORE: you to attend and forge links with potential future Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382118 Staff expertise is matched by our state-of-the- employers in the Media and Creative Industries. E-mail: [email protected] art purpose built facilities. As well as broadcast www.bangor.ac.uk/media quality TV and radio equipment, there are dedicated spaces for those studying games, digital media, journalism and writing, and a theatre. All of these facilities are gathered together in John Phillips Hall situated by the shore of the Menai Strait.

Dr STEFFAN THOMAS Lecturer in Film and Media

Dr Steffan Thomas’ research is in the area of digitally We provided a unique combination of subjects in distributed media and streaming services. He is the creative industries and a blend of practice and interested in the compromises and values associated theory teaching. As a student, and now as a member with streaming for both consumers and producers of staff, I enjoy the mix of student engagement and and is currently working on adapting his PhD for the opportunities available by working in a multi- publication. disciplinary approach both within the University and “I arrived at Bangor as an undergraduate student and with the wider business community.” failed to leave completing my MA and PhD here. STAFF PROFILE

Professor NATHAN ABRAMS Professor of Film Studies,

Professor Abrams’ specialist areas of interest include “We provided cutting-edge facilities in film, Public Intellectuals and American Culture; Jews, media, music, professional writing, gaming and Jewishness and Judaism in Popular Culture; and performance, with a special strength in bringing European Jewish Diasporas. He is a world-leading together practitioners and scholars. We are expert on the work of Stanley Kubrick, and has very proud of our vibrant postgraduate student recently published a book about his life and films community with wonderful networking facilities for (Stanley Kubrick: New York Intellectual, Rugers 2018). taught and research postgraduates.” STAFF PROFILE

16 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Filmmaking: Concept to Screen MA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: • Film Production – Creative Practice MA: 1 year full-time. • The Film Industry You will generate work that displays The aim of this module is to foster an exceptional capability in operational aspects ENTRY REQUIREMENTS understanding of the workings of the of media production technologies, systems, A good 2.ii Honours degree in Media Studies or international film industry. Film production, techniques and professional practices to a related discipline and/or industry equivalent distribution, exhibition, marketing and produce a competition and festival-ready, experience. A portfolio of creative/film work is consumption will all be examined. calling-card short film. also required. IELTS score of 6.0 (no component below 5.5) or equivalent if your first language is • Concept Development CAREER PROSPECTS not English or Welsh. This module introduces the practical and This MA has a strong industry focus, and aims to theoretical aspects of developing concepts for train students vocationally. This will be achieved COURSE DESCRIPTION film, as well as the craft of screenwriting. This by providing you with teaching that conforms This taught degree programme has a will include script formatting, style, structure, to current industry practice, including standard unique focus, offering training in all aspects genre, plotting, characterisation and dialogue. development documents (screenplay, treatment, of filmmaking from concept and creative storyboards), and a focus on completing work development through the filmmaking process • Film Production: The Micro Short that can be entered into a variety of international and on to distribution and marketing. By the This module aims to develop knowledge of film festivals and competitions. Visiting guest end of the degree, you will have developed a the technical aspects of filmmaking, including speakers from various areas of the film industry competition and festival-ready calling-card direction, camera-work, lighting, music and will also provide an essential context on changing short film, together with transferrable skills in editing, with the aim of producing a high-quality practices, as well as providing useful information developing and marketing your product and an two-minute short film. of their own experiences in film. understanding of the nature of the film industry. • Writing the Short Film We actively seeks to put students in contact with Teaching on this degree conforms to current This module expands your practical experience relevant industry bodies and organises a variety industry practice, and includes training and of screenwriting, and advances core theories of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. mentoring in standard development documents, on the synthesis of creative and industry through the Enterprise by Design scheme. such as screenplay, treatment and storyboards, practice, as well as focusing specifically on the and in areas such as risk assessment and history, format, aesthetics and demands of the Past graduates have secured positions in a budget management. Visiting guest speakers short film. variety of creative (and related) industries, from various areas of the film industry provide including broadcasting and filmmaking, an essential context on changing practices, • Pre-Production: The Short Film advertising/PR, games development and as well as offering useful information of their This module aims to develop knowledge on tourism. own experiences in film. All students on this the practical and budgetary aspects of pre- programme receive a production budget. producing a festival quality short film, including For further course details, please see: commissioning strategies, casting, rehearsals, www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative risk assessment, location scouting, and the managing and co-ordination of a production crew.

International Media and Management MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: the authorship, ownership, duration and MSc: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. • Creative Industries qualification for copyright protection; In this module, you will analyse the infringement of copyright and the defences to ENTRY REQUIREMENTS development of the creative industries globally. an infringement action. A good 2.ii Honours degree in a relevant subject There will be a particular emphasis on the or industry equivalent experience. IELTS score media, and the relevant social, economic and • Marketing Strategy of 6.0 (no component below 5.5) or equivalent if political contexts of the main developments This module introduces you to the your first language is not English or Welsh. within these industries will also be considered. ‘fundamentals’ of marketing, by illustrating strategies in a wide range of situations, and COURSE DESCRIPTION • Research Methods covering the various schools of thought in The creative industries play a vital role in This module equips you with an understanding marketing, together with relevant analytical economic growth worldwide, accounting for and critical overview of key methodological models and management practices. some 7% of gross domestic product across issues associated with various types of Europe, over 11% in the US and up to 17-20% research in the Media, Cultural and Creative CAREER PROSPECTS elsewhere. This phenomenal rate of growth Industries, in preparation for the dissertation. Through its unique spread of modules in creative provides excellent opportunities for individuals industries, business and law, this vocationally with the skills and background to take up • Masters Dissertation oriented MSc prepares you for a senior executive roles within the sector. The MSc The dissertation provides you with the management career in the creative economies. International Media and Management will provide opportunity to work with a specialist supervisor The programme as a whole will also prepare you with the intellectual development and in the production of an extended piece of you for PhD or MPhil level postgraduate study. training to develop a senior management career writing. The work will, of necessity, go through We actively seek to put students in contact with in this area. a number of stages, and the supervisor will relevant industry bodies and organises a variety support you in the effective revision of your of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. On this degree you will study topics such as work. As well as developing high-level skills in through the Enterprise by Design scheme. Strategic Management, Marketing Strategy, research and presentation, students will also Finance for Managers, Organisations and People, develop important skills of self-management. Past graduates have secured positions in a Intellectual Property, Comparative Corporate variety of creative (and related) industries, Law, Labour Law, International Law, Research Other modules may include: including broadcasting and filmmaking, Methods and Creative Industries. You will • Organisations and People advertising/PR, games development and also undertake a media-focused dissertation This module provides an integrated analysis tourism. designed to investigate and interrogate theory of management, organisations and people, and practice in the creative economies locally developing the conceptual, strategic and For further course details, please see: and/or globally. practical skills necessary for managers in www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative complex, global organisational contexts.

• Intellectual Property Law This module equips you with an understanding of the fundamentals of intellectual property law; ­the definition and scope of copyright;

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 17 Film Studies MA COURSE DURATION COURSE CONTENT In addition, students are required to choose two 1 year full-time; 2 years part time. This course is delivered first-hand by experts in further option modules from a list that may Film Studies. It is taught through a combination include: ENTRY REQUIREMENTS of small-group seminars, as well as one-to-one • American History and Politics on Screen A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in supervisions. In addition students will benefit • Visions of the City in French Cinema Film Studies or a related discipline (e.g. Media from a lively research environment, with a • Independent Research Project in Film Studies Studies, American Studies, History, Politics or regular programme of research seminars, English Literature). screenings, conferences and guest speakers. Part Two: Applicants with equivalent qualifications and/ The programme consists of taught modules After the completion of the four modules which or two years or more industry experience and (Part One) followed by a dissertation (Part Two). make up Part One of the programme, Part applications from working professionals with Assessment is through through a combination Two consists of a 20,000 word dissertation (60 non-graduate qualifications will be considered of oral presentations and written work. credits). The dissertation provides students with on an individual basis. Please contact us for Students produce an extended final piece of the opportunity to work under the individual more information. work in the form of a dissertation under the supervision of a subject specialist in the supervision of relevant member/s of staff. production of an extended piece of writing or For students whose first language is not practice. English an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no Part One: element below 5.5) is required. CAREER PROSPECTS In the first part of the MA programme, all The skills acquired during this course will COURSE DESCRIPTION students are required to study four modules prepare students for a range of employment Modern society cannot be fully understood of 30 credits each (for full-time students, options. Possible future career options may without an appreciation of the role of film. this means two modules per semester).video include film journalism and criticism, film and Film provides a crucial barometer for games and other new media texts. arts management, the film, media and creative measuring a society’s concerns, anxieties industries. and preoccupations. More than simply Compulsory modules: ‘entertainment’, film helps us to understand its • Media, Culture & Creativity This MA will provide you with subject-specific politics, history, culture, and the roles of class, Students will be given the opportunity to study, knowledge and academic skills that will set gender, race, ethnicity and national identity. discuss and close-read seminal readings from you on course for further study at PhD level the canon of critical literature and apply them and beyond. The programme will also equip Our MA in Film Studies provides students with to creative, cultural and media artefacts. This you with skills in critical thinking, analysis and the opportunity to engagement with film, both module provides the opportunity for students communication which are valued by employers visually and intellectually at an advanced level. to critically consider the role and significance both within and outside the field of Film Studies. Considering film as a product of the societies of creativity within an academic context and to from which it emerges, this critically and analyse its role in generating knowledge For further course details, please see: intellectually robust course draws on expertise www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative within the School of Music & Media and the • Research Design School of Languages, Literatures & Linguistics. The purpose of this module is to prepare you Through examining film scholarship from a to design, plan and complete a major research variety of different perspectives (aesthetic, project (practice-based or empirical). Students political, historical) students will gain a deeper will engage with all aspects of the research understanding of the subject and apply this to process, including: identifying a research the analysis of film image - its specific visual paradigm; selecting a qualitative or quantitative properties, meaning and effects. approach and methodological strategy; constructing research questions; and collecting and analysing data. Sport History, Culture and the Media MA COURSE DURATION and differentiation of sport throughout Part Two: MA 1 year Full-time; 2 Years Part time. society, and to apply the social and cultural After the completion of the four modules which meanings attached to sport and the media and make up Part One of the programme, Part Two ENTRY REQUIREMENTS entertainment industries. consists of a 20,000-word dissertation (60 A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in credits). The dissertation provides students with Film Studies or a related discipline (e.g. History, The programme will taught through a the opportunity to work under the individual Media Studies, Film Studies, English Literature, combination of small-group seminars, as well supervision of a subject specialist in the Sport). as one-to-one supervisions. In addition students production of an extended piece of writing or will benefit from a lively research environment, practice. Applicants with equivalent qualifications and/ with a regular programme of research or two years or more industry experience and seminars, screenings, conferences and guest applications from working professionals with speakers. CAREER PROSPECTS This course may be suited to those seeking non-graduate qualifications will be considered to develop future careers in sports writing, on an individual basis. Please contact us for The programme consists of taught modules journalism, sports development, management, more information. (Part One) followed by a dissertation (Part the media, teaching or further study at PhD Two). Assessment is through a combination of level and beyond. Skills acquired in critical For students whose first language is not oral presentations and written work. Students thinking, analysis and communication which are English an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no produce an extended final piece of work in the valued by a range of employers. element below 5.5) is required. form of a dissertation under the supervision of relevant member/s of staff. For further course details, please see: COURSE DESCRIPTION www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative This innovative new MA programme aims to Part One: provide students with an understanding of the influence of the historical, social, political, In the first part of the MA programme, all economic and cultural diffusion, distribution students are required to study four modules and impact of sport. of 30 credits each. In addition to the Research Design module, students on this course will Blending sport history with the study of the take further specialised modules including: The media, culture and society the programme World History of Sport, Sport, Culture and the draws on existing subject across the university. Media, and Sport and Ethnicity. Students will be encouraged to think and argue critically about social, economic and political theory to explain the development

18 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Creative Practice MRes COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MRes: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. • Media, Culture, and Creativity Theory The MRes in Creative Practice will prepare you This module builds on our greatest strengths, to meet the need, increasingly being identified ENTRY REQUIREMENTS by bringing students together with practitioners within industry, for self-reflective practitioners A good 2.i Honours or industry equivalent and researchers from other fields of study into with experience at project development in the experience. IELTS score of 6.5 (no component a forum for a wider discourse about current creative sector. below 6.0) or equivalent if your first language is research in the media and creative industries. not English or Welsh. The module will provide a systematic overview We actively seek to put students in contact with of major 20th and 21st century critical schools relevant industry bodies and organises a variety COURSE DESCRIPTION and theoretical approaches, which are key for of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. This degree draws on and draws together an advanced understanding of how to read and through the Enterprise by Design scheme. our strong focus on the synthesis of critical/ analyse creative, cultural and media artefacts theoretical work and practice. In the first such as fiction, non-fiction, poetry, drama, film, Past graduates have secured positions in a semester you will take modules in creativity and video games and other new media texts. variety of creative (and related) industries, research and in media theory, before embarking including broadcasting and filmmaking, on the production of a substantial practice-based • Research Methods advertising, PR, games development and dissertation under the supervision of a specialist This module aims to equip you with an tourism. member of staff. understanding and critical overview of key methodological issues associated with various For further course details, please see: The dissertation includes both a reflective/critical types of research in the media, cultural and www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative element and a portfolio, and can be undertaken creative industries, in preparation for the in any of the practice-based disciplines taught, dissertation. including writing, screenwriting, performance, television and radio production, film and • MRes Humanities Dissertation documentary making, digital media writing With guidance from academic staff, students and production, and journalism. Successful following the MRes Humanities Dissertation applicants will have an excellent first degree module will be asked to choose a topic of in a relevant discipline or equivalent practical/ their own for further research. Students will industrial experience, and a demonstrated ability be expected to produce an independently to work independently to bring a self-directed researched piece of work which will reflect the project to completion. knowledge and skills acquired from the taught modules. The chosen topic may be specific to one culture or comparative.

Professional Writing MRes COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MRes: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. • Media, Culture, and Creativity Theory The MRes in Professional Writing will prepare This module builds on our greatest strengths, students to meet the need – increasingly being ENTRY REQUIREMENTS by bringing students together with practitioners identified within industry – for self-reflective A good 2.i Honours degree or equivalent and researchers from other fields of study into practitioners with experience at project practical/industrial experience. IELTS score of a forum for a wider discourse about current development in the creative industries. It will 6.5 (no component below 6.0) or equivalent if research in the media and creative industries. also give them the opportunity to demonstrate your first language is not English or Welsh. The module will provide a systematic overview their ability to work independently on a long and of major 20th and 21st century critical schools complex project, providing a strong basis for COURSE DESCRIPTION and theoretical approaches, which are key for those wishing to go on to further academic study This programme offers you the opportunity to an advanced understanding of how to read and and to academic careers. conduct in-depth practice-based, empirical or analyse creative, cultural and media artefacts critical research into the process and product such as fiction, non-fiction, poetry, drama, film, We actively seek to put students in contact with of professional writing. You will work towards video games and other new media texts. relevant industry bodies and organises a variety the production of a practice-based portfolio or of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. independently researched piece of work which • Research Methods through the Enterprise by Design scheme. will explore the creative and critical styles, This module aims to equip you with an contexts and attitudes of professional writing. understanding and critical overview of key Past graduates have secured positions in a You will develop, sustain, consolidate and methodological issues associated with various variety of creative (and related) industries, resolve a self-directed programme of work in types of research in the media, cultural and including broadcasting and filmmaking, professional writing over an extended period of creative industries, in preparation for the advertising/PR, games development and time, supervised by specialist professional staff dissertation. tourism. in the field. • MRes Humanities Dissertation For further course details, please see: Successful applicants for this programme will With guidance from academic staff, students www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative have a first degree in a relevant discipline or following the MRes Humanities Dissertation equivalent practical/industrial experience, module will be asked to choose a topic of as well as a demonstrated ability to work their own, for further research. Students will independently to bring a self-directed project to be expected to produce an independently completion. researched piece of work which will reflect the knowledge and skills acquired from the taught modules. The chosen topic may be specific to one culture or comparative.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 19 Film Studies MRes COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MRes: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. • Media, Culture, and Creativity Theory The MRes Film Studies will provide ideal This module builds on our greatest strengths, training for those wishing to work in the creative ENTRY REQUIREMENTS by bringing students together with practitioners industries, with a particular focus on the A good 2.i Honours degree or equivalent and researchers from other fields of study into development of key analytical and critical skills practical/industrial experience. IELTS score of a forum for a wider discourse about current for the film and cinema studies sectors. It will 6.5 (no component below 6.0) or equivalent if research in the media and creative industries. also provide a strong basis for those wishing to your first language is not English or Welsh. The module will provide a systematic overview pursue doctoral study with a view to careers in of major 20th and 21st century critical schools teaching, lecturing and research. COURSE DESCRIPTION and theoretical approaches, which are key for This programme offers you the opportunity to an advanced understanding of how to read and We actively seek to put students in contact with undertake in-depth study on a chosen aspect of analyse creative, cultural and media artefacts relevant industry bodies and organises a variety film and cinema studies. Following first such as fiction, non-fiction, poetry, drama, film, of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. semester modules in Research Methods and video games and other new media texts. through the Enterprise by Design scheme. Media, Culture, and Creativity, you will embark on a 40,000 word dissertation (or practice- • Research Methods Past graduates have secured positions in a based equivalent). Specialist film staff across This module seeks to equip you with an variety of creative (and related) industries, the College of Arts, Humanities and Business at understanding and critical overview of key including broadcasting and filmmaking, Bangor University will be on hand to supervise, methodological issues associated with various advertising/PR, games development and as you develop, sustain, consolidate and resolve types of research in the media, cultural and tourism. a self-directed programme of work in the field creative industries, in preparation for the of film studies, either creative or theoretical, dissertation. For further course details, please see: over an extended period of time. The MRes is www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative supported by a dedicated College-wide seminar • MRes Humanities Dissertation series, which offers you the opportunity to With guidance from academic staff, students present your own work in progress, and to following the MRes Humanities Dissertation develop an understanding of critical paradigms module will be asked to choose a topic of and research in Bangor and beyond. their own for further research. Students will be expected to produce an independently Successful applicants for this programme will researched piece of work which will reflect the have a first degree in a relevant discipline or knowledge and skills acquired from the taught equivalent practical/industrial experience, and modules. The chosen topic may be specific to a demonstrated ability to work independently to one culture or comparative. bring a self-directed project to completion.

Media and Practice MRes COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MRes: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. • Media, Culture, and Creativity Theory The key analytical and creative skills taught This module builds on our greatest strengths, as part of the Media and Practice MRes will ENTRY REQUIREMENTS by bringing students together with practitioners be ideal training for those who wish to work A good 2.i Honours degree or equivalent and researchers from other fields of study into within the field of Creative Practice and related practical/industrial experience. IELTS score of a forum for a wider discourse about current industries. The student’s ability to produce 6.5 (no component below 6.0) or equivalent if research in the media and creative industries. writing to strict deadlines as well as their in- your first language is not English or Welsh. The module will provide a systematic overview depth knowledge of many aspects of media and of major 20th and 21st century critical schools practice will demonstrate a valued ability to work COURSE DESCRIPTION and theoretical approaches, which are key for independently on a long and complex project. It This programme aims to deepen students’ an advanced understanding of how to read and will also be of use to students wishing to go on to knowledge of media and practice, by allowing analyse creative, cultural and media artefacts further academic study (e.g. doctoral research) them to conduct research in the field of media such as fiction, non-fiction, poetry, drama, film, and to careers as lecturers and researchers. theory, communication and media forms. video games and other new media texts. Drawing on a wide range of expertise, you We actively seek to put students in contact with will have the opportunity to develop, sustain, • Research Methods relevant industry bodies and organises a variety consolidate and resolve a self-directed This module seeks to equip you with an of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. programme of work in the field of media – either understanding and critical overview of key through the Enterprise by Design scheme. creative or theoretical – over an extended period methodological issues associated with various of time. The module is divided into two taught types of research in the media, cultural and Past graduates have secured positions in a modules and a substantial independent piece of creative industries, in preparation for the variety of creative (and related) industries, work, supervised by specialist professional staff. dissertation. including broadcasting and filmmaking, advertising/PR, games development and Successful applicants for this programme will • MRes Humanities Dissertation tourism. have an excellent first degree in a relevant With guidance from academic staff, students discipline or equivalent practical/industrial following the MRes Humanities Dissertation For further course details, please see: experience, and a demonstrated ability to work module will be asked to choose a topic of www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative independently to bring a self-directed project to their own for further research. Students will completion. be expected to produce an independently researched piece of work which will reflect the knowledge and skills acquired from the taught modules. The chosen topic may be specific to one culture or comparative.

20 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Professional Writing / Film / Media / New Media / Journalism / Creative Studies PhD/MPhil (including PhD/MPhil Practice-Led Research)

COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION CAREER PROSPECTS PhD: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time; PhD/MPhil and PhD/MPhil Practice-Led study is Following their research degrees, past graduates MPhil: 2 years full-time, 4 years part-time. available in subjects across the whole spectrum have secured positions in prestigious academic of the Creative Industries, with potential research institutions as well as a variety of creative (and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS specialisms in such areas as: film and/or media related) industries, including broadcasting and We would normally expect students starting studies, new media, drama, communications filmmaking, advertising/PR, games development a PhD or MPhil to hold a first class or a good and related fields. Our staff specialise in a wide and tourism. second-class undergraduate degree. In many range of subject areas, such as world cinema, cases PhD and MPhil applicants have studied to visual culture, digital and interactive media, We actively seek to put students in contact with MA level, though this is not compulsory. We are games and virtual environments, digital arts and relevant industry bodies and organises a variety able to accept students on a distance-learning culture, journalism, media and cultural studies, of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. basis, but they should have already acquired screenwriting and adaptation, drama and through the Enterprise by Design scheme. the skills taught in the introductory seminars, or performance. Our Practice-Led Research staff should make arrangements to attend equivalent specialise in areas such as digital and interactive All research students have a broad range seminars at another institution, at their own media, professional writing (journalism and of academic training events to choose from, expense. Students whose first language is not screenwriting), media and film production, and including: English are expected to have an IELTS score of performance. • seminar series for staff and students at least 7.0. • regular supervisory committee meetings The environment in Bangor could not be better • an annual PG symposium for studying at postgraduate level. You will be • career and research skills courses offered by joining a vibrant postgraduate community and a the University’s Doctoral School. University with significant experience in teaching the creative industries at postgraduate level. Research students are also involved in relevant undergraduate teaching and editorial/publishing activities.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 21 English Literature & Creative Writing

English Literature has been an integral part of Arthurian Studies COURSE LIST: Bangor University since the University opened This area of expertise has been established at its doors in 1884. Our long history, strong Bangor for more than 50 years; research and MA/Diploma tradition and wealth of experience are reflected teaching focus on interdisciplinary approaches to • Arthurian Literature in our expertise at postgraduate level, and the development of the Arthurian legends from • Creative Writing complemented by a range of courses that allow the medieval period to the present day. • English Literature our students to specialise in many areas of • Medieval Studies traditional and contemporary study. Teaching Translation, Adaptation, Experimentation staff include successful poets, authors, critics Creative and critical approaches to experimental PhD/MPhil and novelists in their own right. Academic staff writing; approaches to translation, adaptation • Creative and Critical Writing include some of the world’s foremost authorities and correspondence between genres and • English Literature on Arthurian Literature, Herbert, early modern languages, with particular strengths in literature, literature, the history of the book and Welsh film and the screenplay. writing in English. Creative Writing Bangor has one of the longest histories of Creative writing staff at Bangor publish in the TO FIND OUT MORE: teaching creative writing in the UK and has major forms of short fiction, the novel and poetry, Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382118 pioneered the creative-critical interface that has their research spanning criticism and practice- E-mail: [email protected] allowed our graduates to excel in writing and based contributions to these areas. www.bangor.ac.uk/lang-lit-ling publishing work. Research Centres We offer an engaging and supportive • The Institute for Medieval and Early Modern environment for postgraduate study, focusing Studies (IMEMS), a collaborative research on small group teaching and one-to-one institute between Bangor University and supervision. Postgraduate students work closely Aberystwyth University, focusing on research Bangor with academic staff in a research community activities in the pre-1800 period. that encourages interdisciplinary exchange and • The R. S. Thomas Centre fosters new work activity. Our Masters and PhD students are part in this area of study, particularly through University is of a lively Graduate School within the College of engagement with primary source materials Arts, Humanities and Business, which provides from the R. S. Thomas archives, acquired by ranked in the opportunities for productive exchange across its Bangor University in recent years. constituent Schools and disciplines. • The Centre for Contemporary Poetry (informally known as ‘Contempo’) is a Top 10 UK As well as regular poetry readings,­ research collaborative, cross-institutional research activities initiated and run by our students centre founded in 2006, and run by Bangor, Universities for include: an annual postgraduate conference in Aberystwyth and Brighton Universities. It aims medieval studies and medievalism; staff and to develop knowledge about contemporary postgraduate students’ writing workshop; the poetic practices, about the interface between Creative Writing online postgraduate journal; and postgraduate the word and the visual, and to examine The Complete University research forum. differences in practice between experimental and traditional poetic forms. Guide 2020 Overview of the academic areas covered • The Centre for Arthurian Studies is a hub of Our expertise lies in the following key areas: international research and exchange in Arthurian Studies which draws on the Material Texts and Culture University’s historic strengths in the field in Studied across all periods of literature, with terms of staff expertise and the resources particular focus on the editing and interpretation housed in the University Library and Special of medieval manuscript books and early modern Collections. manuscript and print; the relationship between • The Stephen Colclough Centre for the History art and literature; Victorian letter-writing and and Culture of the Book is housed in the communication; the work of R. S. Thomas and the University Library and Special Collections and modern screenplay. is the focal point for staff across the University and beyond working on the study of the book as The Literatures of Wales a material object. Research conducted in Centre Established strength in Welsh writing in English; is focused on developing approaches to the pioneering new and comparative approaches place of the book within cultural, social and to writing from Wales in Welsh and English; economic frameworks, and as a cultural theories of national literature, culture and commodity, conveyer of knowledge and object identity. of desire.

Four-Nations Approaches Staff and facilities Critical approaches which look at texts from the The interests of our staff extend from the different regions and nations of these islands, medieval period to the twenty-first century and often comparatively, or which challenge the look beyond the UK to international landscapes residual Anglocentrism of British literary studies. of literatures in English. Staff are enthusiastic researchers and teachers who come together World Literature in the introductory postgraduate courses to Texts from non-British national literatures; pass on valuable knowledge and expertise. The critical approaches or comparative studies which University’s library holdings have been carefully consider texts from Britain alongside those from developed to match research interests. other parts of the world; theories of international literary space. We also offer specialist training in palaeography and codicology (medieval and early modern manuscripts in Middle English, Middle Welsh, Anglo Norman and Latin).

22 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Arthurian Literature MA COURSE DURATION •Post-Medieval Arthur (30 credits), addressing Subject to availability, students may choose MA: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time. the adaptations of Arthurian myth and legends relevant modules in medieval Welsh literature/ from the sixteenth- to the twenty-first century, Welsh Arthurian literature offered in the School ENTRY REQUIREMENTS paying attention to the way the story was shaped of Welsh and Celtic Studies, such as ‘The A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in a in different genres, from popular romance, Mabinogion’, or in medieval history, offered in the relevant subject (e.g. Literary Studies, History, pastoral, drama, epic, and satire to modern School of History, Philosophy and Social Sciences. Arthurian Studies/Literature, Film Studies) and a fantasy, the graphic novel, video games and film. demonstrated interest in Arthurian Literature. Students will also select a further Optional Part Two: Modules from a list that may include: For students whose first language is not English •Dissertation (60 credits): a substantial piece an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (with no element •Open Essay (30 credits): Supervised essays on (20,000 words) of scholarly research, on a below 6.0) is required. topics of the student’s own choice (Please note: subject of your own choice and discussed in Students interested in developing a Creative detail with a chosen supervisor. It will involve a COURSE DESCRIPTION writing portfolio for their Open Essay will need series of one-to-one supervisory meetings during The MA in Arthurian Studies offers a carefully to demonstrate prior degree-level experience of the summer, once Part 1 has been completed chosen programme of modules to guide you Creative writing (or equivalent), and discuss this successfully. (Please note: Students interested in through this rich, interdisciplinary field of option with the course director). developing a Creative writing portfolio for part or investigation and to prepare you for research at all of their Dissertation will need to demonstrate an advanced level. The programme consists of •Manuscript and Printed Books (30 credits): An prior degree-level experience of Creative writing two parts: Part One (taught) must be successfully introduction to the study of medieval and early (or equivalent), and discuss this option with the completed before proceeding to Part Two (the modern palaeography and codicology, in co- course director). dissertation). operation with the Bangor University Archives and Special Collections, which include the library RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY of Bangor Cathedral. A collaboration with the tourist attraction ‘King Part One: Arthur’s Labyrinth’ at Corris has led to funded The programme typically includes the following •Material Texts & Editing (30 credits): This Access to Masters MA places in recent years. compulsory taught modules: module explores the rich field of working with texts - from manuscripts in the early medieval CAREER PROSPECTS • Introduction to Literary Theory, Scholarship centuries to screenings in the digital age. Current and past research students have and Research (30 credits), which develops Students have the opportunity to meet for engaged in higher degrees, teaching, research knowledge of literary theory and research seminars in the University archives department and librarianship in higher education (UK, US, methods. and to work with a team of practising academics Japan, and elsewhere), publishing, and a range of showcasing their research experience with related activities. •Medieval Arthur (30 credits), exploring the writings from the eighth to the twenty-first Arthurian myth from the earliest archaeological century. For further course details, please see: evidence to the end of the fifteenth century, with a www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english view to examining its evolution in a variety of the •Welsh Writing in English (30 credits): this ­­ socio-political and cultural contexts, as well as module showcases the wealth of Welsh writing in material culture. Genres studied on this module English in the modern period and ranges across a will include historical documents, chronicles, complete range of genres. Students are welcome romance, genealogy, written in Latin, Welsh, to choose this and/or another module relevant to English, French, German, Dutch, Norse, Italian, their interest(s), with the only requirement that Spanish (in translation, as needed), that is, all one of the texts included in their research reflects the languages in which Arthurian material was an engagement with /adaptation(s) of Arthurian created and circulated. legend(s).

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 23 Creative Writing MA COURSE DURATION Part One: •Transcreative Writing (30 credits): This MA: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. module is taught in conjunction with our For the first part of the MA, four modules are Modern Languages and Cultures department taught in small groups or through individual ENTRY REQUIREMENTS (no foreign language skills required). supervision. Modules followed comprise three A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in a compulsory modules and a fourth module relevant subject that should normally include Modules may also be taken from any part of chosen from a list of available options. an element of Creative Writing (e.g. Creative the MA English Literature programme and may Writing or Literary Studies) and a demonstrated include: Welsh Literature in English; Revolution interest in Creative Writing. Compulsory Modules: & Modernity; Material Texts & Editing; Gender (30 credits): A •Creative Writing: Poetry & Devotion in Early Modern Literature; Myth & series of group seminars invites students to Applicants with equivalent qualifications or the Early Modern Writer; Medieval Arthur; Post- experiment with a range of approaches to experience and applications from working Medieval Arthur; Understanding the Middle poetry, from the use of traditional forms to professionals with non-graduate qualifications Ages; Manuscript & Printed Books. innovative techniques for exploring language. will be considered on an individual basis. Please Participants read and discuss contemporary contact us for more information. Candidates poetry, and develop a portfolio of their own Part Two: may be asked to submit a short sample of work with individual supervision. work (poetry and/or prose) in support of The second part of the MA is the Dissertation, their application. Please contact us for more which is a chance to develop a longer piece of information. creative writing (20,000 words) in consultation •Creative Writing: Prose (30 credits): Taught with a supervisor. It will involve a series of initially by seminar, followed by individual For students whose first language is not one-to-one supervisory meetings during the supervision, this module presents advanced English an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (with no summer, once Part 1 has been completed fiction writing techniques, focusing on element below 6.0) is required. successfully. how character, plot, setting, tone and style contribute to compelling narrative, and on COURSE DESCRIPTION RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY how conventions of genre may be challenged. A course in creative writing may be the first Practising writers are regularly invited to share Assessment is by a portfolio of fiction. step towards a writing career, or a chance their insights with students. for more experienced writers to develop their work from a new perspective. Creative •Introduction to Literary Theory, Scholarship CAREER PROSPECTS (30 credits): This module writing at Bangor University offers a range and Research An MA in Creative Writing may lead to a career offers the opportunity to study alongside MA of opportunities for postgraduate study in a as a novelist, poet or playwright. Planning students in the subject area, and to share ideas dynamic critical and creative environment. and developing a substantial writing project about authorship, the history of the book, and Bangor University has significant experience in is a good preparation for future funded or some key contemporary perspectives on the this discipline and a flourishing postgraduate commissioned writing, as well as for an relationship between literature and the culture community. academic career in practice-based research. in which it is produced. For writers, this module This course also offers a range of skills that offers a valuable insight into how your creative Our MA in Creative Writing is taught by staff can be applied in other contexts, for example work relates to its wider context. who are both published writers and practising editing, publishing, journalism and arts academics thoroughly experienced in the administration. The ability to use language challenges of university research. Optional Modules may include: fluently and persuasively is essential for •Advanced Writing Portfolio (30 credits): An success in almost any field, and the flexibility of opportunity to work on an individual or group The MA in Creative Writing consists of two working across genres in this course offers an basis with a member of staff on an agreed parts. Part One must be successfully completed excellent grounding in creative language use. Creative Writing project. before proceeding to the second part, the dissertation. For further course details, please see: •Open Essay/Portfolio (30 credits): A www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english supervised essay on a topic/theme of the student’s own choice.

“Having been supported by my PhD supervisors at Bangor on my journey toward the publication of my novel, it’s an honour to now to be one of the teaching staff in this dynamic, thriving department. The international and contemporary focus of the department at Bangor appealed to me, as did the vibrant creative offering of the city and area. Bangor is at an exciting juncture creatively. With a new arts centre and new gallery, several festivals, and a thriving and fiercely creative student community. Opportunities for collaboration and creativity abound.”

ALYS CONRAN, Lecturer in Creative Writing, author of Pigeon and short-listed for the 2017 International Dylan Thomas Prize.

24 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS English Literature MA COURSE DURATION representation. The modules on offer in this choose any two modules from the full range on MA: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. area make the most of the School’s expertise offer. An example of typical modules are given in book history and scholarly editing, as well as below: ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Bangor University’s particularly strong archive A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in a collections (including the Cathedral Library) Modules on Medieval and Early Modern relevant subject (e.g. Literary Studies, History, which contain everything from locally produced Literature may include: Arthurian Studies/Literature, Film Studies). printed ephemera to documents pertaining • Manuscripts and Printed Books to plantations in Jamaica. The School is also • Myth and the Early Modern Author Applicants with equivalent qualifications or actively involved in several digitisation projects, • Women’s Devotional Writing experience and applications from working and many of the modules will consider the • Medieval Arthur professionals with non-graduate qualifications impact of the latest technological revolution • Open Essay will be considered on an individual basis. Please upon literary studies. contact us for more information. Modules on Material Texts may include: Revolution and Modernity, 1750 to the Present: • Manuscripts and Printed Books For students whose first language is not This area of expertise offers students the • Material Texts and Editing English an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (with no opportunity to become intimately acquainted • Print, Politics & Popular Culture element below 6.0) is required. with the historical, cultural and literary forces • Open Essay that have shaped our contemporary age. Here COURSE DESCRIPTION the student may explore a variety of visual and Modules on Revolution and Modernity, 1750 to Our English Literature MA offers the verbal print cultures, spaces and identities the Present may include: opportunity to pursue English literary studies in order to unravel the complex relationship • Revolution, Modernity: 1790-1930 at an advanced level. Here you will be able to between texts and their contexts. Bangor • Material Texts and Editing develop the skills and knowledge required for University, with its neo-Gothic architecture • Print, Politics & Popular Culture textual, theoretical and historical analysis in (1911) and its proximity to Telford’s pioneering • Open Essay your chosen field while participating fully in Menai Suspension Bridge (1826), is itself a a vibrant research environment of published physical embodiment of aesthetic revolution Modules on Four-Nations Literature may writers and researchers. and the pursuit of modernity. Students are include: encouraged to make use of the University’s • Revolution, Modernity: 1790-1930 The programme consists of taught modules extensive archives and to take part in the • Scottish Literature (Part One) mainly assessed by essays, followed research activities of the School and wider • Welsh Literature in English by a dissertation (Part Two). College of Arts and Humanities. While honing • Irish Literature their knowledge of nineteenth, twentieth and • Open Essay On this MA you can explore your interests twenty-first century texts, students will also across the wide-ranging field of English literary become fluent in contemporary scholarly In addition to the above pathway-related studies in their choice of taught modules, or discourse and develop their own critical voice. modules, the following modules are offered: you may elect to follow a programme of taught • Open Essay modules and one-to-one supervision in more Four Nations Literature: This area of expertise • The Postgraduate Conference specialised areas of interest. For those wishing offers the opportunity for pioneering study of to specialise there is also the opportunity to the literatures of England, Scotland, Ireland It may also be possible to take one optional cluster module choices around particularly and Wales. In so doing it represents a shift module from the MA in Creative Writing (if the strong areas of department expertise, such as: in the focus of the MA in English Literature, prerequisites of creative writing experience are inviting postgraduate students to explore in met) or in another Arts and Humanities subject Medieval and Early Modern Literature: These greater detail the literatures of the four nations (if the necessary academic prerequisites are are well-known and internationally recognised in the British Isles. It aims to widen the scope met). areas of expertise at Bangor. Members of of traditional English Literature courses by the School of English undertake research in seeking out continuities and contrasts between Part Two: medieval English poetry, prose and drama; the literatures of Britain and Ireland in the the literature of the Tudor period; the drama modern period. In particular, the Four-Nations Preparation of a 20,000-word dissertation of Shakespeare and his contemporaries; emphasis investigates the ways in which the on a subject of your choice, researched and early modern book history; and seventeenth- literatures of Britain and Ireland register the written under the individual supervision of a century literature in poetry and prose as well effects of modernity on British and Irish culture subject specialist. Those following a specified as on the stage. Particular areas of interest and society, from the late eighteenth century to pathway will be expected to choose a subject in include: Chaucerian studies; medieval romance; the contemporary moment. Bangor University, a relevant research area. Arthurian literature; medieval and early modern being conveniently located between London, drama; Shakespeare and his contemporaries; Dublin and Liverpool, is the ideal place to CAREER PROSPECTS pre-modern travel writing; early modern examine such issues. The course offers excellent preparation for memory studies; George Herbert and devotional participation in doctoral programmes. It adds to poetry; autobiographical writing; Milton, The Open Pathway offers students the the qualifications of those intending to pursue polemical prose; manuscript studies; and the opportunity to pursue a broader portfolio a career in cultural and creative fields such work of women writers across the medieval of advanced literary studies in English by as publishing, arts administration, the media, and early modern periods. These wide-ranging completing the compulsory modules and a free communications and teaching. The experience topics are reflected in the choice of modules choice from all the available optional modules of postgraduate literary study can also enhance and dissertation topics available to students. on offer. future employability, through the acquisition of transferrable skills such as: the ability to Material Texts: This subject area introduces pursue independent research; to carry out advanced analysis of texts and arguments; and the postgraduate student to many of the Part One: methodologies associated with the history of to present ideas fluently in written and oral the book, the sociology of texts, the history All students follow the compulsory modules form. Above all, the MA affords an opportunity of reading and the theories associated with Literary Theory, Scholarship and Research for advanced personal and intellectual editing. The investigation of the material text and Material Texts and Editing. These development. and the circumstances of production and modules consider key ideas in literary theory, consumption are growing areas within the the analysis of texts and the techniques of For further course details, please see: discipline of literary studies. Students may advanced scholarly writing. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english examine a range of texts from medieval and early-modern manuscripts, through early Student will then choose a further two modules printed books (known as incunabula) and on from those on offer. In order to complete a to the serialised texts of the Victorian period, pathway, the two modules must be selected as well as looking at cinema, screenplays from that pathway’s list of available modules. and contemporary technologies of self- Students following the Open pathway may

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 25 Medieval Studies MA COURSE DURATION of migration, displacement, exploration, engage with theories and debates about the MA: 1 year full-time; 2-3 years part-time; colonisation, religious practices, alternative interpretation of evidence to facilitate a critical Diploma: 9 months full-time (also available part- geographies (utopianism) and adventure. comparative approach. It will consider the role of time). This module will offer the postgraduate the women in twelfth-century society, contemporary opportunity to pursue highly innovative lines of political developments, and the image of women ENTRY REQUIREMENTS research in often neglected fields of study. in the sources in order to facilitate a discussion A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in a of the ways that sources were constructed to relevant subject (e.g. Literary Studies, History, History, Welsh History and Archaeology: produce a particular view of women and power. Arthurian Studies/Literature, Medieval Studies). The Age of Llywelyn ap Iorwerth (40 credits) This module will allow students to analyse Medieval Latin (20 credits): The very large In their personal statement, applicants should a range of evidence for the history of Wales majority of primary sources encountered in outline the area in which they would like to during the age of Llywelyn ab Iorwerth (c. 1170- British and European medieval history were specialise (e.g. history, literary studies). Contact 1240), focusing not only on Llywelyn himself originally written in medieval Latin. Many us for more information. but also on broader political, ecclesiastical, primary sources of early modern history were social and cultural developments in Wales also composed in medieval Latin. The purpose For students whose first language is not English during his lifetime. A variety of sources will be and aims of this module are to equip the student an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (with no element used in order to investigate Llywelyn’s career to read edited primary historical sources. The below 6.0) is required. as a prince of Gwynedd, in both a Welsh and a module would also aim to provide the student European context. Students will be shown how with the necessary guidance in finding and using COURSE DESCRIPTION documentary and narrative sources can be used to maximum effect relevant reference works in In Part 1 of the course, students develop alongside literary work and legal texts produced order to exploit the primary historical sources in skills and acquire subject knowledge by way by the native learned classes and encouraged Latin to the full. of preparation for Part Two, a 20,000 word critically to evaluate the ways in which different dissertation. The Diploma, which consists of genres of evidence offer different perspectives. MUSIC: Part One of the MA programme, aims to develop Modules in Early Music place a thematic focus learner autonomy to the point where the student The Archaeology of the Early Medieval Celtic on music of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. is capable of beginning a scholarly dissertation Churches (40 credits): This module investigates They are intended to broaden the student’s at MA level. the early medieval churches in Wales, Ireland, knowledge of different types of music composed Scotland, the Isle of Man and south-west Britain during these periods as well as the various Part One: c. AD400-1100. Although concentrating on the contexts within which they were placed. This will archaeological evidence, primary documentary include consideration of analytical, repertorial, At the beginning of this course, all students must sources will be used where appropriate. The rich palaeographic, biographical, institutional, register for the following modules: archaeological remains, including cemeteries, social and cultural aspects. A number of case churches, monasteries, sculpture, ecclesiastical studies, complemented by directed reading and •Understanding the Middle Ages metalwork and relics will be analysed with assignments, will explore the depth of historical (semesters 1 and 2) reference to what they reveal about the and musicological study and understanding and •Manuscripts and Printed Books (1 semester) development of Christianity in these islands; enable a student to address specific, focused burial rites and commemoration; the evolution of periods, topics and/or issues in which they have In addition to these modules, students may a hierarchy of Christian sites; the development an interest. choose from a wide range of modules in this part of ecclesiastical landscapes; secular and of the course which may include: ecclesiastical patronage; and the rise of saints’ Major (40 credits) and Minor (20 credits) cults. Submissions are different in scope. CYMRAEG: • Britain’s Celtic Heritage (40 credits) The Duke, Duchy and Institutions of Normandy, The choice of Early Music as Principal Subject • Medieval Welsh literature (40 credits) 942-1135 (40 credits): This module will examine entails that students make their Part II the role of the dukes of Normandy, the growth submission in the area of Early Music as well. ENGLISH: of their authority and the institutions that they Medieval Arthur (30 credits): This module used to rule the duchy. Students will trace the • Principal Subject: Early Music explores the Arthurian myth from the earliest growth of the dukes’ authority through the (40 credits) archaeological evidence to the end of the chronicles and the written instruments issued • Major Open Submission: Early fifteenth century, with a view to exploring its in their name; they will examine the extent to Music (40 credits) evolution in a variety of the socio-political which the conquest of England affected Norman • Minor Open Submission: Early Music contexts, as well as material culture (manuscript government and vice versa; and they will discuss (20 credits) and printed editions, artefacts). Focusing on the ways in which ducal authority might be • Preparing for the Part II project (20 credits) a number of texts in different genres and helped or hindered by the Norman aristocracy, languages (read in English translation when the Norman church, or Normandy’s neighbours. Students may also select relevant modules necessary), the module will offer postgraduates A wide range of sources will be used, both which include: an insight into the origins and development of published and unpublished. A comparative • Postgraduate Portfolio Arthurian themes in medieval literature approach will be adopted throughout, putting Normandy, its laws, and its institutions within a Part Two Women’s Devotional Writing (30 credits): broad context rather than treating it in isolation. This module will explore a wide selection of • Dissertation – a substantial piece of scholarly published and manuscript texts that demonstrate Women and Power in the High Middle Ages (40 research, on a subject of your own choice and the breadth, continuities and dissimilarities credits): This module aims to introduce students discussed in detail with a chosen supervisor. of late medieval and early modern women’s to the history of women and power in Britain and devotional writing practises. The module will North-Western Europe during the twelfth and RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY introduce students to the writing of anchorites, early thirteenth centuries. It will focus on the Collaboration with the National Library of Wales, mystics, translators and instructors from ways that women were portrayed in the sources Aberystwyth, has led to a funded Access to across the social spectrum and who express as compared to men and will take account of Masters place on this degree in recent years. their spirituality in a wide variety of genres and broader political developments within twelfth- for different audiences. This module will offer century Britain, including social, political, political CAREER PROSPECTS the postgraduate the opportunity to pursue and cultural changes. A variety of sources will be This MA prepares you for a career in teaching, highly innovative lines of research by analytical used including charters, narratives, chronicles, publishing and a range of related activities, comparison of devotional writing from pre- and poetry and legal texts to facilitate a close post Reformation England. There will be ample analysis of the differing perspectives offered by as well as providing preparation for further time during the semester for the postgraduate to differing sources. It will consider these themes research in higher education. shape and develop their own enquiries. in a European perspective by giving attention to Anglo-Norman, Angevin and French evidence For further course details, please see: Pre-Modern Travel (30 credits): This module and historiographies of women, gender and www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english will explore a wide selection of published and power. This will be set into a critical assessment manuscript texts which deal with the highly of the historiography Britain of the period. The complex and fluid concept of travel in terms course will challenge students to critically

26 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS English Literature / Creative and Critical Writing PhD/MPhil

COURSE DURATION PhD/MPhil in Creative and Critical Writing RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY PhD: 3 years full-time, 6-8 years part-time; This programme provides the opportunity to Visiting academics feature regularly in our MPhil: 2 years full-time, 4-5 years part-time. work over an extended period on a collection research seminars. We organise a number of of short stories, a novel or a collection of readings by writers each year. Recent visitors ENTRY REQUIREMENTS poems under the individual supervision of a have included: Jackie Kay, George Szirtes, We would normally expect students to hold a first writer actively publishing in your field. Your Anne-Marie Fyfe, Erin Moure, Andrea Brady, class or a good second-class degree. Students creative work will be accompanied by a critical Robert Hampson, Jeff Hilson, Michael Symmons without an MA are required to follow the commentary, which should be mainly focused Roberts, Tiffany Atkinson, Patrick McGuinness, research training module. We are able to accept on exploring some idea, topic, genre, theme, Richard Marggraf Turley, Damian Walford Davies students on a distance-learning basis, but they writer or group of writers that has a relationship and Jack Mapanje. should have already acquired the skills taught with the creative work being undertaken. in the introductory seminars, or should make Researching this element will ensure a good The Contempo seminar series, run jointly arrangements to attend equivalent seminars at knowledge of current literary concerns. The with Aberystwyth University, is a staff and another institution, at their own expense. For critical commentary should include a section postgraduate seminar series that also has a students whose first language is not English in which you discuss your own work and the regular programme of visiting writers and critics. an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (with no element ways in which it relates to the literary texts you below 6.0) is required. have discussed. The major component of the CAREER PROSPECTS PhD is the creative element, which the critical The PhD/MPhil in English Literature prepares COURSE DESCRIPTION commentary is intended to support. The creative you for a career in higher education, as well PhD/MPhil in English Literature element should be 70,000 to 80,000 words in as in publishing, arts administration, media The MPhil in English Literature is awarded length if prose. For poetry an equivalent length, research, and a range of related careers. This for a dissertation of not more than 60,000 depending on the exact nature of the creative course fully prepares you for a future career words and the PhD in English Literature for a work submitted, will be negotiated with your as a writer and as an academic. Students also dissertation normally of not more than 100,000 supervisor. The critical commentary should be have the opportunity to follow a range of training words. Research may be carried out in the 20,000 to 30,000 words. The thesis, comprising programmes offered through the University that main fields of English literature post-1300; both creative and critical components, is significantly enhance their chances of finding Arthurian literature. Areas of staff research expected to have a total word count of about work in the field of their choice. expertise include: Arthurian literature, Chaucer 100,000 words or equivalent. and his contemporaries, medieval and early A number of recent or existing creative writing modern women’s writing, medieval and early You will be joining a vibrant postgraduate students have successfully published collections modern drama, early modern autobiography, community and taught by staff with significant of poems or short stories that have arisen from Shakespeare, George Herbert, Restoration experience in teaching creative writing at their studies here at Bangor. These include John drama, Milton, the literature of the English Civil postgraduate level. A number of staff members Tanner, Richard Jones and Nessa O’Mahoney. Wars, Romanticism (especially Hazlitt and his are published and award-winning authors, and Others have published stories including Terri contemporaries), Victorian literature (especially are involved in a variety of editing and judging Lee Hackman, Zoe Perrenoud, and Lisa Blower Dickens and Oscar Wilde), Welsh writing in activities. We also benefit from the presence of (who also won the 2009 Guardian Short Story English (especially R.S. Thomas), London-Welsh the poet Professor Carol Rumens and the visits Competition). writing at the turn of the twentieth century, of Honorary Professor Philip Pullman. Modernism, Edward Thomas, the poetry of the For further course details, please see: First World War, Modern English and American www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english Drama, David Mamet, film history and the screenplay, the history of reading, experimental writing, contemporary poetry, global literatures, comparative literature and postcolonialism.

“In the early 2000s, I studied for an undergraduate print culture, areas of interest that have contributed to degree in English Literature here at Bangor my first major monograph, published by Manchester University, before completing my MA and PhD at University Press in 2019. I have previously written the University of Manchester. I have previously chapters and articles on textual transmission, hypocrisy taught English Literature at the University in seventeenth century print, religious devotion, and of Manchester, the University of Salford, representations of ghosts and hauntings in popular Staffordshire University, and I worked as a lecturer renderings of the English Civil War period. I have also in Hong Kong before returning to Bangor. contributed an online article to The Conversation, I teach on a range of modules that focus on the focusing on Hilary Mantel’s historical fictions.” literatures of the early modern period at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels. My Dr MICHAEL DURRANT research mainly focuses on book history and Lecturer in Early Modern Literature STAFF PROFILE

“I’m researching modernism and Welsh Writing in English at Bangor and really enjoying it. Bangor University is a fantastic place to study. I have supportive, knowledgeable supervisors, access to great archives and electronic resources, and can attend a wide variety of talks and seminars across a range of different disciplines. With Bangor’s support, I’ve been able to present my research across the UK, and even at the Royal Military College of Canada, which was an amazing experience.”

DAN HUGHES, PhD in English Literature

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 27 History and Archaeology

History has been taught at Bangor since staff have a major interest in Welsh history from COURSE LIST: the University was established in 1884 and the age of the Welsh princes to devolution. At Archaeology has been taught here since 1960. Bangor you will be taught by those who actively MA/Diploma Located in the historical centre of the University, research and publish in the subject areas you are • Celtic Archaeology with the lecture rooms, the Main Arts library studying. • History and archives all close by. We have an excellent • Welsh History reputation for teaching and research across an Archaeology at Bangor takes advantage of our • The Celts (see page 41) extensive chronological span, from prehistory to fantastic location in an area which has a wide • Medieval Studies (see page 22) the present. range of archaeological monuments – prehistoric tombs and stone circles, Roman forts, medieval PhD/MPhil Staff and facilities castles (including the World Heritage Sites • Archaeology We have particular strengths in Welsh history of Beaumaris, Caernarfon and Conwy), and • Heritage and Celtic archaeology and a vibrant research the remains of the industrial revolution. The • History culture. We host regular research seminars in research interests of archaeology staff include: • Welsh History History and Archaeology with leading scholars the early prehistory of Britain and Ireland, the in various fields from within Bangor and Celtic Iron Age in Europe and Britain, the Western beyond. This is supported by the activities of the Atlantic Seaboard, Wales and Ireland in the early TO FIND OUT MORE: Institute of Medieval and Early Modern Studies, Middle Ages, and the history of archaeology. Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382085 the Institute for the Study of Welsh Estates, Several members of staff have field projects in E-mail: [email protected] as well as links with other research groups Wales and beyond. www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy- and series in the University. The library offers and-social-sciences/ excellent resources in these fields, including Overview of the academic areas a comprehensive collection of journals and Research strengths in History and Welsh History newspapers, collections from published sources, include: and a wide range of books. There is also a • Medieval: the Anglo-Norman world; the substantial collection of rare books. history of women in the Middle Ages; seals and sigillography; religion; national identity; The University Archives hold the largest archive historiography; society and culture. collection in Wales after the National Library and • The early modern period: religion, national are home to a wealth of manuscripts dating from identity and political rhetoric in England and the Middle Ages to the present – varying from Wales during the late Stuart era. the substantial collections of the Mostyn and • Modern and contemporary history: nationalism; Penrhyn estates to the papers of modern and the labour movement; consumerism; contemporary politicians, literary figures and devolution; the inner city; poverty; government scholars such as Kate Roberts, the pioneering policy. socialist David Roberts and the historian J. E. Lloyd. Research strengths in Archaeology and Heritage include: Research specialisms in history include: • Early prehistory: landscapes and seascapes; medieval political, administrative and gender death and burial. history; early modern religious, social, economic • Later prehistory and Roman: landscapes, and cultural history; Welsh historiography (i.e. settlement and burial; social archaeology; the history of writing Welsh history). We also Celtic archaeology. have staff who specialise in modern history, • Early medieval: art and sculpture, settlement; covering areas such as: 20th century political social archaeology; Celtic archaeology. culture; social and political history; war and • Heritage management: national and protest; urban history. A number of academic international; public archaeology.

as propaganda; the print debate over foreign policy; inform Welsh gentry families in the late seventeenth and dating the reformation in the late Stuart era. century.

“We have a collection of specialists in my period My skills in analysing print sources, and my across disciplines. This has, for instance, allowed experience of thinking about religion and national us to organise what has become the world’s leading identities in the late Stuart period, feed into my PhD regular conference on the history and literature of supervision (for example, English views of Germany the Restoration period (1660-1689) in Britain and in the later seventeenth century, the politics and Ireland. This sort of close interdisciplinary working theology of archbishop John Tillotson; images of extends outside my period as well: for example, Oliver Cromwell in the decades after his death; and as I wrote my recent article on perceptions of time Charles II’s propaganda use of his navy); and into in the press I had really productive discussions MA classes on reading the press, and modules on STAFF PROFILE with colleagues from linguistics, English literature, British identity media studies, and psychology. Prof TONY CLAYDON The Graduate School ensures students have the Professor of Early Modern History The internet means I have access to the holdings rich interdisciplinary experience I have enjoyed in of all the world’s libraries for my key source, print my research; and it supplements the more subject- Professor Tony Claydon’s specialist areas culture; and this is supplemented by the University based support provided by the academic school. of interest are the political culture, religion archive, which has an extraordinarily rich collection This includes a strong seminar programme, and a and national identity of people in late of material from north Wales and so allows me, close and inclusive atmosphere which makes MA Stuart Britain. He has worked on topics as and graduate students, to think about local case students feel welcome, and which rapidly integrates diverse as the presentation of politicians studies of national or international phenomena. PhD students into the academic team.” as celebrities in the late Stuart press; the For instance, with a PhD student, I am looking at construction and understanding of time in the nature of news in a huge series of manuscript newspapers under Queen Anne; sermons newsletters written by a paid scribe in London to

28 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Celtic Archaeology MA COURSE DURATION A Diploma will be awarded on the successful CAREER PROSPECTS MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; completion of the first 120 credits. An MA in Celtic Archaeology is a versatile Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. qualification and will give you a detailed Compulsory Modules: understanding of the academic discipline ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Theory and Interpretation in Archaeology of archaeology and the ability to conduct Good undergraduate degree in a relevant This module introduces you to a range of research at various levels of historical analysis. discipline at least 2.ii normally required. theories, interpretations and key debates It will enhance your career opportunities in relevant to the study of Celtic Archaeology. archaeology, communications, teaching, heritage For non-native speakers of English an IELTS industries, publishing and research. score of 6.0 overall (with no element below 5.5 is • Initiating a Research Project required). This module explains how to begin a research The transferable skills acquired through this project and ultimately produce a substantive programme are beneficial in a range of other COURSE DESCRIPTION and original research piece. careers, including advertising, journalism, This programme aims to deepen knowledge of consulting etc. After successful completion of the archaeology beyond undergraduate level, with • Postgraduate Portfolios MA in Celtic Archaeology you may also decide particular emphasis on Celtic archaeology. It Two small independent research projects to pursue an academic career in archaeology, provides the opportunity for you to specialise in devised in consultation with a supervisor. by applying for a place to study a PhD in Celtic a particular academic area, so as to gain a close Archaeology. understanding of the archaeological debates • Dissertation around it. Our programme acquaints you with The dissertation module gives you the For further course details, please see: relevant archaeological theoretical issues opportunity to complete a piece of scholarly www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- and methods of interpretation and the use of research of 15,000-20,000 words on a subject social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ evidence. It also provides you with the necessary of your choice and discussed in detail with a research skills to produce an original piece of chosen supervisor. work on a chosen topic. Optional Modules: An MA will be awarded on successful completion One chosen from of all 180 credits. • The Prehistoric Archaeology of the Irish Sea Zone • Celtic Societies in Europe

History MA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: Optional Modules: MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; • Themes and Issues in History: Interpretations, • Normandy under the Normans, 911-1144 Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. Approaches and Debates • National Identities in Britain and Ireland 1660- This module develops knowledge of relevant 1800 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS historical theoretical issues and methods of • War and Protest, 1914-2003 Good undergraduate degree at least 2.ii normally interpretation of the historical past. • The Inner City: Governance, Policy and required. Exclusion • Documents and Sources • Work Placement For non-native speakers of English an IELTS This module examines the wide range of • Society, Politics and History in Karl Marx score of 6.0 overall (with no element below 5.5 is evidence that historians use to reconstruct the • Antisemitism and the Holocaust required). past, and the problems and opportunities of • Nationalism and Minorities interpretation. • The Age of Llywelyn ap Iorwerth COURSE DESCRIPTION One chosen from the following: This programme aims to provide a detailed - Documents and Sources in Medieval and Early CAREER PROSPECTS knowledge and understanding of a specific Modern History An MA in History is a versatile qualification and academic area through rigorous research - Documents and Sources in Modern History. will give you a detailed understanding of the training. You will become acquainted with discipline and the ability to conduct research relevant historical theoretical issues and • Research Skills at various levels of historical analysis. It will methods of interpretation and the use of This is an advanced level skills module that enhance your career opportunities in a range of evidence. It also provides you with the necessary has three aims: to train students to initiate professions in the media and communications research skills to carry out an original piece of research projects, to familiarise them with how industries, teaching, heritage and museums, historical research in the chosen area of study. to critique a research seminar paper and to public administration, publishing and research. supply them with skills that will enhance their The transferable skills acquired through this An MA will be awarded on successful completion employability. programme are beneficial in a range of other of all 180 credits. careers, including advertising, journalism, • Dissertation consulting etc. After successful completion of A Diploma will be awarded on the successful The dissertation module gives you the the MA in History you may also decide to pursue completion of the first 120 credits. opportunity to complete a piece of scholarly an academic career in History, by applying for a research on a subject of your choice and place to study for a PhD in History. discussed in detail with a chosen supervisor. For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 29 Welsh History MA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; • Themes and Issues in History An MA in Welsh History will give you a detailed Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. This module develops knowledge of relevant understanding of the discipline of Welsh historical theoretical issues and methods of History and the ability to conduct research ENTRY REQUIREMENTS interpretation of the historical past. at various levels of historical analysis. It will Good undergraduate degree at least 2.ii normally enhance your career opportunities in media and required. • Documents and Sources communications industries, teaching, publishing This module examines the wide range of and research. For non-native speakers of English an IELTS evidence that historians use to reconstruct the score of 6.0 overall (with no element below 5.5 is past, and the problems and opportunities of The transferable skills acquired through this required). interpretation. One module chosen from the programme are beneficial in a range of other following: careers, including advertising, journalism, COURSE DESCRIPTION - Documents and Sources in Medieval and Early consulting etc. After successful completion of This programme aims to provide you with a Modern History the MA in Welsh History you may also decide detailed knowledge and understanding of a - Documents and Sources in Modern History to pursue an academic career in history, by specific academic area of the history of Wales applying for a place to study for a PhD in Welsh through rigorous research training. You will •Research Skills History. become acquainted with relevant historical This is an advanced level skills module that theoretical issues and methods of interpretation has three aims: to train students to initiate For further course details, please see: and the use of evidence. It also provides you with research projects, to familiarise them with how www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- the necessary research skills to carry out an to critique a research seminar paper and to social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ original piece of historical research in the chosen supply them with skills that will enhance their area of study. employability.

An MA will be awarded on successful completion of all 180 credits. • Dissertation The dissertation module gives you the A Diploma will be awarded on the successful opportunity to complete a piece of scholarly completion of the first 120 credits. research on a subject of your choice and discussed in detail with a chosen supervisor.

Option Modules: One chosen from the following: • The Age of Llywelyn ap Iorwerth • Work Placement • Nationalism and Minorities

History / Welsh History / Archaeology / Heritage PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; 4-6 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS It is possible to join the PhD after successfully completing a Masters in a related subject (History/Welsh History/Archaeology/Heritage) at Bangor or elsewhere. Applicants who do not speak English as their native language: IELTS score of 6.0 overall (no element below 5.5). Students who have an overall score of 5.5 can take a summer pre-sessional course in the University’s English Language Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS).

COURSE DESCRIPTION Those taking this degree are required to write a substantial and original thesis of up to 100,000 words for PhD, or 60,000 words for MPhil on a topic relating to History/Welsh History/ Archaeology/Heritage. You will receive research and transferable skills training from the University’s Graduate Training Programme. You may also attend MA modules offered by the School and the College of Arts, Humanities and Business Graduate School. You will receive guidance from two supervisors.

CAREER PROSPECTS This is a research programme. You can pursue an academic career in History/Welsh History/ Archaeology/Heritage. The high level analytical and research skills acquired during this degree are valued by employers in areas such as communications, media, museums and heritage industries, teaching, publishing as well as roles in research and development.

30 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Linguistics and English Language

Established in 1960, ours is one of oldest Strengths and expertise COURSE LIST: Linguistics departments in the UK. We provide With world-class expertise in this area - a vibrant teaching and research environment, Bilingualism is a key research area. Our MA and is rare in the UK and internationally in terms research expertise also extends to Language • Applied Linguistics for TEFL of the areas of teaching and supervision that it Development and Cognitive Linguistics. • Bilingualism offers. Students are taught and supervised by • Linguistics staff, all of whom are active researchers. Many Bilingualism is the study of the way speakers of our staff are recognised as international of two (or more) languages acquire and use MSc leaders in their fields of expertise. their languages and how these languages are • Language Acquisition and Development represented in the mind. Bangor University Our postgraduate programmes cover a wide is situated in a truly bilingual region (Welsh- PhD/MPhil range of theoretical and applied areas. While English). Members of staff conduct research • Bilingualism each MA and MSc course features compulsory on all aspects of bi/multilingualism, and adopt • Linguistics training components, there are also a range a multidisciplinary, empirically-informed of optional modules available. Students are perspective. supported in their learning by lectures, seminars TO FIND OUT MORE: and smaller tutorial groups, and are assessed We offer state-of-the-art research facilities Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382118 in a range of ways, including research reports, and a phonetics laboratory and are the only E-mail: [email protected] and presentations. Learning is further supported academic unit in the UK to offer an MA and a www.bangor.ac.uk/linguistics by a virtual BlackBoard system, which features: PhD in Bilingualism. Moreover, the study of a library of electronic reading resources that Bilingualism is central to the Linguistics and can be downloaded; discussion forums; lecture English Language undergraduate curriculum. slideshows; and other handouts. Staff and facilities We house an extensive collection of books MA and MSc students progress through a taught Academic staff specialise in various aspects on Linguistics and English Language that is component, comprising a range of compulsory of speech and language disorders, first and maintained by the Bangor Linguistics Society and optional modules, before embarking on second language acquisition, bilingualism, (a student run society), and we also have a a significant individual research project. This Welsh linguistics and cognitive linguistics. In phonetics laboratory which includes recording, culminates in a 20,000 word dissertation, addition, we are proud to have David Crystal as speech analysis and audio facilities. We also supported through one-on-one meetings with a an Honorary Professor, who spends a day here offer dedicated office space for Bilingualism PhD supervisor. each year giving a series of lectures on a range students. of language-related topics. PhD study is supported by regular tutorials with a supervisor, as well as a second supervisor Our staff conduct research on a wide range of who has relevant expertise. You will also be languages including English, French, Danish, supported by a taught research training and German, Italian, Spanish, Greek, Lombard, Dutch development programme, and can also take and Welsh. subject-specific modules from the wide-range of postgraduate modules available through our taught programmes.

Linguistics MA COURSE DURATION Those who have a BA in Linguistics may be • Historical Linguistics MA: 1 year full-time, 2-3 years part-time. exempt from compulsory modules which they • Language Contact and Bilinguals have already covered as part of their first degree, • Phonology in Bilingual Acquisition ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and elect to follow one of the other MA modules. • Language and Communication A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in • Language Disorders and Bilinguals a relevant subject (e.g. Linguistics, Modern Compulsory Modules: • Using Corpora: Theory and Practice Languages, Translation, Psychology, English • Foundations of Linguistics Language/Literature, English Education/English These modules provide an overview of the Non native English speakers must take Language education). discipline of language science. In particular, it zero-credit courses with ELCOS to help with covers key ideas and methodologies in the study their English, unless exempted by their tutor. Applicants with equivalent qualifications or of meaning, grammar and sound. experience and applications from working CAREER PROSPECTS professionals with non-graduate qualifications • Linguistics Research Methods An MA in Linguistics will give you a detailed will be considered on an individual basis. Please This module aims at equipping you with the understanding of how language works and the contact us for more information. necessary foundations and tools to design ability to conduct research at various levels and carry out experimental research within of linguistic analysis. Graduates find career For students whose first language is not English linguistics, as well as preparing for your opportunities in communications, teaching, an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no element dissertation. publishing, research. The transferable skills below 5.5) is required. acquired through this programme are beneficial Optional Modules vary from year to year, and in a range of other careers, including advertising, COURSE DESCRIPTION include: journalism, consulting etc. After successful This course is for students with an • Language Acquisition completion of the MA in Linguistics, you may undergraduate degree in any subject who • Bilingual and Acquisition Issues also decide to pursue an academic career in want a qualification in linguistics. You also • Language Change Linguistics, by applying for a place on the PhD in write a 20,000 research dissertation on a topic • Psycholinguistics Linguistics. of your own choice. To help you achieve this, • EFL Theory the programme has a compulsory module on • SLA and Language Teaching For further course details, please see: Research Training which includes training in • Cognitive Discourse Analysis www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics specific linguistic research and general social • L2 Speech Learning science research. • Welsh Linguistics

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 31 Applied Linguistics for TEFL MA COURSE DURATION as well as issues pertaining to English as an • Linguistics Research Methods MA: 1 year full-time, 2-3 years part-time. international language and bilingualism). This module aims to equip students with the necessary foundations and tools to design and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This programme is specifically aimed at carry out research within linguistics, preparing A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in students seeking careers in multilingual and you for your dissertation. a relevant subject (e.g Linguistics, Modern international contexts – where an awareness of Languages, Translation, Psychology, English and ability to deploy different genres of English Students with prior coursework in linguistics Language/Literature, English Education/English communicational strategies is of the utmost may be able to substitute Foundations of language education). importance. Linguistics 1 and 2 for the equivalent number of credits from a list of Optional Modules. Applicants with equivalent qualifications or Compulsory Modules: experience and applications from working • EFL Theory CAREER PROSPECTS professionals with non-graduate qualifications This module introduces the theoretical basis The course is suitable for those who wish to will be considered on an individual basis. Please of teaching English as a foreign language, and teach English as a foreign language for various contact us for more information. examines the core areas and issues faced by professional purposes across the globe. In teachers and learners. addition to gaining class-room experience For students whose first language is not English you will also have the opportunity to develop an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (with no element • Foundations of Linguistics strong research and analytical skills as well below 6.0) is required. These modules provide an overview of the as the ability to adopt/use different strategies discipline of language science. In particular, for communication and presentation in English COURSE DESCRIPTION they cover key ideas and methodologies in the in a range of multilingual and international This course is designed for home or international study of meaning, grammar and sound. contexts. Although this is not a formal teaching students who wish to pursue a career in Teaching qualification, it gives students who wish to go English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) to non- • Teaching EFL on to teach English to non-native speakers the native speakers of English. It consists of a This module introduces students to relevant theoretical and linguistics background they combination of taught modules and a research teaching methodologies and equips them to need as well as offering practical, classroom dissertation of 20,000 words. evaluate and apply those methodologies. This experience. Opportunities exist to teach in is also a practical module where students countries all over the world, e.g. in universities, The MA in Applied Linguistics for TEFL provides observe actual teaching of non-native students colleges or private language schools. After postgraduate-level training for students who and then do some teaching supported by a successful completion of the MA in Applied wish to learn about the theoretical, practical, mentor. Linguistics for TEFL, you may decide to pursue an and teaching aspects of Teaching English as a academic career and apply for a PhD. Foreign Language (TEFL), as well as providing • Second Language Acquisition and competence and critical understanding of a Language Teaching For further course details, please see: wide range of aspects of the English language This module examines how a second language www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics and English linguistics (sociolinguistic aspects is learned, and the processes involved. of English, the grammar, sound system and semantics of English, the history of English, 1st and 2nd language acquisition, psycholinguistics

Bilingualism MA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS ­­ MA: 1 year full-time, 2-3 years part-time. • Linguistics Research Methods Multilingualism is a wide-spread phenomenon This module aims to equip students with the in many countries including the UK. An ENTRY REQUIREMENTS necessary foundations and tools to design MA in Bilingualism will give you a detailed A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in and carry out experimental research within understanding of issues related to bilingualism a relevant subject (e.g. Linguistics, Modern linguistics, as well as preparing them for the and the ability to conduct research in this Languages, Translation, Psychology, English dissertation. area. Graduates find career opportunities Language/Literature, English Education/English in communications, teaching, speech and Language education). • Bilingualism Research & Methods language therapy, publishing, research, and This module exposes you to a range of the transferable skills acquired through this Applications from working professionals with theoretical issues and practical methods used programme are beneficial in a range of other non-graduate qualifications will be considered on in the study of bilingualism. careers, including advertising, journalism, an individual basis. Please contact us for more consulting etc. After successful completion of information. Optional Modules vary from year to year, the MA in Bilingualism, you may also decide to and include: pursue an academic career, by applying for a For students whose first language is not English • Language Contact and Bilinguals place on the PhD in Bilingualism. an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no element • Language Acquisition below 5.5) is required. • L2 Speech Learning For further course details, please see: • Bilingual and Acquisition Issues www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics COURSE DESCRIPTION • Psycholinguistics The MA in Bilingualism provides a programme • Second Language Acquisition of graduate-level study in the broad field of • Phonology in Bilingual Acquisition bilingualism as well as research training in this • Welsh Linguistics area. It consists of a taught component including • Cognitive Discourse Analysis a combination of core and optional modules, and • EFL Theory a research dissertation of 20,000 words. • SLA and Language Teaching The course provides a comprehensive, varied and flexible programme of training in multi- Non native English speakers must take disciplinary topics associated with the study zero-credit courses with ELCOS to help with of bilingualism, including issues relating to their English, unless exempted by their tutor. Linguistics and language, education and cognition. The purpose of the course is to provide you with the necessary English Language theoretical, analytical and methodological tools students benefit from a and skills to undertake advanced research in an area of bilingualism. departmental computer room, phonetics laboratory and linguistics lecture room. 32 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Language Acquisition and Development MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: Non native English speakers must take MSc: 1 year full-time, 2-3 years part-time. • Language Acquisition zero-credit courses with ELCOS to help with The main objective of this module is to their English, unless exempted by their tutor. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS introduce you to central questions in language A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent acquisition research (e.g. How do we learn the CAREER PROSPECTS in linguistics or a related area (e.g. Modern meaning of words? What are the advantages Successful completion of the programme Languages, Translation, Psychology, English of bringing up a child bilingually? Are children will provide you with the requisite skills, Language/Literature, English Education/English better language learners than adults?). The understanding, and knowledge to work Language education). focus will be on first language (L1) acquisition. effectively and increase your employability in organisations working with bilingual populations Applicants with equivalent qualifications or • Linguistics Research Methods and second language learners with and without experience and applications from working This module aims at equipping you with the language impairment, such as speech and professionals with non-graduate qualifications necessary foundations and tools to design language therapists and teachers. will be considered on an individual basis. Please and carry out experimental research within contact us for more information. linguistics, as well as preparing for your For further course details, please see: dissertation. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics For students whose first language is not English an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no element Optional Modules vary from year to year, below 5.5) is required. and include: • L2 Speech Learning COURSE DESCRIPTION • Bilingual and Acquisition Issues This MSc course is the first master’s programme • Second Language Acquisition Bangor University in Wales to offer courses in typical and atypical • Psycholinguistics language development in both monolingual • Phonology in Bilingual Acquisition is ranked in the Top and bilingual (simultaneous and sequential) • Language Contact and Bilinguals populations. It consists of a taught component • Language Disorders and Bilinguals including a combination of core and optional • Welsh Linguistics 2 UK Universities modules, and a research dissertation of 20,000 • EFL Theory words. • SLA and Language Teaching for Student The course aims to develop your understanding of monolingual and bilingual development Satifaction in and acquisition in typically-developing children, and adults, as well as children with Linguistics language impairments. The purpose of the MSc programme is to provide you with the The Complete University necessary theoretical and methodological skills to undertake research in this field. Guide 2020

Linguistics / Bilingualism PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION CAREER PROSPECTS PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time; Linguistics PhD/MPhil: This is a research degree, preparing you for an MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time. This is a research programme. You will receive academic career in Linguistics / Bilingualism research and transferable skills training from or for other work requiring highly qualified ENTRY REQUIREMENTS the University’s Graduate Training Programme. individuals in related areas. The high level It is possible to join the PhD programme after You may also attend modules/classes offered analytical and research skills acquired during successfully completing a Masters in Linguistics in Linguistics. You conduct research in an this degree will increase your employability or related subject at Bangor or elsewhere. area of Linguistics, under the guidance of two in areas such as communications, teaching, Applicants who do not speak English as their supervisors, and submit a thesis at the end of the publishing, research etc. native language must pass the IELTS English programme. test with a score of 6.0 in all four components. For further course details, please see: Students who have an overall score of 5.5 on the Bilingualism PhD/MPhil: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics IELTS can take a summer pre-sessional course This is a degree scheme designed for those in the University’s English Language Centre for wishing to write their thesis on the topic of Overseas Students (ELCOS). bilingualism. You will receive research and transferable skills training from the University’s Graduate Training Programme. You may also attend modules on Linguistics and Bilingualism on offer. You will receive guidance from two supervisors.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 33 Modern Languages and Cultures

The teaching of Modern Languages has featured 13th in the UK for Research (2014 REF). COURSE LIST: in the University curriculum at Bangor ever Collaborative projects across the different since the University College of North Wales language areas provide for a vibrant and cross- MA welcomed its first students in 1884. Our work disciplinary research culture which feeds directly • European Languages and Cultures is based on this solid and continuous tradition into postgraduate teaching. Students interact • Translation Studies and we embrace and promote the best of what regularly with staff through small group teaching technology has to offer the language learner. and/or one-to-one tutorials, and students will MSc normally have two project supervisors. Your • Language Technologies We offer one of the UK’s broadest and most supervisory team will encourage you to develop flexible ranges of degree courses in French, your research profile and career prospects PhD/MPhil German, Italian, Spanish and Chinese – plus by attending training events, presenting at • Chinese Studies many combinations with other subjects. We also international conferences and publishing your • French and Francophone Studies provide modules which allow all students within research. • German Studies the University the opportunity to develop their • Italian Studies language skills throughout their time at Bangor. At Bangor we boast excellent research support • Hispanic Studies facilities including dedicated work stations and • Translation Studies We offer postgraduate research supervision in a a broad range of media and library resources. variety of areas and languages (French, German, You will be guaranteed full access to computing PhD/MPhil by Practice Italian, Spanish, Galician, Catalan, Mandarin and facilities, library provision and all departmental • Translation Studies Translation Studies) in a friendly and vibrant resources – including our extensive film library, environment. We also host the Centre for Galician subscriptions to foreign-language media, Studies in Wales and have close links with specialist language software and the Centre for TO FIND OUT MORE: organisations all over the UK, Europe and the Far Galician Studies library. Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382118 East. E-mail: [email protected] Overview of the academic areas covered www.bangor.ac.uk/ml In addition to our research forum which hosts We currently offer both taught postgraduate a variety of guest speakers, we also organise degrees and research-based postgraduate regular events aimed specifically at fostering degrees covering a broad range of specialist the research skills of our postgraduate students. and interdisciplinary areas. These include Teaching opportunities are also available for Translation Studies, French and Francophone postgraduate students interested in further Studies (with specific expertise on 20th and 21st developing their profile. centuries), Iberian Studies (including Galician and Catalan), German Studies (with specific expertise At Bangor you will find a lively and expanding on the post-1945 period), Italian Studies, postgraduate community, with modern Chinese Studies, Film Studies and Comparative languages students benefitting from a close-knit Literature. and supportive learning environment. Expertise in cross-disciplinary areas is Research facilities particularly strong in the fields of memory Our staff are internationally recognised studies, minority languages and cultures, travel researchers in their chosen fields, demonstrating studies, urban cultural studies, cultural transfer, a wide range of expertise and we are ranked and translation and socio-political change.

Dr HELENA MIGUELEZ-CARBALLEIRA Senior Lecturer in Hispanic Studies

“As Director of Research Graduate Studies at the MSc in Translation Studies and a PhD in Hispanic College of Arts, Humanities and Business, it is Studies from The University of Edinburgh. I write my great pleasure to oversee all aspects related about modern Spanish cultures and politics and to the academic life of doctoral researchers in it is on the strength of my research in this area these subjects at Bangor University. I ensure that I have been invited to deliver postgraduate that all new postgraduate researchers receive seminars and courses globally (at The Graduate a warm welcome to the College and that they Centre of the City University of New York and have plenty of opportunities to develop their Princeton University, for example). I supervise research, academic and professional skills in the students across a range of different disciplines areas that are most relevant to their projects. At (Translation Studies, Hispanic studies, Galician the College of Arts, Humanities and Business, Studies) and have acted as External Examiner we consider postgraduate researchers integral for postgraduate research theses at Oxford, to the life of the University and regularly hold Exeter, Bilbao, Santiago de Compostela and events that centre upon (and celebrate!) their Auckland. work and achievements. “Without a doubt, I find supervising doctoral “Originally from Galicia (Spain), I joined the researchers one of the most exciting aspects of School of Languages, Literatures and Linguistics academic life. Nothing quite compares to seeing here at Bangor University in 2005. I hold a first- a PhD student develop their research and, class honours BA in English Studies from the indeed, creating new knowledge and insight at University of Vigo (Galicia, Spain), as well as an the forefront of our disciplines!” STAFF PROFILE

34 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS European Languages and Cultures MA COURSE DURATION specific module from those on offer in any given • Dissertation MA: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time. year (in French, German, Italian or Spanish). 20,000 words on a topic relevant to your These modules form the necessary preparation chosen language specialism(s). This may be ENTRY REQUIREMENTS for the dissertation on a topic of personal a comparative project across more than one A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in interest. Assessment is by essays, seminar language area. a relevant subject (e.g. Modern Languages, papers, presentations and a dissertation. History (European) Literary Studies, (European) CAREER PROSPECTS Cultural Studies, Translation). Compulsory Modules: This course is designed for those wishing to • Research Methods enhance their employment prospects or to Applicants with equivalent qualifications or This module develops skills in academic pursue research interests relating to a European experience will also be judged on individual writing, presenting, and conducting context, with a view to a specific career in merit; work experience and other factors are bibliographic research in different language a number of areas, such as national and also considered. Please contact us for more areas. international businesses, education, translating, information. cultural management or the media. • Modes of Critical Theory For students whose first language is not English This module takes a thematic approach to The course will equip you with a wide range an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no element critical modes of analysis and critical theories. of transferable skills, including skills in below 5.5) is required. This module takes a thematic approach to research and in written, oral and intercultural provide students with the relevant theoretical communication. It also provides the foundation COURSE DESCRIPTION background and analytical skills, such as for students who intend to continue their The MA in European Languages and Cultures literature, film, political, historical, and cultural research at Bangor in the shape of a PhD has been designed to provide you with an studies. qualification. extensive grounding in contemporary critical theory and the way it can be applied in a range • Critical Theory in Practice For further course details, please see: of European cultural contexts. The course offers Building on Modes of Critical Theory, this www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/modernlanguages the opportunity to specialise in specific aspects module incorporates student-led case studies of (non-Anglophone) European culture that are based on themes studied in semester 1, and close to areas of staff expertise, including history, requires some target-language academic film, literature and the visual and performance writing to complement your analytical work. arts. You will conduct an extensive research project of your choice under close guidance in a Target Language Optional Modules, include: supportive and vibrant environment. • (Non)conformity in the GDR • German Avant-Garde 20/21st Century We offer research supervision in a variety of • Visions of the City in French Cinema areas and languages and provides research • French Film and Comic Adaptation opportunities in a personal and vibrant • Translating Spain interdisciplinary environment. Having completed • Monsters of Spain compulsory modules in Research Methods and • Memories of Violence in Italy Modes of Critical Theory, you choose a language

Translation Studies MA COURSE DURATION variety of research specialisms; the languages RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY MA: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time. normally available include: Arabic, Chinese, The programme is closely linked with the English, French, Galician, German, Greek, Italian, local translation industry and professional ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Spanish, Catalan and Welsh (please check the associations. Canolfan Bedwyr – Bangor A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in website or contact us for the most up-to-date University’s in-house translation and language a relevant subject (e.g. Modern Languages, list). technologies unit- provides opportunities for Translation). Candidates are expected to have site visits and collaboration. Our teaching is degree-level competence in at least two modern We work closely with the University’s Canolfan underpinned by world-leading research in languages (e.g. Welsh, Spanish, Catalan, Chinese, Bedwyr (Centre for Translation Services) to translation studies. English, French, Galician, German, and Italian). provide Welsh-related modules. CAREER PROSPECTS Applicants with equivalent qualifications or Compulsory Modules: You will be prepared for a range of careers as experience will also be judged on individual • Research Methods translators within public organisations, such merit; work experience and other factors are This module develops knowledge of as the European Commission, as well as in also considered. Please contact us for more intermediate and advanced research methods private commercial companies and translation information. at postgraduate level. agencies. You may also consider careers in other areas that require advanced language and For students whose first language is not English • The Making of a Discipline communication skills such as marketing, public an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no element This module equips you with the necessary relations, technical writing or language teaching. below 5.5) is required. skills, knowledge and understanding to pursue If you wish to further your study subsequently, independent research in the area of Translation there is an opportunity to continue in Bangor COURSE DESCRIPTION Studies or other related disciplines. with either a practice-led or a research-based The MA in Translation Studies not only provides doctorate in Translation Studies. excellent professional training, but also offers Optional Modules (students choose one Content the opportunity to study in a bilingual country Module and one Practice Module): For further course details, please see: which hosts an intensive and stimulating www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/modernlanguages research culture in Translation Studies. This Content Modules: course aims to prepare you both for professional • Translation in Practice careers in the translation industry and advanced • Translation and Creative Writing academic research. The first semester provides theoretical and methodological underpinning Practice Modules: through modules in Translation Studies and • Translation Practice Portfolio (from any of our Research Methods. The practice-led modules language specialisms into English/Cymraeg) in the second semester provide you with an opportunity to investigate various aspects of the profession and explore areas of personal interest. The dissertation project consolidates your learning either through research or translation practice. We offer supervision in a

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 35 Language Technologies MSc - subject to validation An innovative MSc programme consisting of a Computer Science, and Language studies. Visit our website for full details. combination of core and optional components The aim of this MSc programme is to train you www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/modernlanguages as well as a practical research project and the in areas such as natural language processing, potential to collaborate with Bangor University's speech science and automated translation, own Language Technologies Unit. and to prepare you for a career in the field of The MSc Language Technologies offers several language technologies. pathways suitable for students from different academic backgrounds, including Linguistics,

French and Francophone Studies / German Studies / Hispanic Studies / Italian Studies / Chinese Studies / Translation Studies PhD/MPhil

COURSE DURATION lively and expanding postgraduate community, Chinese Studies: PhD: 3-4 years full-time; 6 years part-time; and students work in a close-knit and supportive • Intercultural Communication MPhil: 2 years full-time, 3 years part-time. environment. • Chinese Applied Linguistics • Translation Studies ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We are able to offer supervision of postgraduate • Western representations of China Applicants should normally have a first or upper degrees by research in the following areas: second class honours undergraduate degree Translation Studies and a Masters degree in a relevant subject. French and Francophone Studies: (PhD/MPhil by Research or by Practice) Non-native speakers of English will normally be • French film A PhD or MPhil by Research in Translation required to have IELTS 6.5 or above (no element • Multiculturalism, immigration and national Studies can include a wide range of subjects below 6.0). Applications are always considered identity in modern France on translation theory, history and practice, individually, and applicants are also judged on • Adaptation studies covering a range of European languages their individual merits, work experience and • Minority and regional identities (German, French, Spanish, Italian) and Chinese. other relevant qualifications. Students with • Contemporary popular culture Due to the expertise of academic staff, certain an overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a • French language Comic Art topics would be particularly relevant. These summer pre-sessional course in the University’s include: translation and minority languages (with English Language Centre for Overseas Students German Studies: expertise in the Welsh, Galician and Catalan (ELCOS). • German Romanticism contexts available); translation and gender; • German/Spanish literary relations (19th C) sociological approaches to translation practice COURSE DESCRIPTION • East German history, society and politics and contexts, or translation and the creative We offer research-based postgraduate degrees • Representations of memory in contemporary industries (journalism, film, media and creative covering a broad range of specialist and Germany writing). interdisciplinary areas within French, German, • German Avant-Garde and Neo Avant-Garde Hispanic, Italian, Chinese and Translation • Literature of the 20th and 21st Centuries A PhD or MPhil by Practice in Translation Studies Studies. The close working relationship would combine a completed translation of a between these areas creates high levels of Italian Studies: critical/creative piece of work plus a dissertation, interdisciplinarity and extensive cross-cultural • Contemporary Italian Studies including: 1) a critical analysis/commentary of research, which is displayed through research • The Mafia in Italian society the translation and its context; and 2) critical expertise in literary studies, film studies, visual • Organised crime in Italy piece engaging with Translation Studies which culture, historical studies and translation. Co- stands as a contribution to the field. supervision of comparative topics can also be Hispanic Studies: offered. Research specialism within the fields • The Spanish 19th century CAREER PROSPECTS of translation studies and minority cultures and • 20th and 21st century peninsular literature Successful completion of a PhD or MPhil languages also provide for a research culture • Spanish comics enhances employment prospects and opens which is particularly suited to the bilingual • Iberian travel writing up opportunities in a broad range of areas, community of north Wales. • Hispanic women writers including higher education, translating, cultural • Galician Studies policy and management, the media, journalism, You will normally be assigned two supervisors • Nations and Nationalisms in Spain the publishing sector, national and international and are guaranteed full access to computing • Spanish cinema businesses. facilities (including translation memory • Catalan Studies software), library provision, and resources • Hispanic Visual Cultures For further course details, please see: including the film library. Bangor has a long www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/modernlanguages tradition of excellent student support. We have a

36 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Music

Bangor University has a long tradition of both soundproofed and more airy practice academic and creative excellence in Music, rooms of varying sizes – and including a COURSE LIST: going back to 1921. Our postgraduate room with two grand pianos and a specialised community is ideally sized to foster discourse practice room for percussion instruments. MA and collaboration in a convivial atmosphere. • Music Staff and postgraduates meet weekly for The 200-seat Powis Hall, 450-seat Bryn Terfel • Music with Education research seminars and social activities. We Theatre, and 520-seat Prichard-Jones Hall • Music Management (subject to validation) have strong links with employers, and our are all equipped with concert grand pianos graduates have gone on to secure jobs in a wide (two Steinway Ds and a Bösendorfer Imperial). MMus range of prestigious organisations including We also have two organs and a collection of • Composition and Sonic Art broadcasters, record labels, orchestras and harpsichords. Our library holds over 3000 • Performance opera companies, schools, publishers and CDs, 20,000 scores, and a large collection recording companies. Others enjoy successful of books on music. We also have electronic MA/MMus by Research careers as freelance performers and composers, subscriptions to major journals and to online • Music and a significant number of former research resources such as Grove Online and the Naxos students have gone on to academic positions. Music Library. Specialist collections include the PhD/MPhil Archive of Welsh Traditional Music, the Welsh • Music Academic activity covers the full gamut of Pop Archive, and the unique Peter Crossley- musical scholarship and creativity, and is Holland Collection of world music instruments. TO FIND OUT MORE: complemented by a vibrant programme of We have two fully-equipped 8-channel studios Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382118 extracurricular performance (choirs, orchestras, for the composition of electroacoustic music, E-mail: [email protected] early music and new music ensembles, an as well as a recording studio and a film music www.bangor.ac.uk/music opera group, etc.). In collaboration with Pontio – studio. Postgraduate students have their Bangor’s arts and innovation centre – we curate own dedicated work room in the main Music an extensive and varied concert series, including building. visits from world-class performers such as Freddy Kempf, Catrin Finch, Mahan Esfahani, Overview of the academic areas covered the Allegri String Quartet and the BBC National Our taught Masters programmes allow students Orchestra of Wales. We also host an annual to specialise in musicology, ethnomusicology, Within the top 3 festival of new music. composition, performance, or music education. The MA in Music is for those wishing to study Uniquely in Wales, we have a genuinely bilingual music history, music in society, and/or musical UK Universities atmosphere. Most of our postgraduate music analysis. Our MMus in Performance is ideal for courses can be studied through the medium of those seeking to further develop skills in the for Student English or Welsh. sphere of professional performance, while the MMus in Composition and Sonic Art enables Strengths and expertise students to develop creativity and technical Satisfaction in Our musicological expertise ranges from skills in composing for voices, instruments, the Renaissance to rock. We have particular electronics, or any combination of these. The Music specialisms in early music, music since MA in Music with Education, which is taught in 1900, minimalism, and the music of Wales. collaboration with the School of Education and The Complete University Composition is interpreted in its widest sense, Human Development, allows students to select encompassing contemporary ‘classical’, modules from a range of options in both Schools, Guide 2020 electroacoustic, popular, and applied and also includes an optional placement in a composition. The performance of music is local school or college. central to the life of the department, both as a soloist and in large and small ensembles. We On all of these programmes teaching is also teach and research applications of music, delivered through a blend of group seminars and such as music in health and well-being, and workshops, one-to-one supervision, and directed community music. private study. Work placements are encouraged, and a Bangor Masters degree makes an ideal Staff and facilities preparation for doctoral study. Our academic staff are all active as researchers, scholars or practitioners and Research degrees (MA by Research, MPhil teach directly from their own expertise as and PhD) may be undertaken by musicologists, musicologists, composers and performers. composers or performers, leading to The 2014 Research Excellence Framework the submission of a thesis, a portfolio of (REF) graded 81% of our published research compositions, and/or a series of performances. as internationally excellent or world-leading Research students take responsibility for their – confirming our status as one of the world’s own research and creative practice, but are leading university music departments, supported in their endeavours by means of several staff members have received awards fortnightly individual supervision and research recognising their excellence as teachers and training. There are many opportunities to work communicators. closely with employers and other external organisations. Opportunities for research Part of the School of Music and Media, the students to contribute to undergraduate teaching Music Department is situated at the heart of are often available, with full training provided by the university. Our newly refurbished main the University. building houses a recital hall, seminar rooms, exhibition space, archival holdings, quiet work rooms, a postgraduate common room and cosy social spaces. Our studios are located in the University’s Main Building next door, where you will also find our concert halls, library resources, and cafés. Practice facilities are based in an adjacent Victorian villa, comprising

37 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 37 Music MA COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION RESEARCH LINKS / LINKS WITH INDUSTRY 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time. The MA in Music allows you to develop You will work closely with established musicological and related skills through a researchers, many of whom have international ENTRY REQUIREMENTS programme of generalised and specific study. profiles. We enjoy close links with industrial and A first degree at 2.ii standard or higher (or All students take the core Perspectives of third-sector partners such as the Royal Liverpool equivalent) is required. Candidates with a Music module, through which you will explore a Philharmonic Orchestra, Venue Cymru and the 2.ii degree must however achieve a 2.i in a wide range of music and the latest discourses North Wales Jazz Society. substantial project in their chosen area of study surrounding it. This module is complemented (e.g. a dissertation). Applicants may be asked by two case studies (one in each semester), CAREER PROSPECTS to submit a piece of written work of 3,000- chosen from a range of options growing out of The MA in Music will give you a taste for original 5,000 words that can either be: 1) a discussion staff specialisms, allowing you to experience research, and will provide you with subject of a selected topic from music history or musicological research at the cutting edge. specific knowledge and academic skills that will ethnomusicology; or 2) an analysis of a selected set you on course for further study at PhD level composition. The essay must be academic in Current options are: and beyond. The programme will also equip you style, and must include footnotes and a full • Music in Society with skills in critical thinking, analysis and bibliography. • Contemporary Music Practice communication which are valued by employers • Music in Text and Context both within and outside the field of music. Recent Applicants who do not speak English as their first graduates have pursued successful careers as language must pass the IELTS English test with a In the second semester, you will also complete writers, editors, arts administrators, teachers, score of 6.0 (with no element below 5.5). a supervised Independent Research Project educational advisers, performers, and business on a topic of your own choice. This leads to the people. Part II Project, which normally takes the form of a dissertation, though it is also possible to For further course details, please see: complete a critical edition or an analysis. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music Teaching is provided through a combination of individual tuition and small-group seminars.

Music with Education MA COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION RESEARCH LINKS / LINKS WITH INDUSTRY 1 year full-time. This programme is not available The MA in Music with Education allows you You will work closely with established part-time. to develop skills and knowledge in the theory researchers, many of whom have international and practice of teaching music to others. You profiles. The School of Music and Media enjoys ENTRY REQUIREMENTS will take modules in the University’s School of close links with industrial and third-sector A first degree in Music at 2.ii standard or higher Education and Human Development, from a parties such as Venue Cymru, Ensemble Cymru (or equivalent) is required. Candidates with range of options, typically including: Curriculum and the BBC; in addition both the School of Music a 2.ii degree must however achieve a 2.i in a Development, Educational Leadership and and Media and the School of Education and substantial project in their chosen area of study Management, and Sociology of Childhood and Human Development share well established (e.g. a dissertation, a portfolio of compositions, Youth (Non-native English/Welsh speakers may partnerships with local primary and secondary or an extended recital). Musicologists may be replace one of these with advanced English- schools, where many teachers of music are our asked to submit a piece of written work of 3,000- language classes). You may also take an optional graduates. 5,000 words that can either be: 1) a discussion placement in a local school or college. In the of a selected topic from music history; or 2) an Music Department, you choose two modules CAREER PROSPECTS analysis of a selected composition. The essay from a wide range including Music in Text The MA in Music with Education acts as a bridge must be academic in style, and must include and Context; Music in Society; Instrument/ between a Music degree and a professional footnotes and a full bibliography. Composers Singing Studies; Composition; Performance; career in music education. It will give you may be asked to submit representative samples Contemporary Music Practice; and Independent valuable insights that will prepare you for a of their creative work (normally two or three Research Project. postgraduate teacher training qualification. pieces); these can be notated scores, or audio Alternatively, the programme will set you on the recordings, or both, and may be sent on The Part II Project, which is completed over the road to further research in music education, at paper, as a data DVD, or via a weblink such as summer, is similarly flexible in format. It will PhD level and beyond. The course will also equip Dropbox. Performers will be asked to audition normally include a dissertation element, and you with skills in critical thinking, analysis and or, where this is not feasible, to submit a recent may also include a lecture-recital, a portfolio of communication which are valued by employers unedited recorded video performance, featuring compositions for educational use, pedagogical both within and outside the fields of music and contrasting repertoire (25-30 minutes). A sample materials for your voice or instrument, or an education. of academic work may also be requested from alternative format agreed in advance with the performers. lecturing staff. For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music Applicants who do not speak English or Welsh as Teaching is provided through a combination of their first language must pass the IELTS English individual tuition and small-group seminars. test with a score of 6.0 (with no element below 5.5).

Music with Education MA This new course offer students the opportunity Bringing together existing expertise in music, Please refer to our website for full details of to combine their passion for music with the entrepreneurship, business, marketing and this programme. technical knowledge, language and skills to law, this degree enables musicians to foster www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music analyse, evaluate and create a strategy for a entrepreneurial skills to further their own sustainable music business. While the music careers as well as catering to students coming industry has seen a rapid evolution of business from a business background wishing to models and distribution practices in recent years, specialise in a specific sector. Skills acquired often musicians focus on their craft, and lack during this course will assist those seeking to the language to be able to build a successful develop careers in the music industry, as artists, platform to be able to balance music and management, the media, teaching or further business needs. Today, all musicians regardless research and an academic career. or genre, level of popularity or experience within the industry need to consider themselves as enterprises if they are to be commercially viable.

38 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Composition and Sonic Arts MMus COURSE DURATION composition and sonic art, or composing for CAREER PROSPECTS 1 year full-time, 2-5 years part-time. film and media. In each semester you will The MMus in Composition and Sonic Art will take a supervised independent Composition allow you to develop a strong original voice ENTRY REQUIREMENTS project in your chosen style and medium. These in an academic environment, and is an ideal A first degree at 2.ii standard or higher (or modules are complemented by Perspectives preparation for further creative work at PhD equivalent) is required. Candidates with a of Music (Semester 1), where you will explore level and beyond. The programme will also equip 2.ii degree must however achieve a 2.i in a a wide range of music and its meanings, and you with skills in critical thinking, creativity and substantial project in their chosen area of study Contemporary Music Practice (Semester 2), in communication which are valued by employers (e.g. a portfolio of compositions). Applicants which you will share ideas with musicologists both within and outside the field of music. Recent may be asked to submit representative samples and performers. graduates have pursued successful careers of their creative work (normally two or three as professional composers, arrangers, music pieces). These can be notated scores, or audio The Part II Project, completed over the summer typesetters, arts administrators, teachers, recordings, or both, and may be sent on paper, as months, normally takes the form of a substantial educational advisers, performers, and business a data DVD, or via a web-link such as Dropbox. original composition, or a coherent portfolio of people. works. Applicants who do not speak English as their first For further course details, please see: language must pass the IELTS English test with a Teaching is provided through a combination of www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music score of 6.0 (with no element below 5.5). individual tuition and small-group seminars.

COURSE DESCRIPTION RESEARCH LINKS / LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The MMus in Composition and Sonic Art allows You will work closely with professional you to develop skills and knowledge across a composers and established researchers, many range of musical styles and genres, and to hone of whom have international profiles. We enjoy specialist skills in your chosen area, whether close links with industrial and third-sector this is composition for voices and/or instruments partners such as Music Theatre Wales, the BBC (with or without electronics), electroacoustic National Orchestra of Wales and Blipfonica.

Professor PWYLL AP SIÔN

Pwyll ap Siôn is a musicologist and composer The size of the University is very conducive whose research interests include music of the to co-operation, across different disciplines. late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, Students enjoy a congenial and open-minded Minimalism and post-Minimalism, the use of atmosphere, which is very conducive towards borrowing and quotation, and popular music in research and academic development. Wales. Colleagues and postgraduate students form part of a genuine scholarly community. “It’s a very exciting time to be doing research at Bangor University. Our broad staff base allows Although Bangor forms a great base for us to offer a very wide range of specialisms. intensive research we are equally committed My colleagues are world-leading researchers to taking our research out into the world. Both in areas that include everything from medieval staff and students regularly present their chant right up to performance and composition work at international conferences and we with live electronics. Back in the day when I was hold conferences here every year, often co- a student, opportunities to study a wide range of organised with our postgraduate students. music and its applications were very limited. At postgraduate level, research feeds directly Today the possibilities are endless, with almost into teaching and supervision. My own everything on offer – from early music to publications on the music of Michael Nyman, cutting-edge research in health and wellbeing to Steve Reich and Philip Glass have attracted film and acousmatic composition. Whether you research postgraduates to Bangor. We are also want to acquire the necessary tools to complete passionate about communicating our research a traditional research degree in musicology, to a wider community of readers. I regularly or are keen to experiment in the studio, or are review CDs and books for The Gramophone looking to develop vocational skills for a career music magazine. We live in exciting times where in the arts, Bangor has it covered. diversity is celebrated and music at Bangor is no exception.” STAFF PROFILE

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 39 Performance MMus COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION CAREER PROSPECTS 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time. The MMus in Performance is for you if you The MMus in Performance will widen your are already a proficient instrumental or vocal experience of performing and will develop your ENTRY REQUIREMENTS performer, and wish to refine your skills and academic skills in relation to your practice. The A first degree at 2.ii standard or higher (or extend your knowledge. On this programme, programme will equip you for further study equivalent) is required. Candidates for this you will undertake Performance projects in of performance and/or musicology at PhD programme must be able to demonstrate both semesters, leading to a short recital at the level and beyond. It will also equip you with excellent performance skills; most will have end of each one. In Semester 1, you will also skills in creativity, self-discipline, analysis and either an excellent grade in an undergraduate take Perspectives of Music, in which you will communication which are valued by employers final-year recital (good 2.i or higher), a high mark explore a wide range of music and its meanings both within and outside the field of music. Recent in DipABRSM (or equivalent) or at least a pass at to historical and present-day audiences. In graduates have pursued successful careers as LRSM (or equivalent). Applicants will be asked to Semester 2, you can choose from a range of professional performers, concert promoters, arts audition or, where this is not feasible, to submit options which will enhance your knowledge of administrators, teachers, educational advisers, a recent unedited recorded video performance repertoires and their historical contexts. Options performers, and business people. featuring contrasting repertoire (25-30 minutes). include Music in Society, Contemporary Music A sample of academic work may also be Practice or a supervised Independent Research For further course details, please see: requested. Project on a topic of your choice. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music

Applicants who do not speak English or Welsh as The Part II Project consists of a public recital their first language must pass the IELTS English lasting 50-60 minutes, normally given in late test with a score of 6.0 (with no element below September of the following academic year. 5.5). Teaching is provided through a combination of individual tuition and small-group seminars. MMus Performance students receive 36 hours of specialist instrumental or vocal tuition over the course of the programme, in addition to workshops and masterclasses. “The lecturers are RESEARCH LINKS / LINKS WITH INDUSTRY You will work closely with professional incredible and will go out performers and established researchers, many of their way to help you. of whom have international profiles. We enjoy close links with industrial and third-sector They expand on passions partners such as Welsh National Opera, the Royal Liverpool Philharmonic Orchestra and Ensemble that you already Cymru. have and make those passions grow’’

JOJO ARVANITIS MA Music

40 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Music MA/MMus by Research COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION exceeding 15,000 words), in addition to one of the Registration period (excluding write-up year): Structure of Programme following: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time. Our Masters by Research degrees involve • Composition: A portfolio of compositions, undertaking a scheme of study and research, consisting of around 60 minutes of music. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS defined in advance (normally by the student), • Performance: A public recital of around 50-60 A first degree at British Bachelor’s standard (or which will normally be (a) a critical evaluation minutes’ duration. equivalent), normally in the first-class category. and analysis of a body of knowledge, and/or Applicants are required to present a proposal (b) an original contribution to the field. For MA Final assessment is by means of a viva voce for their research project (including research by Research, the area of investigation may be examination by an appointed panel consisting questions, methodology, and a literature review). historical, analytical, philosophical, critical, or of an internal examiner from within the School All applicants will be asked to submit samples empirical in nature. For MMus by Research, (not identical with members of the supervisory of their written work. Applicants for MMus by projects normally involve composition or committee), one external examiner who is an Research will also be asked to submit examples performance as a major part of the research expert in the field, and a chair. of their recent relevant activity as performers or process and submission. composers (for performers, this may take the RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY form of a recent unedited video performance of Each student has a supervisory committee, We have long experience of establishing around 30 minutes’ duration). Applicants who consisting of a principal supervisor, a personal collaborative links, often combined with funding. do not speak English or Welsh as their first tutor, and another staff member with relevant Recent Masters by Research projects have been language must pass the IELTS English test with a expertise. Research students have regular carried out in association with organisations such score of 6.5 (with no element below 6.0). meetings with their principal supervisor as Venue Cymru and the National Waterfront (normally once a fortnight), and are welcome to Museum in Swansea. Candidates are accepted on both the strength consult other members of their committee as their academic performance at Bachelor’s level, appropriate. They are encouraged to present CAREER PROSPECTS and on the originality and feasibility of their reports on their work in seminars and colloquia During the programme, students will attain research proposal. during their period of study. mastery of their field and be in a position to make a significant and original contribution Submission for MA by Research to their subject area. Many students go on to A submission for MA by Research traditionally undertake postgraduate research at PhD level. takes the form of a thesis, not exceeding 50,000 The independent, self-motivated and self- words in length. If the submission includes non- directed nature of the learning process qualifies textual materials (such as a critical edition), the graduates for managerial positions, professional word length is normally reduced. research roles, high-level creative occupations, and academic careers. Submission for MMus by Research A submission for MMus by Research normally For further course details, please see: comprises a textual submission (setting out www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music research questions, methodology and findings, and explaining how the practice-based work demonstrates research outcomes, and not

Music PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION Each student has a supervisory committee, is not sufficient merely to demonstrate high-level Registration period (excluding write-up year) – consisting of a principal supervisor, a personal technical skills as an editor, analyst, composer or PhD: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time; MPhil: 2 tutor, and another staff member with relevant performer, the possession of which is taken for years full-time; 4 years part-time. expertise. Research students have regular granted at this level. meetings with their principal supervisor ENTRY REQUIREMENTS (normally once a fortnight), and are welcome to Final assessement is by means of a viva voce A degree at British Masters’s standard (or consult other members of their committee as examination by an appointed panel consisting equivalent), normally at Merit or Distinction. appropriate. They are encouraged to present of an internal examiner from within the School Applicants are required to present a proposal reports on their work in seminars and colloquia (not identical with members of the supervisory for their research project (including research during their period of study. committee), one external examiner who is an questions, methodology, and a literature expert in the field, and a chair. review). Applicants will be asked to submit Recent successful projects have included samples of their written work. Those whose an empirical study of girls’ choirs in British RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY proposed projects include composition and/ cathedrals, a semiotic study of Steve Reich’s We have long experience of establishing or performance will also be asked to submit compositional method in his ‘Counterpoint’ collaborative links, often combined with funding. examples of their recent practice (normally pieces, a critical edition and stylistic assessment Recent PhD and MPhil projects have been carried a portfolio of compositions in score or audio of the sacred music of John Weldon (1676- out in association with organisations such as format, or a recent unedited video performance 1736), the development and application of the Royal Liverpool Philharmonic Orchestra, the of around 45 minutes’ duration). Applicants generative programming techniques in the Arts & Humanities Research Council, and Venue who do not speak English or Welsh as their first field of electroacoustic composition, a historical Cymru. language must pass the IELTS English test with a assessment of the professional activity of the score of 6.5 (with no element below 6.0). Welsh musician Clara Novello Davies (1861- CAREER PROSPECTS 1943), and the creation and performance of a A postgraduate research degree is the highest Candidates are accepted on the strength their series of compositions for harp. attainable study qualification. During the academic performance and on the originality and programme, students will make a significant feasibility of their research proposal. Submission and original contribution to their subject area A PhD or MPhil submission normally takes the and become a leading expert in this field. The COURSE DESCRIPTION form of a thesis, not exceeding 100,000 words in learning process, although supervised, is Our PhD and MPhil degrees involve undertaking length for PhD, or 60,000 words for MPhil. With independent, self-motivated and self-directed. a scheme of original research, defined in the prior approval of the student’s supervisory Together with their subject-specific expertise, advance (normally by the student), which has committee, the submission may additionally this qualifies graduates for managerial positions, the potential to make a new and substantial include non-textual materials, such as critical professional research roles, high-level creative contribution to musical knowledge and editions, graphical analyses, compositions (in occupations, and academic careers. understanding. The research may be historical, score and/or audio formats), and/or musical analytical, philosophical, critical, empirical or performances, and these will normally entail For further course details, please see: creative in nature, and may optionally involve a reduction in the word count for the written www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music practice-based activity (usually composition and/ element of the submission. Applicants are invited or performance) as a major or minor element of to contact us for further advice on this. Non- the research process and submission. textual elements are assessed in terms of their success in demonstrating research outcomes; it

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 41 Philosophy and Religion

Studying Philosophy and Religion at Bangor Overview of the academic areas covered COURSE LIST: offers students the opportunity to study some The expertise of Philosophy and Religion staff of the most important and challenging ideas lies broadly in the areas of Western philosophy MRes by Distance Learning in philosophy that have shaped western and and both Western and Eastern religions, and • Philosophy and Religion eastern cultures and to consider how they includes philosophy of religion, ethics and interrelate with religious thought. Developed psychoanalytic studies. PhD/MPhil from a longstanding tradition in these subject • Philosophy and Religion areas in the University since the nineteenth All of the postgraduate programmes require the century, we provide a friendly, supportive and student to write an extended piece of research informal atmosphere that will enable students on a subject of their choice in consultation with TO FIND OUT MORE: to cultivate the skills of debate and independent their supervisor. Applicants will need to identify Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382085 thinking. Students will benefit from personal their potential supervisor in advance and submit E-mail: [email protected] attention with one-to-one supervision. a research proposal that outlines their intended www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy- research questions and topic of study. We are and-social-sciences/ We offer postgraduate research programmes more than happy to discuss your interests prior with the option of face-to-face supervision at to you writing your proposal. Bangor, or by distance learning. The distance learning programmes are particularly attractive Staff and facilities for international students who wish to pursue Staff are internationally recognised experts in research with us but wish to remain in their their chosen field. They serve as editors or on the home countries, and for those home students editorial boards of leading international journals, who find regular travel to Bangor unfeasible. and are deeply committed to passing on their These programmes make use of Bangor’s knowledge in an interesting and lively way in online facilities, and close contact with a order to enhance the learning experience. personal supervisor throughout the duration of the programme (via e-mail, Skype, and/or Since both religion and philosophy have been telephone). taught at Bangor for over a hundred years, the library is particularly well stocked with books and periodicals.

42 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Philosophy and Religion MRes COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION Part Two: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time. This research degree is tailor-made to suit This comprises a supervised dissertation Can be taken by Distance Learning. your interests in consultation with the areas of of 40,000 words (120 credits). The subject expertise offered. It comprises two parts: of the dissertation will be decided by you in ENTRY REQUIREMENTS consultation with your supervisor. It is usually Bachelor’s degree at 2.i or higher is normally Part One: expected that the subject will relate to the broad required. Possession of a suitable professional Students will write two essays, each of 5000 range of topics listed in Part 1. qualification or other relevant experience may words (30 credits each) from a choice of the also be accepted. topics listed below. The essay titles and content CAREER PROSPECTS will be decided in consultation with your Those wishing to teach religion or philosophy in IELTS score of 7.0 (with no component below 6.5) supervisor. All students will have full support schools or in institutions of Higher Education will or equivalent if your first language is not English from a designated supervisor (those studying find the programme especially beneficial. Many or Welsh. via Distance Learning will receive support via who pursue the programme will enter various e-mail, telephone, Skype, or other means that are careers in the public or private sector. mutually convenient). It is anticipated that international students from Topic List: non-Western cultures will find this degree • Eastern Philosophy and Religion helpful in working in international organisations • Islam and businesses. Some students may wish • Buddhism and Hinduism to proceed to doctoral study and pursue an • Religious fundamentalism academic career in a university setting. • Political Philosophy (including social theory such as Marx, Weber, Rawls etc.) For further course details, please see: • The Enlightenment www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- • The Philosophy of Nietzsche social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ • Psychoanalytic Studies • Jungian Theory • Ethical Theory • Applied Ethics • Religious Experience

The list of available topics is subject to change and often updated. Please see our website, or contact us for details.

Philosophy and Religion PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION CAREER PROSPECTS PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time; The aim of the MPhil degree is that you will This is a research degree, preparing you for an MPhil: 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time. have gained substantial specialist knowledge of academic career in religion or philosophy or for Can be taken by Distance Learning. a particular discipline and/or historical period, other work requiring highly qualified individuals as a basis for more detailed research. You will in related areas. The high level analytical and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS have developed independent research skills research skills acquired during this degree To be accepted on to an MPhil degree you will be appropriate for an academic post or a career will increase your employability in areas such expected to have gained a 2.i degree or above in in advanced research and written a substantial as communications, teaching, publishing and Philosophy and/or Religion or a related subject. thesis, which may be extended subsequently into research. To be accepted for a PhD degree students a thesis at doctoral level. will either have attained a Masters degree in For further course details, please see: Philosophy and/or Religion or in a related subject The aim of the PhD degree is to assist you to www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- or have an exceptional undergraduate degree complete a major piece of research in the area of social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ and demonstrate an ability to complete an Philosophy and/or Religion, and to demonstrate independent and original research project. suitable academic attainments for appointment to a university-level teaching or research post. IELTS score of 7.0 (with no component below 6.5) At the end of the programme, you will possess or equivalent if your first language is not English a good general knowledge of the particular field or Welsh. of learning within which the subject of the thesis falls and will have made a significant, original and substantial contribution to research.

For both degree programmes, you will receive research and transferable skills training from the University’s Graduate Training Programme. (Does not apply if you take these programmes by distance learning).

You will be assigned a supervisor, whose duty it is to provide advice about the choice of subjects and on any questions relating to your academic work. Teaching is by means of individual tuition, according to the circumstances and the discretion of the supervisor. Arrangements vary from case to case. Advice can also be given by e-mail or telephone but you will need to meet your supervisor on a regular basis in order to discuss your progress.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 43 School of Welsh and Celtic Studies

The survival of Welsh in the modern era – both Overview of the academic areas covered COURSE LIST: as a living spoken language and a dynamic If you have undergraduate experience of studying literary medium – is truly remarkable, and literature (or related fields such as comparative MA/Diploma Wales’ development as a vibrant bilingual nation literature, folklore or mythology), we would • Cymraeg/Welsh means that there has never been a more exciting love to hear from you. Wales’ unbroken literary • Y Celtiaid/The Celts time to study the language and its literature at tradition begins with world-famous medieval • Literatures of Wales postgraduate level. highlights such as the tales of the Mabinogion (including the earliest Arthurian legends), the PhD/MPhil Bangor University is located in an area where heroic poetry of the Book of Aneirin and the love • Cymraeg/Welsh over 60% of the population speak and use Welsh: and nature poetry of Dafydd ap Gwilym. During the unique linguistic environment matched by no the twentieth century, writers such as T. Gwynn other university makes Bangor an excellent place Jones, Saunders Lewis, Kate Roberts, T.H. TO FIND OUT MORE: to study a living Celtic language and its literature. Parry-Williams and others gave a dynamic new Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382118 direction to the literature of Welsh, fully engaging E-mail: [email protected] Bangor University’s contribution to the growth with European modernity and post-modernity. www.bangor.ac.uk/ysgolygymraeg of modern Welsh scholarship and learning The study of Welsh literature – especially if you has been immense. It was here that John are relatively unacquainted with it – will give you Morris-Jones compiled his monumental Welsh fresh insights into the cultural heritage of Britain Grammar (1913), which forms the basis of the and Europe. Research for the degree of MPhil or PhD may be modern literary language, and between the conducted in the main fields of Welsh literature 1930s and 1960s, it was at Bangor that Ifor You may have an interest in the social history from the medieval period to the present, for Williams produced the first modern scholarly of Celtic and other minority languages, and the example: early court poetry; Welsh saga poetry; editions of the earliest Welsh poetry. Bangor manner of their survival in the modern world. the tales of the Mabinogion; Dafydd ap Gwilym; also had an instrumental role in the production How did Welsh survive the Industrial Revolution? the poets of the princes and the Welsh gentry; of three of the outstanding reference works What was the fate of the Welsh diaspora in North the prophetic tradition; aspects of literature and of contemporary Wales: The Welsh Academy America (where the Welsh-language press was society 1500–1900; the Welsh diaspora and Welsh English-Welsh Dictionary (1995), Dictionary of immensely productive)? What is the connection culture of north America; the modern Welsh novel; the Place-Names of Wales (2007), and the Welsh between Welsh and the growth of nationalism in modern Welsh poetry; modern Welsh theatre. Academy Encyclopaedia of Wales (2008). modern Wales? How does a literature respond Within these fields, a broad range of themes are to minoritisation and devolution, and how does possible, from the more traditionally philological Staff and facilities a minority literature respond to the challenges to experimental theoretical approaches. Our staff are leading international experts in of twenty-first century life? If you are intrigued their fields of study. Their publications range by such questions, it is likely that a postgraduate Learning Welsh from studies and editions of the earliest works course at Bangor is for you. The language of tuition will be either Welsh or in the language to ground-breaking work on the English (depending on your requirements). Where recent literature of Wales. We have expertise A great merit of our MA courses is their flexibility: necessary, texts may be studied in translation. Our in all major fields of Welsh literature, including they are designed to allow a free choice of topics MA The Celts features, as a core element, training Welsh literature in English and Welsh-language within the broad parameters of the discipline. in a Celtic language (usually Welsh) and other literature written in other countries. Among our If, for example, you are primarily interested courses may be adapted to enable you to develop staff are some of contemporary Wales’s leading in medieval literature, your course will be you linguistic skills. creative writers. structured accordingly. If, on the other hand, you wish to study modern Welsh literature or pursue For students who have no knowledge of Welsh Students can take advantage of the University’s the social history of Welsh, our MA course will be prior to enrolment, we work in close partnership excellent IT Services, together with the extensive able to accommodate your academic interests. with the University’s Welsh for Adults Unit, which collection of books, journals and manuscripts Our MA ‘The Celts’ is inter-disciplinary and co- has a host of courses and opportunities to learn in our Library and Archives. Many journals are taught with academic staff who have expertise the language. If you wish to take advantage of available online to students in full-text format, in fields such as History, Archaeology and the this tuition, your needs will be assessed as part and we also have databases, videos and CDs, English-language literature of Wales. Students of the application process. Before embarking on micro material and web-based access to have also chosen to study topics such as ‘Celtic’ your postgraduate course you may choose to take e-books, e-journals and other resources. identity in modern Galicia, taking advantage of advantage of the Welsh for Adults Unit’s intensive Bangor University’s Expertise in Iberian Studies. three-week summer school.

Dr ALED LLION JONES community, ensure an unparalleled experience Senior Lecturer in Welsh of teaching and learning.

“I had been teaching Welsh and Celtic Studies The languages of the world are a major part of in universities in Poland, Ireland and the USA our shared global heritage, and here at Bangor before coming to Bangor. I tend to work on the it is a pleasure to contribute to international border between literature and philosophy, and discussions which acknowledge the place of the my main research work, while being focussed Welsh language and its literature at the heart of on medieval Welsh poetry and prose, studies this European – and wider – cultural concerns. material using international perspectives taken from the philosophy of literature and literary At the same time, this does not mean losing theory. I also teach the Irish Language and touch with the local and the particular, and in aspects of its literature. many ways such concerns are central to these discussions, especially in a part of Wales where Working in Bangor is a pleasure on many levels, the ‘minority’ Welsh language is still the language and it has been great to return to Wales, to an of a majority.” area of such beauty and such linguistic richness. The School’s intellectual calibre, and the commitment of its lecturers and administrators, STAFF PROFILE together with the collegiality of the research

44 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Y Celtiaid/The Celts MA COURSE DURATION How can we discuss such questions, with what Celtic languages may also be considered. MA: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time; methodology and with what evidence? How has Equally, we consider the continuation of these Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. the word itself (‘Celt’, ‘Keltoi’, etc.) been used early traditions into the modern period and up through the centuries, from Classical historians to the current day. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS to modern pop musicians? What is ‘Celtic culture’, A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in during various periods in history, and what is its • The Creation of the Modern Celt a relevant subject (e.g. Literature, History, relevance today? This module explores how the concept of the Folklore, Mythology, Comparative Literature, ‘Celt’ and the ‘Celtic’ was used and manipulated Archaeology, Anthropology). The course is taught by experts across various in the Modern period. Considering a wide range fields: for instance, Welsh, Irish, History, of discourses (e.g. linguistics, archaeology, Applicants with equivalent qualifications or Archaeology, Iberian Studies. With options anthropology, art, music, literature, politics), we experience and applications from working to study areas such as language, literature, explore what is considered as ‘Celtic’ material professionals with non-graduate qualifications archaeology, religion, mythology, antiquarianism in these various fields, and discuss the main will be considered on an individual basis. Please and music, students can explore the culture and arguments which have been forwarded in the contact us for more information. Please contact identity of the ‘Celtic’ peoples from the hillforts course of defining the term. us for more information. of prehistory to the devolved and independent parliaments of today. The specific focus of the Optional Modules: For students whose first language is not Welsh/ course of study (especially in the case of the final A wide range of optional modules are available English an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no dissertation) will depend upon your particular for students wishing to pursue specific research element below 5.5) is required. interests. interests (e.g. history, archaeology, music, medieval literature, contemporary aspects). Please note: The ability to speak Welsh is not a Sample Modules: requirement for this course. For those whose • The Celt: Sources of Evidence Further Information: first language is not Welsh, there will be an This module introduces the main sources for Tuition in a Celtic languages is a core element of opportunity to take Welsh lessons. information about the ‘Celts’, based on two the teaching provision. This tuition will be tailored different definitions of ‘Celtic’: (i) the use of the to the level of your previous experience - from COURSE DESCRIPTION word itself (‘Celt’, ‘Keltoi’, etc.) in identification absolute beginner to advanced. Training is also ‘Celtic’ brings to mind the intricacies of Bronze or self-identification; and (ii) the prime sources provided in research methodology. Age jewellery, the massive structures of concerning attitudes to the history and identity Stonehenge and Newgrange, the legends of of the ‘Celts’ (defined as those peoples who CAREER PROSPECTS Arthur and Cú Chulainn and the Bardic craft of speak or spoke a Celtic language in the Modern You will acquire a wide range of transferrable medieval kings and princes. But ‘Celtic’ is also period). skills, enabling you to proceed to a variety about the Renaissance, the Enlightenment and of career paths, including all those normally the New World; Romanticism, Revolution and • Celtic Institutions associated with graduates in the Humanities. the struggles for survival in modernity of entire This module explores the main aspects of Those who wish to pursue academic interests national identities. medieval ‘Celtic’ literacy, in poetry and prose, will gain a sound basis to enable progress to PhD across a range of genres from the prose level. This MA gives you the opportunity and ability legends and the court poetry to the laws and to sift fact and fiction, and to study in detail the the vitae (Lives of Saints and rulers). The main For further course details, please see: question: ‘Who were – and who are – the Celts?’ focus is on Wales and Ireland, but the other www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/welsh

Cymraeg/Welsh MA COURSE DURATION You study for an MA in Welsh by the traditional CAREER PROSPECTS 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time. route of essay and dissertation. The first part Wales is a bilingual country in which English comprises three course essays (3 x 4,000-6,000 and Welsh are legally recognised as official ENTRY REQUIREMENTS words) which should display a solid grasp of the languages. In fields as varied as education, A 2.ii undergraduate degree or equivalent in broad outlines of your chosen field of study; the language planning, media and journalism, a relevant subject (e.g. Welsh Language/ second part is the dissertation (20,000 words) the civil service, the heritage industry, public Literature, English Language/ Literature, History). comprising original research based in part on relations and marketing there is a great demand This course is suitable both for students who primary material. During Semester 1 you will for graduates who have competence in Welsh and have fluency in Welsh and for those who aim also follow an induction course on research an ability to work in a bilingual environment. to acquire – in a rigorous academic context – a methodology in the field of Welsh. greater understanding of the language, its You will acquire a wide range of transferrable literature and of Welsh culture in general. The great strength of our MA course is its skills, enabling you to proceed to a variety flexibility and the fact that it allows a free choice of career paths, including all those normally Successful applicants whose first language is of topics within the broad parameters of the associated with graduates in the Humanities. not Welsh will have the opportunity to take Welsh discipline. If you are primarily interested in Those who wish to pursue academic interests lessons. medieval Welsh literature – the Gododdin, the will gain a sound basis to enable progress to PhD Mabinogion, or Dafydd ap Gwilym, for example level. Applicants with equivalent qualifications or – your course will be structured and tailored experience and applications from working accordingly and you will have a dedicated course For further course details, please see: professionals with non-graduate qualifications supervisor, who will be an expert in your chosen www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/welsh will be considered on an individual basis. Please field of study. If, on the other hand, you wish to contact us for more information. undertake a study of modern Welsh literature and culture, or aspects relating to the language itself, For students whose first language is not Welsh/ we will be able to accommodate your academic English an IELTS score of at least 6.0 (with no interests. We also warmly welcome students who element below 5.5) is required. wish to embark on a structured Welsh MA course which may be comparative in nature, linking COURSE DESCRIPTION the study of Welsh with areas such as English Top 5 in the Our MA in Welsh is a long-established and literature, medieval studies, European languages, successful course which combines a practical language revitalization, Arthurian studies, history, grounding in postgraduate and research training religion, philosophy, gender studies, political UK for Celtic with the opportunity to concentrate on a specific theory and nationalism. and chosen field of study. Whilst maintaining its own distinct identity, the MA course is also a Course Modules: Studies means of laying foundations for a subsequent • Individual Study I PhD project in terms of training provision and • Individual Study II The Complete University thematic context. • Individual Study III • Dissertation Guide 2020

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 45 Literatures of Wales MA COURSE DURATION two evolving literary traditions from Wales, but might include Daniel Owen, John Ceiriog Hughes, MA: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. also to consider broader ideological questions O.M. Edwards, T. Gwynn Jones, Caradoc Evans, relating to a small country where recorded Kate Roberts, Lynette Roberts, Caradog Prichard, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS literary expression has always been in more D Gwenallt Jones, Waldo Williams, R.S. Thomas Applicants to this programme should have than one language and where English-language and Dylan Thomas, Emyr Humphreys, Idris a 2.ii or equivalent in a relevant subject (e.g. literature has never been the principal tradition. Davies, Jan Morris, John Sam Jones, Glyn Jones, English Literature, Welsh, or History). Practical Lewis Jones, Gwyneth Lewis, Rhys Davies, experience may also be accepted. Applicants Part One: Amy Dillwyn, Menna Gallie, Mihangel Morgan will be judged on their individual merits, and Angharad Price. The third area of study with work experience and other factors also The first part of the course comprises three will enable students to focus in greater detail, considered. The ability to speak Welsh is not a broad areas of study which seek to provide in a rigorous comparative manner and from requirement for this course. Texts can be studied students with an understanding of Welsh a variety of theoretical perspectives, on the in translation, but students will also have the literary and cultural history – thus enabling most prominent Welsh writers of the twentieth opportunity to take Welsh lessons. For students students to develop their understanding of century, such as Saunders Lewis, Kate Roberts, whose first language is not English an IELTS key issues in Welsh literary scholarship and Dylan Thomas and R.S Thomas. score of at least 6.5 overall (no element below consider key matters across literary traditions 6.0) is required. in various languages. First of all, students will pose the question ‘Who Speaks for Wales’ and Part Two: COURSE DESCRIPTION will be asked to consider how issues of identity Preparation of a 20,000-word Dissertation, The Literatures of Wales MA is the first course pertinent to Wales from the middle ages to written in English or Welsh, on any aspect of the anywhere in the world which focuses on the the present have been understood. Typically, literatures in which the student is interested; a study and comparison of texts from the various students will study internal difference within subject of your choice, researched and written linguistic literary traditions of Wales. Throughout Wales, Britishness (in both medieval and modern under the individual supervision of a subject the middle ages Welsh (the dominant language) senses), evolving notions of Celtic identity, Wales specialist. coexisted in Wales with English, Latin and French as an industrial and post-industrial nation, (or Anglo-Norman), and the period produced the hegemony of Protestant-Nonconformist CAREER PROSPECTS such canonical texts as the Mabinogion in Welsh identity, and the growth of modern nationalist By providing students with the unique and Geoffrey of Monmouth’s Historia Regum movements. Work by the following writers opportunity to study with scholars from both Britanniae in Latin. Wales is the only one of the might be studied: Gerald of Wales, Geoffrey of Welsh and English literary and cultural traditions, British Celtic nations to retain a widely-spoken, Monmouth, R. Rees Davies, Hywel Teifi Edwards, the course equips students for a wide range of viable indigenous language and a vibrant Saunders Lewis, Raymond Williams, Matthew careers in the Welsh public and private sectors. contemporary literature. It is also the only British Arnold, J.R. Jones, M. Wynn Thomas, Jane Aaron, For any job in which an understanding of both nation whose distinctive Anglophone literature Dafydd Glyn Jones, Dai Smith, Kirsti Bohata, linguistic cultures is important, this course is – it has produced such figures as Dylan Thomas Katie Gramich and Simon Brooks. Students will an ideal training. It also provides a sound basis and R.S. Thomas – remains marginalised within then proceed to be asked to consider the ways in for further postgraduate study within Wales and its own education system. At university level, which literature across both Welsh and English beyond. the linguistic divide of the twentieth century traditions registers the arrival of modernity, and encouraged the separate study of the two the changes subsequently wrought. Themes For further course details, please see: literatures, a schism which modern scholarship might include industry, ecology, urbanisation, www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/welsh has only recently started to overcome. Bangor rural culture, religion, linguistic change and – a genuinely bilingual cultural centre – is an exile, and the relation between gender and the ideal place in which to study not only these modern Welsh nation. Writers to be studied

Cymraeg/Welsh PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION Our PhD programmes are usually 3 years of We run an exchange programme with Harvard PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 to 6 years part-time; full-time study with a 60,000 to 100,000 word University’s Department of Celtic Languages MPhil: 2 years full-time; 4-5 years part-time. thesis being submitted at the end of the third and Literatures, enabling students from each year. Recent PhDs have been completed in institution to spend a semester studying at ENTRY REQUIREMENTS fields covering the whole range of Welsh- the other. Harvard is recognised as one of Entry to our PhD/MPhil programme requires language literature, from the Middle Ages the leading educational establishments in the a good first degree and an MA in Welsh, Celtic (e.g. court poetry, medieval Welsh proverbs, world, and in addition to world-leading research Studies, or a closely related area. bardic lore and education) to the work of living facilities in most areas of the Humanities, its contemporary authors, and on areas as diverse libraries contain outstanding collections of Welsh COURSE DESCRIPTION as popular culture, the history of Welsh and and Welsh-language materials. An MPhil allows for two full academic years of language planning, feminist studies and the research, leading to a dissertation of up to 30,000 editing of eighteenth-century Interludes. Welsh- For further course details, please see: words. You are free to pursue your own course of language research is of course not limited to www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/welsh research, decided upon in consultation with the the geography of Great Britain, and Bangor has School and your academic advisor. produced much important research into the literature and culture of the Welsh-speaking Americas.

©Iwan Davies

46 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Bangor Business School

Bangor Business School is one of the major Career Prospects COURSE LIST: European university schools for financial Graduates have excellent prospects for pursuing and banking studies, offering a full range of employment in a wide range of roles in the MSc disciplines from undergraduate to doctoral level. accounting, business, banking and financial • Accounting* We are rated amongst the top 25% of business sectors of the global economy. The programmes’ • Accounting and Banking* schools in the UK for research intensity (REF emphasis on practical insights enhances • Accounting and Finance* 2014), and in the top 5 in the UK for banking students’ employability and enables students to • Banking and Finance* research (RePEc). develop a range of transferable skills which are • Banking & Finance (Chartered Banker) widely sought in the above sectors. For example, • Business with Consumer Psychology# Students are attracted by our reputation for high students develop technical skills in conducting • Finance*+ quality and expertise, particularly in the area of independent research and in working in a team. • International Media and Management Banking and Financial Services. Our teaching • Investment Management*+ and research have not only been highly rated by Graduates of Bangor Business School have an • Islamic Banking and Finance* external agencies, but also by our students and impressive track record of employability and • Management and Finance*# the businesses that employ our graduates. We some of our alumni are now employed in senior • Research Methodology have a proven track record in producing highly positions across the globe, from Downing Street skilled and highly employable postgraduates, and Deutsche Bank to Accenture Luxembourg MA with the broad range of abilities that employers and the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority. • Banking & Finance (Chartered Banker) require from new recruits. • Banking and Law Links with Industry • Business and Marketing# Staff and facilities We place significant value on our links with • Business with Consumer Psychology# Bangor Business School’s top researchers and industry. Our academic staff have a wide range senior staff, also teach on Masters programmes. of links with business, banks and international MBA This means that students will receive lectures financial institutions. We also enjoy strong links • Banking and Finance* from academic staff who are pushing back the with professional bodies such as the ACCA, the • Banking and Law frontiers of research. Chartered Banker Institute and the Chartered • Environmental Management# Institute of Securities and Investment. • Finance*+ Our staff have undertaken policy work and • Information Management# consultancy linked to their research for Demonstrating our commitment to teaching of • International Business# organisations as diverse as the European the highest quality and to developing student • International Marketing# Commission, World Bank, IMF, UK Treasury, career opportunities, distinguished guest • Islamic Banking and Finance* European Central Bank, Deutsche Bundesbank, speakers are regularly invited to Bangor to • Law and Management# Spanish Savings Bank Association, and many deliver lectures and to share their experiences • Management# other national and international organisations. with our students. Staff research papers and articles are published PhD/MPhil regularly in leading journals and their books Trading Floor • Accounting, Banking, Economics, Finance, published to a worldwide audience. The Trading Floor at Bangor Business School Management Studies and Marketing utilises simulation software and real-time Overview of the academic areas financial databases, providing the opportunity to * Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) Pathway Our excellent record in postgraduate teaching embed trading into teaching and learning where These degree programmes provide the is reflected in the innovative nature of our appropriate. The Trading Floor provides first- opportunity to follow the CFA specialist pathway degree programmes, and the performance of hand experience of utilising industry standard and to acquire the skills to complete the CFA our students at Masters and PhD levels. We tools, which will help in acquiring practical skills Level 1 examination. established the first MA in Banking and Finance for the workplace. offered by any UK university in 1973, and, more + 10 Month Option recently, we were the first to offer MBAs in English language requirements Only available for September intake Banking and Finance and Islamic Banking and International applicants are normally required to CFA Pathway option is NOT available for 10 Finance. provide evidence of English language proficiency. month programmes

Postgraduate students can choose between The minimum English requirements are: # CMI Accreditation several types of higher degree programmes • IELTS 6.0 Students studying these programmes will and subjects. These include taught MSc, MA (with no individual score lower than 5.5). graduate with the dual award of a Bangor and MBA degrees in the fields of Accounting, For PhD/MPhil: University Masters and a Level 7 CMI Banking, Finance, Islamic Banking and Finance, • IELTS 7.0 qualification in Strategic Management and Business, Management and Marketing, as well (with no individual score lower than 6.5). Leadership. as programmes involving the study of Consumer Applicants who have not achieved the required Psychology, Computer Science, Environmental Bangor Business School’s Management Centre Science and Law. We also run a highly successful level can take English language courses at the offers first class professional training courses programme for students who wish to study for University’s English Language Centre prior to and conference facilities: their course - see elcos.bangor.ac.uk the research degrees of MPhil or PhD. www.bangor.ac.uk/management_centre A number of attractive scholarships and Some programmes are available on a part-time bursaries are on offer to encourage well- basis for those living / working locally. Please qualified and talented students to reach their full email us for more information. potential. All module information is correct at the time TO FIND OUT MORE: of going to print and is subject to change. Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382085 Please refer to the website for the most current E-mail: [email protected] information. www.bangor.ac.uk/business facebook.com/BangorBusinessSchool @BangorBizSchool JANUARY INTAKE Most courses offer a January start as well as the traditional September start.

BANGORBANGOR UNIVERSITYUNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATEPOSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUSPROSPECTUS 4747 Accounting MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: • Advanced Financial Reporting & Regulation MSc: 1 year full-time. This programme is • Accounting Theory This module will enhance students’ available to start in either January or September. This module critically evaluates the various understanding of advanced topics in financial theories in accounting. Students will gain reporting and regulation within the context of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS understanding of how these theories can be International Accounting Standards and GAAP. Applicants should have a good first degree (2.ii or used to explain the behaviour of preparers and higher) or equivalent from a university or another users of accounting information. Plus choose 1 of the following: approved degree-awarding body. Non-graduate • Accounting Dissertation qualifications deemed to be of a satisfactory • Research Methods • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway standard for the purpose of postgraduate This module develops knowledge of only) admission may also be considered. Work intermediate and advanced research methods, experience is desirable. and provides a basis in research methodology Optional Modules – choose 2: for those who may eventually wish to pursue • Corporate Risk Management Prior study of accounting (as part of the first research degrees. • International Financial Management degree, for example) or experience of working • Islamic Accounting and Financial Reporting within the field of accounting is essential. • International Taxation: Policy and Practice • Investment Strategy & Portfolio Management This module aims to identify the distinctive • Islamic Finance International applicants are normally required to characteristics of tax system design; to review • Financial Ethics & Regulation provide evidence of English language proficiency the principles of taxation; to examine tax policy – please see page 45. and public economics; to compare international CAREER PROSPECTS tax systems; to evaluate tax administration; and Graduates of Bangor Business School COURSE DESCRIPTION to calculate capital, income and consumption programmes have excellent prospects for The MSc in Accounting aims to develop an tax liabilities for individuals and businesses. pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. individual’s understanding of the role of Please see page 45 for more information. accounting for decision-making both inside and • Financial Analysis outside organisations. On this module, students will analyse the For further course details, please see: techniques that are used to evaluate a www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business The course involves advanced study of company’s financial position and performance, organisations, their management, the role of and develop a critical awareness of the uses of accounting for internal and external users, and financial data by capital markets for valuation the changing external context in which they purposes. operate. Students will develop the ability to apply knowledge and understanding of accounting to • Management Accounting complex issues. This module will enable students to understand appropriate management accounting techniques and methods and provide them with the ability to apply them.

Accounting and Banking MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: • Advanced Financial Reporting & Regulation MSc: 1 year full-time. This programme is • Accounting Theory This module will enhance students’ available to start in either January or September. This module critically evaluates the various understanding of advanced topics in financial theories in accounting. Students will gain reporting and regulation within the context of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS understanding of how these theories can be International Accounting Standards and GAAP. Applicants should have a good first degree (2.ii or used to explain the behaviour of preparers and higher) or equivalent from a university or another users of accounting information. • Bank Financial Management approved degree-awarding body. Non-graduate This module provides a grounding in the nature, qualifications deemed to be of a satisfactory • International Banking strategic context and managerial functions standard for the purpose of postgraduate This module examines the origins of of financial management in banks, and other admission may also be considered. Work international banking, the activities of financial services firms. experience is desirable. international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk in Plus choose 1 of the following: Prior study of accounting (as part of the first international banking. • Dissertation degree, for example) or experience of working • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway within the field of accounting is essential. • Research Methods only) This module develops knowledge of International applicants are normally required to intermediate and advanced research methods, Optional Modules – choose 2: provide evidence of English language proficiency and provides a basis in research methodology • Corporate Risk Management – please see page 45. for those who may eventually wish to pursue • Financial Ethics & Regulation research degrees. • Investment Strategy & Portfolio Management COURSE DESCRIPTION • International Tax: Policy and Practice The MSc in Accounting and Banking will enable • Financial Analysis • Management Accounting students to develop an advanced knowledge On this module, students will analyse the of accounting and banking, which will be of techniques that are used to evaluate a CAREER PROSPECTS particular interest to students who wish to company’s financial position and performance, Graduates of Bangor Business School pursue a career in the financial industry. and develop a critical awareness of the uses of programmes have excellent prospects for financial data by capital markets for valuation pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. The overall aim of the course is to develop an purposes. Please see page 45 for more information. integrated understanding of the role of banking and accounting for decision-making For further course details, please see: both inside and outside organisations. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business Students will undertake an advanced study of organisations, including financial institutions, their management, the role of accounting for internal and external users, and the changing external context in which they operate. Students will develop the ability to apply their knowledge and understanding of accounting and banking to complex issues.

48 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Investment Management MSc COURSE DURATION investment applications at strategic and • Financial Analysis MSc: 1 year full-time. A 10 month version of this operational levels. They will develop intellectual This module analyses the techniques that are programme is also available. Students will study skills and research expertise in the area of used to evaluate a company’s financial position 5 modules in the Autumn and 5 modules in the investment analysis and portfolio management; and performance, and develops a critical Spring. technical skills relevant to financial markets’ awareness of the uses of financial data by operation and management; critical skills in capital markets for valuation purposes. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS examining advanced level theories and empirical Candidates should have a good first degree (2.ii or evidence; computational skills in financial service Plus choose 1 of the following: higher) or equivalent from a university or another activity; and analytic skills in exploring the • Dissertation approved degree-awarding body. Non-graduate efficient markets hypothesis. • Applied Financial Projects (30 credits)* qualifications deemed to be of a satisfactory • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway standard for the purpose of postgraduate Compulsory Modules: only) admission may also be considered. Work • International Financial Markets *Students on the 10 month programme must take this option experience is desirable. This module provides an introduction to finance theory, and its practical applications for Optional Modules – choose 3: International applicants are normally required to investors, analysts and portfolio managers. • Financial Econometrics provide evidence of English language proficiency • Credit Risk Analytics* – please see page 45. • Research Methods • International Tax: Policy and Practice* This module provides the student with • Behavioral Finance Theory and practice COURSE DESCRIPTION knowledge of intermediate and advanced • Executive Compensation The MSc in Investment Management offers qualitative and quantitative research methods, • Financial Technology students a sound knowledge of the theoretical and provide a basis in research methodology. • Islamic Finance foundations that underpin modern investment *Students on the 10 month programme must take these and risk management techniques, and prepares • Financial Ethics and Regulation modules and an additional 2 them for entry into the fast-growing investment The module is focused on developing management industry. The programme aims professional and ethical practice of financial CAREER PROSPECTS to cover the traditional syllabus of a Masters services managers as well as assisting an Graduates of Bangor Business School degree in Finance whilst providing students individual to navigate ethical decision making programmes have excellent prospects for with advanced level management and business in the financial services industry at a time of pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. training in specialised areas of investment, increased public and regulatory scrutiny. Please see page 45 for more information. such as the management of equity and bond portfolios; trading techniques; risk management; • Investment Strategy & Portfolio Management For further course details, please see: management of foreign exchange and derivative This module analyses portfolio strategies to www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business securities; and emerging markets investment. effectively control risk and enhance returns; Students will benefit from a unique opportunity to develops intellectual skills and research use various online databases available in Bangor expertise in investment analysis and portfolio Business School, such as DataStream. management; and demonstrates appropriate modelling techniques for investment decision- Students will acquire advanced, specialised making and risk management. knowledge and skills across a range of

Accounting and Finance MSc COURSE DURATION practice relating to accounting and finance. The • Advanced Financial Reporting and Regulation MSc: 1 year full-time. This course offers both aim of the programme is to provide graduates, This module provides an advanced treatment January and September intakes. and other individuals who have practical of the main theoretical principles underlying accounting and financial training, with the financial reporting, and the practical ENTRY REQUIREMENTS knowledge and skills necessary to pursue a implications of alternative regulatory regimes. Entry to the MSc Accounting and Finance senior level professional career in accounting, programme requires a good undergraduate financial services or related sectors of the • Financial Analysis degree in a relevant subject, (e.g. Accounting, economy. This module analyses the techniques that are Banking, Finance, Business, Management used to evaluate a company’s financial position or Marketing) from a university, or a similar The programme is designed to develop your and performance. qualification from another institution. existing skills through a scheme of specialist Alternatively, possession of a suitable advanced study. An important objective is to • Management Accounting professional qualification and relevant practical provide you with relevant analytical training, so This module provides an understanding of experience may also be accepted. In general, that you are familiar with the latest theoretical the uses of financial data in measuring and however, applicants are judged on their individual and practical developments relating to evaluating business performance, and in merits. Work experience and other factors are accounting and finance. The programme provides setting the strategic aims of the organisation. also considered. a coherent theoretical framework for the various subject areas, but the emphasis throughout is on Plus choose 1 of the following: International applicants are normally required to advanced practical application of accounting and • Dissertation provide evidence of English language proficiency financial techniques in a real-world setting. • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway – please see page 45. only) Compulsory Modules: COURSE DESCRIPTION • Research Methods Optional Modules - choose 2: Changes in the business environment create the This module develops knowledge of • Corporate Risk Management need for individuals wishing to pursue a senior intermediate and advanced research methods, • Islamic Accounting and Financial Reporting management role to be aware of contemporary and provides a basis in research methodology • International Financial Management accounting and finance developments. for those who may eventually wish to pursue • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management Understanding these theoretical and practical research degrees. • Islamic Finance issues is critical for managers who often have to make rapid and far-reaching decisions about the • Accounting Theory CAREER PROSPECTS short-term financial operations and long-term This module critically evaluates a widespread Graduates of Bangor Business School strategies of firms. and widely based set of theories that underpin programmes have excellent prospects for any explanation of accounting behaviour and pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. The MSc in Accounting and Finance offers you accounting regulatory output. Please see page 45 for more information. a unique opportunity to develop an appreciation of the causes and significance of current • International Financial Markets For further course details, please see: developments in the financial and corporate This module provides an introduction to www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business sectors, and to study advanced theory and finance theory, and its practical applications for investors, analysts and portfolio managers.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 49 Banking and Finance MSc/MBA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules (MSc): • Bank Financial Management MSc/MBA: 1 year full-time. All streams offer both • Research Methods This module provides a grounding in the nature, January and September intakes. This module develops knowledge of strategic context and managerial functions intermediate and advanced research methods, of financial management in banks and other ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and provides a basis in research methodology financial services firms. Entry to the MSc/MBA Banking and Finance for those who may eventually wish to pursue requires a good undergraduate degree in a research degrees. • International Banking relevant subject (e.g. Accounting, Banking, This module examines the origins of Finance, Business, Management and Marketing) • Bank Financial Management international banking, the activities of from a university, or a similar qualification from This module provides a grounding in the nature, international banks, the markets in which they another institution. Alternatively, possession of a strategic context and managerial functions participate, and the sources of risk. suitable professional qualification and relevant of financial management in banks, and other practical experience may also be accepted. In financial services firms. • Merger and Acquisition general, however, applicants are judged on their This module introduces the theoretical and individual merits. Work experience and other • International Financial Markets institutional aspects of merger and acquisition factors are also considered. For MBA degrees, This module provides an introduction to and provides theoretical basis for an empirical whilst work experience is desirable, it is not finance theory, and its practical applications for analysis of governance issues concerned essential. investors, analysts and portfolio managers. with merger and acquisition incentives and outcomes. International applicants are normally required to • International Banking provide evidence of English language proficiency This module examines the origins of Plus choose 1 of the following: – please see page 45. international banking, the activities of • MBA Dissertation international banks, the markets in which they • Applied Business Projects COURSE DESCRIPTION participate, and the sources of risk. • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway Banking and financial services represents a only) highly competitive and rapidly changing sector • Financial Econometrics in every modern economy. Changes in customer This module provides advanced coverage of Optional Modules (MBA) - choose 3: requirements, technology, competitive conditions econometric methods and practices that are • International Strategic Management and regulation create the need for managers, used to model financial and business data. • International Financial Management traders and analysts to make rapid and often • Investment Strategy & Portfolio Management far-reaching decisions about their short-term • Credit Risk Analytics • Financial Ethics & Regulation operations and long-term strategies. These This module examines the theory and practice • Financial Technology programmes offer you a unique opportunity to of credit risk analytics and decision science in • Islamic Finance study advanced theory and practice relating to financial institutions. Particular emphasis will • Islamic Insurance financial services, and to develop an appreciation be placed on topical areas within quantitative • Executive Compensation of the causes and significance of current methods and regulatory requirements. developments in this vitally important and CAREER PROSPECTS dynamic sector of the economy. Plus choose 1 of the following: Graduates of the Bangor Business School • Dissertation programmes have excellent prospects for The MSc/MBA Banking and Finance programmes • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. are designed to develop your existing skills only) Please see page 45 for more information. through a scheme of specialist advanced study. An important objective is to provide you with Optional Modules (MSc) - choose 2: For further course details, please see: relevant analytical training, so that you are • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business familiar with the latest theoretical and practical • Merger and Acquisition developments relating to banking, finance • Market Risk Analytics and capital markets. These degrees provide a • Financial Technology coherent theoretical framework for the various • Financial Ethics & Regulation subject areas, but the emphasis throughout is • Executive Compensation on advanced practical application of financial techniques in a real-world setting. Compulsory Modules (MBA): • Organisations and People The MSc degree may be more suitable for This module examines key issues arising applicants with some previous background from contemporary research in organisational in mathematics, statistics or econometrics. behaviour and human resource management. The MBA will develop knowledgeable and capable executives, who will move quickly • Management Research into key positions in the financial sector. The This module analyses the philosophical basis degree focuses on the financial and strategic for research in the management sciences, and management of banks and other financial examines a number of key methodological institutions. Case studies and contemporary issues and approaches. issues figure prominently in the MBA programme.

96% Student Satifaction in Banking & Finance NSS 2019

50 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Banking and Law MA/MBA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules (MA): Compulsory Modules (MBA): MA/MBA: 1 year full-time. These courses offer • Research Methods • Organisations and People both January and September intakes. This module develops knowledge of This module examines key issues arising intermediate and advanced research methods, from contemporary research in organisational ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and provides a basis in research methodology behaviour and human resource management. Entry to the MA/MBA in Banking and Law for those who may eventually wish to pursue requires a good undergraduate degree in a research degrees. • Management Research relevant subject, (e.g. Law, Banking, Economics, This module analyses the philosophical basis Finance, Accounting or Management) from a • Bank Financial Management for research in the management sciences, and university, or a similar qualification from any This module provides a grounding in the nature, examines a number of key methodological other institution. Alternatively, possession of a strategic context and managerial functions issues and approaches. suitable professional qualification and relevant of financial management in banks, and other practical experience may also be accepted. In financial services firms. • Bank Financial Management general, however, applicants are judged on their This module provides a grounding in the nature, individual merits. Work experience and other • International Banking strategic context and managerial functions factors are also considered. For MBA degrees, This module examines the origins of of financial management in banks and other whilst work experience is desirable, it is not international banking, the activities of financial services firms. essential. international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk. • International Banking International applicants are normally required to This module examines the origins of provide evidence of English language proficiency • International Banking Law international banking, the activities of – please see page 45. The aim of this module is to enable students international banks, the markets in which they to understand the legal aspects of UK and participate, and the sources of risk. COURSE DESCRIPTION international banking law. Attention will be paid In today’s global competitive marketplace, to the many significant changes that affected • International Banking Law the successful corporate executive needs to UK banking law during and after the ‘credit The aim of this module is to enable students understand how the legal system and legal crunch’. to understand the legal aspects of UK and regulation can impact on their own area of international banking law. Attention will be paid expertise. Accordingly, the Bangor Business • Merger and Acquisition to the many significant changes that affected and Law Schools have combined to offer an This module introduces the theoretical and UK banking law during and after the ‘credit innovative suite of interdisciplinary MBA and MA institutional aspects of merger and acquisition crunch’. programmes. and provides theoretical basis for an empirical analysis of governance issues concerned • Merger and Acquisition The MA in Banking and Law is an with merger and acquisition incentives and This module introduces the theoretical and interdisciplinary programme that will enable you outcomes. institutional aspects of merger and acquisition to study key legal and regulatory developments and provides theoretical basis for an empirical affecting the financial sector. This includes Plus choose 1 of the following: analysis of governance issues concerned the regulation of financial services, security • MA Dissertation with merger and acquisition incentives and instruments, corporate finance, arbitration and • Applied Business Projects outcomes. other issues affecting modern banks at UK, EU and international level. The MA degree is suitable Optional Modules - choose 1: Plus choose 1 of the following: for those who wish to adopt a predominantly • Financial Ethics & Regulation • MBA Dissertation non-quantitative approach to their studies. • International Financial Markets • Applied Business Projects

The MBA in Banking and Law will develop Optional modules - choose 2: Optional Modules - choose 2: knowledgeable and capable banking executives • Competition Law • Comparative Corporate Governance and banking lawyers who will move quickly • Marine Insurance • International Commercial Arbitration into key positions in the financial sector. The • Intellectual Property Law • Intellectual Property Law degree focuses on the financial and strategic • International Commercial Arbitration • Competition Law management of banks and other financial • Global Trade Law • Global Trade Law institutions as well as the increasingly complex • Comparative Corporate Governance • Employment Law legal and regulatory structures within which • Employment Law • Marine Insurance banks and their executives have to operate. The • EU Internal Market Law • EU Internal Market Law legal issues will cover a wide range of topics at UK, EU and international level with which a CAREER PROSPECTS modern banker needs to be familiar. Case studies Graduates of the Bangor Business School and contemporary issues figure prominently programmes have excellent prospects for in the programme, particularly focusing on pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. the lessons to be learnt from the recent ‘credit Please see page 45 for more information. crunch’ and the issues for international financing and regulation that this has thrown up. For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

“Bangor Business School provided me with a solid academic grounding in economics and business. What I learned at Bangor I still use today in my position as Chief UK Economist at Deutsche Bank in London. The standard of teaching was excellent. Bangor Business School set me up for life, and has helped me enormously in my subsequent studies and my career.”

Dr GEORGE BUCKLEY, Chief UK Economist, & Co. Head of European Economics for Nomura

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 51 Business and Marketing MA COURSE DURATION The programme will develop your knowledge and • New Venture Creation MA: 1 year full-time. skills across a broader range of business and This module examines the advantages and This course offers both management subjects, including organisations, disadvantages of the various routes to business January and September their management and the changing external start-up. intakes. environment in which they operate; and develop your ability to take a strategic overview of • International Marketing Communication This programme is business and organisational issues. This module examines the processes by accredited by the which integrated marketing communications Chartered Management An important objective is to provide relevant programmes are planned, developed and Institute (CMI). Students analytical training in the latest strategic, executed. of this programme will managerial and industrial developments in the graduate with the dual award of a Bangor marketing of both the public and private sectors. • International Marketing University Masters and a Level 7 CMI qualification We look at marketing at local, national and This modules provides an overview of in Strategic Management and Leadership. global levels. You may choose to undertake a contemporary international marketing issues dissertation in a business or marketing topic. and trends as well as the international ENTRY REQUIREMENTS marketing planning process. A good undergraduate degree in a relevant Compulsory Modules: subject, (e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, • Organisations and People Plus choose 1 of the following: Business, Management or Marketing) from This module examines key issues arising • MA Dissertation a university, or a similar qualification from from contemporary research in organisational • Applied Business Projects any other institution is required. Alternatively, behaviour and human resource management. possession of a suitable professional Optional Modules - choose 1: qualification and relevant practical experience • International Strategic Management • Knowledge Management may also be accepted. In general, however, This module analyses strategic decision- • Contemporary Issues in Management applicants are judged on individual merit. Work making within business. • Consumer Behaviour in a Global & Digital World experience and other factors are also considered. • Global Brand Management International applicants are normally required to • Marketing Strategy provide evidence of English language proficiency This module critically evaluates the CAREER PROSPECTS – please see page 45. contributions of various schools of thought Graduates of the Bangor Business School in marketing, and examines the relevant programmes have excellent prospects for COURSE DESCRIPTION analytical models and management practices, pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. This degree explores the principles, theoretical with emphasis on the strategic importance of Please see page 45 for more information. concepts and practice of marketing within the marketing to all organisations. context of business and management, and will For further course details, please see: focus on developing academic and applied • Management Research www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business skills in marketing, including advertising, brand This module analyses the philosophical basis management and loyalty, customer service, for research in the management sciences, and public relations and market research. examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

Business with Consumer Psychology MA/MSc COURSE DURATION Today’s successful businesses and • Applied Consumer Psychology MSc/MA: 1 year full-time. organisations need highly trained people who This module’s aim is to provide practical can help them understand their consumers and research experience in consumer psychology These programmes are issues such as: What makes them choose one and involves hands-on work with viable accredited by the Chartered product over another? Do brand names and commercial enterprises. You are partnered Management Institute (CMI). Students of this advertising affect our thinking? Will the internet with local companies and are required to programme will graduate with the dual award change the face of shopping areas? design and conduct a practical consumer of a Bangor University Masters and a Level 7 You may choose between the MSc or MA routes, research project, typically involving fieldwork. CMI qualification in Strategic Management and which are differentiated by the nature of the Leadership. dissertation. The MSc dissertation will involve • Dissertation undertaking empirical research, whilst the MA dissertation will involve an extended literature Optional Modules - choose 2: ENTRY REQUIREMENTS review. • New Venture Creation Entry to the MSc/MA in Business with • Contemporary Issues in Management Consumer Psychology programme requires Compulsory Modules: • Finance for Managers a good undergraduate degree, preferably in • Consumer Psychology: Theory • International Marketing a related subject (e.g. Business, Psychology, This module is an introduction to consumer • Consumer Behaviour in a Global & Digital World Marketing, Finance, Management) from a science as it is currently practiced in the • International Marketing Communication university, or a similar qualification from any marketplace. other institution. Alternatively, possession of a CAREER PROSPECTS suitable professional qualification and relevant • Nudges and Behaviour Change Graduates of the Bangor Business School practical experience may also be accepted. In This module will examine how we can shape programmes have excellent prospects for general, however, applicants are judged on their and/or modify behaviours in both the short- pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. individual merits, and work experience and term and the long-term and understand some Please see page 45 for more information. other factors are also considered. International of the psychological mechanisms at work. applicants are normally required to provide For further course details, please see: evidence of English language proficiency – • Marketing Strategy www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business please see page 45. This module critically evaluates the contributions of various schools of thought COURSE DESCRIPTION in marketing, and examines the relevant This joint Masters degree is for those wishing to analytical models and management practices, start, or further develop, careers in Consumer with emphasis on the strategic importance of Psychology and Business. The programme is marketing to all organisations. delivered by two academic Schools which enjoy an international reputation in their fields. The • Management Research marriage of both disciplines is a natural one, This module analyses the philosophical basis as understanding behaviour - and, specifically, for research in the management sciences, and consumer behaviour in the world of business can examines a number of key methodological be crucial to the success of businesses. issues and approaches.

52 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS International Business MBA COURSE DURATION Students will also develop advanced theoretical • Finance for Managers MBA: 1 year full-time (also available on a knowledge of international business and This module enables students to gain a basic part-time basis). This course management subjects including finance, understanding of accounting and financial offers both January and marketing and entrepreneurship, and how these management, by examining basic principles September intakes. are affected by culture. and concepts in accounting statements and financial information so that they can be used This programme is accredited by the Chartered Compulsory Modules: to improve the quality of decision-making. Management Institute (CMI). Students will • Marketing Strategy graduate with the dual award of a Bangor This module introduces the fundamentals of • Global Culture and Management University Masters and a Level 7 CMI qualification marketing, by illustrating strategies in a wide The aim of the module is to enable students in Strategic Management and Leadership. range of situations, and covering the various to gain an understanding of culture as a schools of thought in marketing, and relevant major force in international business within ENTRY REQUIREMENTS analytical models and management practices. the context of a global economy. The module Candidates should have a good first degree focusses on the complex task of capturing and (2:ii or higher) or equivalent from a university • International Strategic Management assessing the cultural encounter, presents or another approved degree-awarding body. This module explores the link between strategic empirical evidence, and provides illustrative Non-graduate qualifications deemed to be and operational management, discusses examples from global business and sample of a satisfactory standard for the purpose of strategic management as a core management cultural combinations. postgraduate admission may also be considered. process, and places strategic decision-making Work experience is desirable. in a culturally defined, dynamic environment. Plus choose 1 of the following: • Dissertation International applicants are normally required to • Management Research • Applied Business Projects provide evidence of English language proficiency This module examines key methodological – please see page 45. issues and approaches to research in Optional Modules – choose 3: management studies, and critically evaluates • International Financial Management COURSE DESCRIPTION the strengths and limitations of data gathered • Contemporary Issues in Management You will gain an international outlook on from interviews, case studies, focus groups, • Consumer Behaviour in a Global & Digital World business and an understanding of the particular surveys and experiments. • International Marketing Communication demands and restrictions of conducting and • Executive Compensation managing business globally. Students will • Organisations and People • Corporate Risk Management develop advanced, specialised knowledge and This module provides an integrated analysis • Global Brand Management skills across a broad range of business and of management, organisations and people, management subjects, developing knowledge developing the conceptual, strategic and CAREER PROSPECTS and understanding of international organisations, practical skills necessary for managers in Graduates of Bangor Business School their management and the changing global complex, global organisational contexts, programmes have excellent prospects for external environment in which they operate; thus by drawing on key issues arising from pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. developing a strategic overview of business and contemporary research in organisational Please see page 45 for more information. organisational issues. behaviour and human resource management. For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 53 Environmental Management MBA COURSE DURATION and deliver them in a manner conducive to • Finance for Managers MBA: 1 year full-time (2/3 years part- continued economic development, whilst This module is designed for those who aim time). This course offers both recognising the market trends. to achieve a basic understanding of financial January and September management and control, and who require an intakes. The aim of this programme is to develop skills understanding of finance in order to manage in the delivery of economic activities related an organisation effectively. This programme is accredited by the Chartered to the environment, green technology and Management Institute (CMI). Students of this sustainability. • Strategic Environmental Management programme will graduate with the dual award This module is designed to provide an of a Bangor University Masters and a Level 7 The programme includes highly topical case understanding of the principles of sustainable CMI qualification in Strategic Management and studies from across these sectors reflecting development, environmental legislation, Leadership. changing strategies and alternative approaches. environmental auditing and assessment, and It is suitable for graduates from a wide range of green technological development. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS disciplines, including Environment, Engineering, Entry to this programme requires a good Finance, Social Sciences and other subjects. • Green Technologies undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, This module reviews the environmental (e.g. Environmental Science or Business Compulsory Modules: consequences of economic activities, including Studies) from a university, or a similar • Organisations and People energy generation, waste management, food qualification from any other institution. This module examines key issues arising and water supply and consumer goods. Alternatively, possession of a suitable from contemporary research in organisational professional qualification and relevant practical behaviour and human resource management. • MBA Dissertation experience may also be accepted. In general, applicants are judged on their individual merits, • International Strategic Management CAREER PROSPECTS and work experience and other factors are This module analyses strategic decision- There are an increasing number of roles in also considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work making within business. You will develop Environmental Management and Consultancy experience is desirable, it is not essential. a critical understanding of the strategic available. An Environmental Manager oversees processes of business management, and the the environmental performance of private, Non-native English speakers are normally interconnections with the functional domains. public and voluntary sector organisations. They required to provide evidence of English develop, implement and monitor environmental language proficiency – please see page 45. • Management Research strategies, policies and programmes that This module analyses the philosophical basis promote sustainable development. There COURSE DESCRIPTION for research in the management sciences, and are also many other roles in commercial and The role of the corporate environmental examines a number of key methodological public sector organisations carrying out impact manager is becoming increasingly complex and issues and approaches. assessments to identify, assess and reduce strategic. Corporate social and environmental an organisation’s environmental risks and responsibility is becoming prominent in • Business Planning for the Green Economy financial costs. consumer demand and a pre-requisite for This module explores the process of tender eligibility. This necessitates a more establishing a venture from idea generation For further course details, please see: sophisticated environmental manager who can to the completion of a business plan which www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business interpret legislative and audit requirements incorporates environmental planning and management.

54 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Finance MSc/MBA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules (MSc): Compulsory Modules (MBA): MSc/MBA: 1 year full-time. All programmes • Research Methods • Organisations and People offer both January and September intakes. A 10 This module equips you with knowledge of This module examines key issues arising month version of the MSc/MBA Finance is also intermediate and advanced research methods, from contemporary research in organisational available (September start only). Students on which you will encounter in other modules and behaviour and human resource management. the 10 month version will study 5 modules in the in your dissertation. Autumn and 5 in the Spring. • Investment Strategy and Portfolio • International Financial Markets Management ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Provides an overview of financial instruments This module evaluates the development of A good undergraduate degree in a relevant in a multi-currency world, taking account investment strategies for bonds, equities subject (e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, of insights from portfolio theory concerning and derivatives that are designed to achieve Business, Management and Marketing) from the relationship between risk and return, the optimal risk-return outcomes, and examines a university, or a similar qualification from diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets. the measurement and evaluation of the any other institution is required. Alternatively, performance of a portfolio of investments. possession of a suitable professional • Credit Risk Analytics qualification and relevant practical experience This module examines the theory and practice • Management Research may also be accepted. In general, however, of credit risk analytics and decision science in This module analyses the philosophical basis applicants are judged on their individual merits. financial institutions. Particular emphasis will for research in the management sciences, and Work experience and other factors are also be placed on topical areas within quantitative examines a number of key methodological considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work methods and regulatory requirements. issues and approaches. experience is desirable, it is not essential. • Market Risk Analytics • International Financial Management International applicants are normally required to The module looks at how financial engineering In this module the financial management of provide evidence of English language proficiency can be used for speculative, hedging, and multinational companies and the influence – please see page 45. arbitrage strategies, how derivatives are priced, of macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and and how they can be used to manage risk. political environments on business and COURSE DESCRIPTION financial decision making are examined in an Familiarity with the most recent developments in • Financial Econometrics international and global context. risk appraisal, portfolio analysis, the engineering This module provides advanced coverage of of synthetic products, modelling techniques, econometric methods and practices that are • International Financial Markets financial analysis and valuation are essential used to model financial and business data. This module provides an overview of financial requirements for all those involved directly in instruments in a multi-currency world. financial activities or who wish to gain a deeper • Investment Strategy & Portfolio Management understanding of this important area of business This module evaluates the development of Plus choose 1 of the following: management. investment strategies for bonds, equities • MBA Dissertation and derivatives that are designed to achieve • Applied Business Projects The MSc/MBA Finance programmes at Bangor optimal risk-return outcomes, and examines • Applied Financial Projects* offer you a unique opportunity to develop an the measurement and evaluation of the • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway appreciation of the causes and significance performance of a portfolio of investments. only). of current developments in the financial and corporate sectors, and to study advanced theory Plus choose 1 of the following: Optional Modules (MBA) – choose 3: and practice relating to financial markets and the • Dissertation • International Strategic Management# financial management of business firms. • Applied Financial Projects (30 credits)* • Executive Compensation# • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway • Merger and Acquisition# The MSc degree may be more suitable for those only) • International Tax: Policy and Practice with some previous background in mathematics, • Financial Ethics & Regulation# statistics or econometrics, while the MBA will Optional Modules (MSc) - choose 2: • Financial Technology# develop knowledgeable and capable executives, • International Financial Management • Islamic Finance who will move quickly into key positions in the • Financial Technology sector. • Islamic Finance CAREER PROSPECTS • Behavioral Finance Theory & Practice Graduates of the Bangor Business School The degrees focus on the operation of financial • International Tax: Policy & Practice programmes have excellent prospects for markets and the strategic management of • Financial Ethics & Regulation pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. financial entities. You will gain practical insight Please see page 45 for more information. and skills in a range of financial and strategic management topics in financial services and For further course details, please see: markets. You will develop an appreciation of the www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business causes and significance of current developments in the financial and corporate sectors. Case studies and contemporary issues figure prominently in the programme.

Bangor Business School is rated amongst the top 25% of business schools in the UK for research intensity. REF, 2014

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 55 Information Management MBA COURSE DURATION • Finance for Managers MBA: 1 year full-time. COURSE DESCRIPTION This module is designed for those who aim Effective information management is key to achieve a basic understanding of financial This programme is to the success of any organisation. The management and control, and who require an accredited by the Chartered MBA Information Management develops understanding of finance in order to manage an Management Institute (CMI). knowledgeable and capable executives who will organisation effectively. Students of this programme become managers in the IT/computing industry, will graduate with the or in companies in other sectors. • Database Systems dual award of a Bangor University Masters This module shows how to design a database and a Level 7 CMI qualification in Strategic The aim of the programme is to provide you and intelligently query a database using Management and Leadership. with a range of management knowledge and SQL, and provides an introductory level of skills, together with a thorough foundation understanding in database systems. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS in information management, information Entry to the MBA in Information Management technology and their commercial applications. • Technologies for Internet Systems programme requires a good undergraduate The programme includes topical case studies, This module introduces technologies and tools degree in a relevant subject (e.g. Business and reflects contemporary developments within for internet systems and e-commerce systems. or Science) from a university, or a similar the sector qualification from any other institution. • Information Systems Alternatively, possession of a suitable Compulsory Modules: This module examines the major types and professional qualification and relevant practical • Organisations and People components of information systems, their experience may also be accepted. In general, This module examines key issues arising functions, benefits and limitations. however, applicants are judged on their from contemporary research in organisational individual merits. Work experience and other behaviour and human resource management. • Applied Business Projects (Information factors are also considered. For MBA degrees, Management) whilst work experience is desirable, it is not • International Strategic Management essential. This module analyses strategic decision- CAREER PROSPECTS making within business. Graduates of the Bangor Business School International applicants are normally required to programmes have excellent prospects for provide evidence of English language proficiency • Management Research pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. – please see page 45. This module analyses the philosophical basis Please see page 45 for more information. for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological For further course details, please see: issues and approaches. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

• Web Technologies This module provides an understanding of the basic technologies and structures for developing web applications, including internet resource creation, search techniques and programming languages for creating web content.

International Media and Management MSc COURSE DURATION You will study modules from each of the three • Research Design MSc: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time. Schools and will undertake a media-focussed The module equips you with an understanding dissertation designed to investigate and and critical overview of key methodological ENTRY REQUIREMENTS interrogate theory and practice in the creative issues associated with various types of Entry to this programme requires a good economies locally and/or globally. research enquiry in the media, cultural and undergraduate degree in a relevant subject from creative industries, in preparation for the a university, or a similar qualification from any Compulsory Modules: dissertation. other institution. Alternatively, possession of a • Organisations and People suitable professional qualification and relevant This module examines key issues arising • Dissertation practical experience may also be accepted. In from contemporary research in organisational general, however, applicants are judged on their behaviour and human resource management. Optional Modules - choose 1: individual merits. Work experience and other • Finance for Managers factors are also considered. • Intellectual Property Law • International Marketing Communication This module equips you with an understanding • New Venture Creation International applicants are normally required to of the fundamentals of intellectual property • International Strategic Management provide evidence of English language proficiency law; the definition and scope of copyright; • Employment Law – please see page 45. the authorship, ownership, duration and qualification for copyright protection; the rights CAREER PROSPECTS COURSE DESCRIPTION of copyright owners; actions for infringement of Graduates of the Bangor Business School The creative industries play a vital role in copyright; and the defences to an infringement programmes have excellent prospects for economic growth worldwide, accounting for action. pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. some 7% of gross domestic product across Please see page 45 for more information. Europe, over 11% in the US and up to 17-20% • Marketing Strategy elsewhere. This phenomenal rate of growth This module introduces you to the For further course details, please see: provides excellent opportunities for individuals ‘fundamentals’ of marketing, by illustrating www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business with the relevant skills and background to take strategies in a wide range of situations, and up executive roles within the sector. covering the various schools of thought in marketing, together with relevant analytical Bringing together three outstanding academic models and management practices. Schools at Bangor University (Business, Law and Creative Studies and Media), the MSc • Creative Industries International Media and Management provides This module gives students the opportunity to you with the intellectual development and analyse the development and current state of training to develop a senior management career the creative industries globally. in this area.

56 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Islamic Banking and Finance MSc/MBA

COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules (MSc): Compulsory Modules (MBA): MSc/MBA: 1 year full-time. These courses offer • Research Methods • Organisations and People both January and September start. This module equips you with knowledge of This module examines key issues arising These programmes are accredited by the intermediate and advanced research methods, from contemporary research in organisational Chartered Management Institute (CMI). Students which you will encounter in other modules and behaviour and human resource management. of this programme will graduate with the in your dissertation. dual award of a Bangor University Masters • Management Research and a Level 7 CMI qualification in Strategic • International Financial Markets This module analyses the philosophical basis Management and Leadership. This module provides an overview of financial for research in the management sciences, and instruments in a multi-currency world, taking examines a number of key methodological ENTRY REQUIREMENTS account of insights from portfolio theory issues and approaches. Entry to the MSc/MBA in Islamic Banking concerning the relationship between risk and and Finance programmes requires a good return, the diversification of risk and the pricing • Islamic Finance undergraduate degree in a relevant subject of assets. This course provides an insight into topical (e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, Business, issues relating to Islamic financial instruments Management or Marketing) from a university, • Islamic Finance and related risk management issues. or a similar qualification from another This module provides an insight into topical institution. Alternatively, possession of a issues relating to Islamic financial instruments • Islamic Banking suitable professional qualification and relevant and related risk management issues. This module provides an insight into the key practical experience may also be accepted. In features of Islamic banking business. general, however, applicants are judged on their • Islamic Banking individual merits. Work experience and other This module provides an insight into the key • International Banking factors are also considered. features of Islamic banking business. This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of For MBA degrees, whilst work experience is • International Banking international banks, the markets in which they desirable, it is not essential. This module examines the origins of participate, and the sources of risk. international banking, the activities of International applicants are normally required to international banks, the markets in which they • Islamic Insurance provide evidence of English language proficiency participate, and the sources of risk. This module analyses the nature and principles – please see page 45. of Islamic insurance, and examines the Plus choose 1 of the following: operational modes and practice of Islamic COURSE DESCRIPTION • Dissertation insurance. Over the past two or three decades, Islamic • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway banking and finance has emerged as another only) Plus choose 1 of the following: viable way of financial intermediation. It has • MBA Dissertation gained credibility and has spread worldwide and Optional Modules (MSc) - choose 3: • Applied Business Projects is now the preferred way of banking for one fifth •  Islamic Accounting and Financial Reporting • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway of the world’s population. These taught MSc/ •  Financial Econometrics only) MBA degrees offer an opportunity to study the • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management structure of the Islamic banking and finance • Islamic Insurance Optional Modules (MBA) - choose 2: industry, including its theoretical foundations, • Financial Ethics & Regulation • International Strategic Management products, performance, Islamic financial • Islamic Accounting and Financial Reporting instruments and risk management issues. These • Merger and Acquisition and other topics will be studied within the wider • Financial Ethics & Regulation context of the banking and finance industry worldwide. CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School The MSc is suitable for those with some previous programmes have excellent prospects for background in mathematics, statistics or pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. econometrics, while the MBA aims to develop Please see page 45 for more information. executives who will progress quickly to senior management positions in financial institutions For further course details, please see: that transact business on Islamic principles. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

“Coming to Bangor was the best decision of my life. The Business “I first came to Bangor as an exchange student. I enjoyed the School was recommended to me by a senior member of the banking experience so much that I decided to return to pursue my Masters industry, and what I learnt during my time has given me a very solid degree in Accounting and Finance. foundation for my career. I particularly enjoyed the structure of the course, the classes Each module on the MBA Banking and Finance programme is well- and the friendly and helpful atmosphere of the School. The small structured and designed to suit both the experienced professional and class sizes meant that it was easy to get in touch with lecturers the novice student. The research-based curriculum really made me and to ask for help – you are always guaranteed to find someone think outside the box and taught me the importance of keeping up to to help you at Bangor! date with the latest market trends and developments. I am now undertaking a PhD in Accounting and Finance. I enjoy I have to say that the best thing about the learning experience was the living in Bangor as everything feels familiar and is within walking interaction with the teaching staff. They were readily available to help distance.” on a one-to-one basis.” ANNIKA BEELITZ, SHANKY SINGH, Business Analyst, Syntel, India from Germany, studied an MSc in Accounting and Finance

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 57 Law and Management MBA

COURSE DURATION The MBA in Law and Management emphasises • Finance for Managers MBA: 1 year full-time. This both professional and vocational development, as This module will give a basic understanding of course offers both January well as an awareness of key legal and regulatory financial management and control, and who and September intakes. issues that play a central role in the successful require an understanding of finance in order to management of modern enterprises of all types manage an organisation effectively. This programme is accredited by the Chartered and sizes. You will develop an understanding of Management Institute (CMI). Students of this higher-level managerial skills and concepts, and Plus choose 1 of the following: programme will graduate with the dual award their application in practical situations. • Dissertation of a Bangor University Masters and a Level 7 • Applied Business Projects CMI qualification in Strategic Management and You will have the opportunity to examine the law # Leadership. and regulation that affects business in a wide Optional Modules : range of key areas. An important objective is to Choose 2 from: provide relevant analytical training in the latest • Marketing Strategy ENTRY REQUIREMENTS strategic, managerial, legal and commercial • International Strategic Management Entry to the MBA in Law and Management developments in both public and private sectors. • Knowledge Management programme requires a good undergraduate • Contemporary Issues in Management degree in a relevant subject (e.g. Law, Compulsory Modules: • Executive Compensation Management, Economics, Finance, Business) • Organisations and People from a university, or a similar qualification from This module examines key issues arising Choose 2 from: another institution. Alternatively, possession of a from contemporary research in organisational • International Commercial Arbitration suitable professional qualification and relevant behaviour and human resource management. • Intellectual Property Law practical experience may also be accepted. In • Competition Law general, however, applicants are judged on their • Management Research • Global Trade Law individual merits, and work experience and other This module analyses the philosophical basis • Employment Law factors are also considered. for research in the management sciences, and • Marine Insurance examines a number of key methodological • International Banking Law International applicants are normally required to issues and approaches. provide evidence of English language proficiency #Your optional modules must include either – please see page 45 . • Comparative Corporate Governance Marketing Strategy or International Strategic This module examines the major corporate Management and at least 2 Law options. COURSE DESCRIPTION scandals in the US, Europe and the UK In today’s global competitive marketplace, that have occurred in recent years, raising CAREER PROSPECTS the successful corporate executive needs to questions about the organisation and Graduates of the Bangor Business School understand how the legal system and legal governance of companies, in particular large programmes have excellent prospects for regulation can impact on their own area of multinational organisations. pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. expertise. Accordingly, Bangor Business School Please see page 45 for more information. and Bangor Law School have combined to offer an innovative suite of interdisciplinary MBA and For further course details, please see: MA programmes. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

58 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Management MBA COURSE DURATION to business and management in both new and with emphasis on the strategic importance of MBA: 1 year full-time. This existing organisations. marketing to all organisations. course offers both January and September intakes. The course is a one-year modular MBA • International Strategic Management programme which focuses on developing your This module analyses strategic decision- This programme is accredited by the Chartered academic and managerial skills in areas such making within business. Management Institute (CMI). Students of this as organisational behaviour, marketing strategy, programme will graduate with the dual award e-business and new venture creation. An • Management Research of a Bangor University Masters and a Level 7 important objective is to provide relevant This module analyses the philosophical basis CMI qualification in Strategic Management and analytical training to familiarise you with the for research in the management sciences, and Leadership. latest strategic, managerial and industrial examines a number of key methodological developments in the public and private sectors. issues and approaches. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MBA Management requires a The course provides a coherent analytical • Finance for Managers good undergraduate degree in a relevant framework for the study of business and This module is designed for those who aim subject (e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, enterprise from a management perspective. to achieve a basic understanding of financial Business, Management or Marketing) from The emphasis throughout the programme is management and control, and who require an a university, or a similar qualification from on the application of contemporary financial, understanding of finance in order to manage an another institution. Alternatively, possession of a managerial and strategic developments that organisation effectively. suitable professional qualification and relevant affect real-world decision-making in the global practical experience may also be accepted. In market place. Plus choose 1 of the following: general, however, applicants are judged on their • MBA Dissertation individual merits, and work experience and other We recognise that a thorough understanding • Applied Business Projects factors are also considered. of recent developments in management, entrepreneurship, strategy, marketing and Optional Modules - choose 3: International applicants are normally required to finance are essential requirements for all those • Knowledge Management provide evidence of English language proficiency involved in a management role (or those who • Contemporary Issues in Management – please see page 45. wish to gain a deeper understanding of these • International Financial Management important business and management areas). • New Venture Creation COURSE DESCRIPTION • Executive Compensation An MBA is a globally recognised qualification Compulsory Modules: • Global Brand Management for senior personnel and executives within • Organisations and People both the private and public sectors. As the This module examines key issues arising CAREER PROSPECTS impact of change, the importance of strategy from contemporary research in organisational Graduates of the Bangor Business School and intensification of competition increases, behaviour and human resource management. programmes have excellent prospects for organisations are demanding managers who pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. can contribute a depth of understanding in the • Marketing Strategy Please see page 45 for more information. business community as a whole. The growing This module critically evaluates the economic importance of entrepreneurship contributions of various schools of thought For further course details, please see: has also re-emphasised the need for a clearer in marketing, and examines the relevant www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business understanding of the theory and practice relating analytical models and management practices, Management and Finance MSc COURSE DURATION business, or in financing business activities, or • International Financial Markets MSc: 1 year full-time. This course offers both those who wish to gain a deeper understanding This module provides an introduction to January and September intakes. of these important areas. finance theory, and its practical applications for investors, analysts and portfolio managers. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS The MSc Management and Finance programmes Entry to the MSc in Management and Finance is designed to develop your existing skills • International Financial Management programme requires a good undergraduate through a scheme of specialist advanced study. In this module the financial management of degree in a relevant subject (e.g. Accounting, An important objective is to provide you not only multinational companies and the influence of Banking, Finance, Business, Management with an insight into organisational behaviour macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political or Marketing) from a university, or a similar and strategic choices in HRM and marketing, environments on business and financial qualification from another institution. but also with an understanding of theoretical decision-making are examined in a global Alternatively, possession of a suitable developments relating to corporate finance context. professional qualification and relevant practical and the capital markets, and competence in the experience may also be accepted. In general, techniques required to assess the consequences • New Venture Creation however, applicants are judged on their for business management. These programmes This module examines the advantages and individual merits. Work experience and other provide a coherent theoretical framework for disadvantages of the various routes to business factors are also considered. the various subject areas, but the emphasis start-up. throughout is on advanced practical application International applicants are normally required to of business management and financial Plus choose 1 of the following: provide evidence of English language proficiency techniques in a real-world setting. • Dissertation – please see page 45. • Financial Research & CFA Series (CFA pathway Compulsory Modules (MSc): only) COURSE DESCRIPTION • Research Methods The ever-changing nature of business firms and This module develops knowledge of Optional Modules (MSc) - choose 2: the markets in which they operate has made it intermediate and advanced research methods, • Corporate Risk Management increasingly important for corporate managers and provides a basis in research methodology • Knowledge Management to have a clear understanding of the theory for those who may eventually wish to pursue • Executive Compensation and practice relating to strategic management, research degrees. • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management and the interrelationships between the firm, its • Merger and Acquisition employees and its markets, and the implications • Organisations and People for corporate financial strategy. Familiarity This module examines key issues arising CAREER PROSPECTS with the most recent developments in risk from contemporary research in organisational Graduates of the Bangor Business School appraisal, valuation, marketing, human resource behaviour and human resource management. programmes have excellent prospects for management (HRM), organisational behaviour pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. and strategic management are essential • International Strategic Management Please see page 45 for more information. requirements for all those involved directly in This module analyses strategic decision- making within business. For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 59 International Marketing MBA

COURSE DURATION operate. You will develop the ability to take a important in building and maintaining a positive MBA: 1 year full-time. This strategic overview of business and organisational brand image, building brand equity and how to course offers both January issues. An important objective is to provide develop a brand into a global brand. and September intakes. relevant analytical training in the latest strategic, managerial and industrial developments in the • International Strategic Management This programme is marketing of both the public and private sectors. This module analyses strategic decision- accredited by the Chartered We look at marketing at local, national and global making within business. You will develop Management Institute (CMI). levels, developing skills in strategic analysis, a critical understanding of the strategic Students of this programme problem-solving and decision making. processes of business management, the will graduate with the dual interconnections with the functional domains award of a Bangor University Compulsory Modules: of marketing, human resource management Masters and a Level 7 CMI • International Marketing and corporate finance, and the management of qualification in Strategic Management and This module provides an overview of knowledge systems. Leadership. contemporary international marketing issues and trends, as well as the international • Organisations and People marketing planning process. This module examines key issues arising ENTRY REQUIREMENTS from contemporary research in organisational A good undergraduate degree in a relevant • Consumer Behaviour in a Global behaviour (OB) and human resource subject (e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, & Digital World management (HRM). It provides an integrated Business, Management or Marketing) from This module will introduce students to the analysis of management, organisations and a university, or a similar qualification from main theories which purport to explain people, developing the conceptual, strategic another institution is required. Alternatively, a consumer behaviour from the perspective of and practical skills necessary for managers in suitable professional qualification and relevant gaining an understanding of the consumer as complex, global organisational contexts. practical experience may also be accepted. In an individual, as well as how consumers are general, however, applicants are judged on their influenced by their cultural environment.­ Plus choose 1 of the following: individual merits. Work experience and other • International Marketing Project factors are also considered. • Marketing Strategy • Applied Business Projects This module critically evaluates the International applicants are normally required to contributions of various schools of thought CAREER PROSPECTS provide evidence of English language proficiency in marketing, and examines the relevant Graduates of the Bangor Business School – please see page 45. analytical models and management practices. programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. COURSE DESCRIPTION • Management Research Please see page 45 for more information. This degree explores the principles, theoretical This module analyses the philosophical basis concepts and practice of marketing within the for research in the management sciences, and For further course details, please see: context of business and management, and will examines key methodological issues. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business focus on developing academic and applied skills in marketing, including advertising, brand • International Marketing Communication management and loyalty, customer service, This module examines the processes by public relations and market research. which integrated marketing communications programmes are planned, developed and The programme will also develop your executed. knowledge and skills across a broader range of business and management subjects, including • Global Brand Management organisations, their management and the This module is concerned with the foundations changing external environment in which they of what is a brand, the factors that are

60 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Research Methodology MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: • Qualitative Methods for Researchers MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time. • Research Colloquium The aim of the module is to provide training September intake only. The aim of the module is to provide students in the main varieties of qualitative and with an opportunity to communicate their mixed methods research in the social ENTRY REQUIREMENTS proposed research and to develop their sciences. Students will gain knowledge and A Bachelor’s Degree (2:1 or 1st) or equivalent in appreciation of conceptual, methodological and understanding of qualitative methods and a relevant discipline from a university or another research-related issues in the context of their develop skills in the implementation of a variety approved degree-awarding body. Alternatively, own project. of such methods. possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience • Core Competencies • Quantitative Methods for Researchers may also be accepted. The aim of the module is to equip students with The aim of the module is to equip students with core competencies for conducting research. advanced quantitative skills for conducting Applicants whose first language is not English This includes data management, literature financial studies research. This module are required to hold IELTS (or equivalent search, bibliographic, writing and computing provides both a theoretical and practical qualification) at 6.5 or above. skills. It requires participation in seminars understanding of quantitative data collection offered by both Bangor Business School and and analysis in financial studies research. COURSE DESCRIPTION the doctoral school, and submission of written The MSc in Research Methodology is aimed pieces of work. • MSc Dissertation at individuals who want to pursue a career in This module introduces you to research in research within academic, commercial or non- • Foundations in Social Research action and therefore provides an opportunity profit sectors. The MSc provides a cutting edge The aim of this module is provide students with to initiate, plan, and accomplish a substantial and highly advanced training in both qualitative an understanding of the principles and practice piece of research work. and quantitative research methods and theory of research design and methods. Students will within your chosen business context. learn how to formulate appropriate research Optional Modules - choose 1: questions and how to develop an approach to • Current Issues in Business and Management Our MSc in Research Methodology guides you finding answers. • Quantitative Methods for Financeial Studies through the whole process of undertaking business and management research from • Research Applications CAREER PROSPECTS developing your initial research ideas to This module will introduce students to the main The MSc in Research Methodology provides an undertaken and reporting on a substantial piece theories which are relevant to their chosen ideal pathway to PhD study and thus has ESRC of primary research. area of specialism (marketing, management, recognition as part of Bangor Business School 1 accounting, banking and finance) ensuring that + 3 PhD accreditation. You will be introduced to a variety of research students are up-to-date on the latest thinking methodologies and develop the ability to critique and ideas in their chosen field. For further course details, please see: these and assess their applicability to real world www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business research problems. You will work with real data (both qualitative and quantitative) to gain insight into significant research problems and provide potential solutions.

Accounting / Banking / Economics / Finance / Management Studies / Marketng PhD/MPhil Bangor Business School runs a highly successful International applicants are normally required to The research proposal should be between programme for students who wish to study provide evidence of English language proficiency 1,500 and 2,500 words, and should outline the for the research degrees of MPhil or PhD. Our – please see page 45. following: PhD programme is recognised by the UK’s • Provisional title Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) for COURSE DESCRIPTION • Central question or hypothesis for investigation excellence in social science training. For a PhD degree, you are expected to present • Key aims of the research the results of your research in a thesis, which • Literature review THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PHD AND MPHIL? represents a significant original contribution • Description of your topic A PhD degree is usually 3 years full-time, or to knowledge in the subject area studied, and • Methodology – how you will answer the 5-6 years part-time. Candidates are expected to undergo a viva voce examination. For an research question to present the results of their research in MPhil (Master of Philosophy) degree, you are • Bibliography a 100,000-word thesis which represents a expected to successfully complete an approved • Timetable significant original contribution to knowledge in programme of supervised research, and to the subject area studied, and to undergo a viva present your results in a thesis. You can also do CAREER PROSPECTS voce examination. a one-year Masters by Research on a specific Graduates of the Bangor Business School research topic. programmes have excellent prospects for An MPhil (Master of Philosophy) degree is pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. usually 2 years full-time, or 3 years part-time. PREPARING A RESEARCH PROPOSAL Please see page 45 for more information. Candidates must successfully complete an As part of the application process for a research approved programme of supervised research, degree, you will be asked to submit a research For further course details, please see: and present their results in a thesis of up to proposal. This should be relevant to the research www.bangor.ac.uk/business/academic/ 60,000 words. interests and expertise of staff members, research_degrees as these are the areas in which we can offer ENTRY REQUIREMENTS supervision. We therefore recommend that Applicants for entry to an MPhil degree should applicants refer to the staff webpages before hold a first or upper second-class degree in a preparing a research proposal: www.bangor. relevant subject, such as economics, finance, ac.uk/business/staff accounting, business management or marketing. Applicants for entry to a PhD degree must hold a Masters degree in a relevant subject – normally, Bangor Business School a distinction is required. It is possible to register initially for an MPhil degree, and subject to is now ranked amongst satisfactory progress, to transfer the registration to a PhD degree at the end of the first year. the UK’s top 3 business schools for research in the field of Banking. (RePEc 2019)

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 61 Chartered Banker MA/MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules (MA): • International Banking MSc/MA: 1 year full-time. • International Banking This module examines the origins of This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of These courses are fully accredited by the international banking, the activities of international banks, the markets in which they Chartered Banker Institute. This means that international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk. you will graduate with a dual award: an MSc/ participate, and the sources of risk. MA Banking and Finance and the Chartered • Financial Ethics & Regulation* Banker Diploma, which is the gold standard for • Financial Ethics & Regulation* The module considers financial ethics and professional bankers. We are proud to be in a The module considers financial ethics and conduct of business regulation of institutions select group of business schools to offer this conduct of business regulation of institutions and individuals working in the financial services dual qualification. and individuals working in the financial services industry. It addresses a range of concerns industry. It addresses a range of concerns surrounding poor ethical practice in financial ENTRY REQUIREMENTS surrounding poor ethical practice in financial services, business ethics and how these can be Entry to the MSc/MA Banking and Finance services, business ethics and how these can be applied in the financial setting. (Chartered Banker) programme requires a 2(ii) or applied in the financial setting. higher single or joint honours degree in a related • Credit & Lending* subject, or equivalent overseas qualification • Credit & Lending* The module considers credit and lending from and grade. Alternatively, possession of a The module considers credit and lending from an applied and professional perspective. The suitable professional qualification and practical an applied and professional perspective. The module moves through a range of topics and experience may also be accepted. In general, module moves through a range of topics and issues from the critical evaluation of lending however, applicants are judged on their individual issues from the critical evaluation of lending applications, identification and accommodation merits, and work experience and other factors applications, identification and accommodation of legal constraints and the comprehension and are considered. of legal constraints and the comprehension and practice of risk management skills required by practice of risk management skills required by the modern professional banker. International applicants are normally required to the modern professional banker. provide evidence of English language proficiency • Research Methods – please see page 45 • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of This module develops knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, COURSE DESCRIPTION intermediate and advanced research methods, and provides a basis in research methodology This degree programme will provide students and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue with advanced level management and business for those who may eventually wish to pursue research degrees. training relating to practical managerial issues research degrees. in the banking and finance area. This involves • Bank Financial Management analysis of the running of banking/financial • Bank Financial Management This module provides a grounding in the nature, firms including: bank financial and strategic This module provides a grounding in the nature, strategic context and managerial functions management, banking and financial sector strategic context and managerial functions of financial management in banks, and other development, bank and corporate performance, of financial management in banks, and other financial services firms. analysing the main features of financial systems financial services firms. and markets. It will also develop students’ • Financial Econometrics academic and managerial skills in the banking/ • International Financial Management This module provides advanced coverage of financial services area to become familiar In this module the financial management of econometric methods and practices that are with the latest strategic and technological multinational companies and the influence used to model financial and business data. developments in the financial services industry. of macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political environments on business and Plus choose 1 of the following: This programme will equip participants’ for financial decision –making are examined in an • MSc Dissertation career promotion and employment in the international and global context. • Finance Dissertation financial sector by developing and enhancing a range of advanced general transferable Plus choose 1 of the following: Optional Modules - choose 1: intellectual and study skills, as well as enhancing • MA Dissertation • Investment Strategy & Portfolio Management lifelong learning skills and personal development • Finance Dissertation • Financial Analysis to contribute to society at large. • Islamic Banking Optional Modules - choose 2: • Executive Compensation • Financial Technology • Merger and Acquisition • Investment Strategy & Portfolio Management * These modules must be taken and passed at 50% in order to • International Financial Markets achieve a qualification with Chartered Banker accreditation • Financial Analysis • Islamic Banking CAREER PROSPECTS • Executive Compensation Graduates of the Bangor Business School * These modules must be taken and passed at 50% in order to programmes have excellent prospects for achieve a qualification with Chartered Banker accreditation pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 45 for more information. Compulsory Modules (MSc): • International Financial Markets For further course details, please see: This module provides and overview of financial www.bangor.ac.uk/business/postgraduate- instruments in a multi-currency world, taking courses account of insights from portfolio theory concerning the relationship between risk and return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets.

Chartered Banker Institute 'Centre of Excellence'

62 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Bangor Law School

Bangor Law School is an innovative and Overview of academic areas COURSE LIST: expanding law school which adopts an ­Our suite of Masters programmes reflects international outlook in its teaching and research our expertise and commitment to high level LLM activity. The academic experience is enriched postgraduate teaching. These include a range • International Commercial and Business Law by a series of extra and co-curricular activities of LLM degrees, focusing on International • International Intellectual Property Law designed to help you improve your career Commercial and Business Law, Banking • International Law prospects, including a work placement scheme, Law, Intellectual Property Law, Criminology, • International Criminal Law and International mooting and an annual careers fair. A hallmark International Law, Public Procurement Law and Human Rights Law of our programmes is small class sizes where Maritime Law. We also offer a general LLM in • Law (General) students have easy access to academic staff. Law, which enables students to choose from • Law and Banking a selection of modules and thereby tailor their • Law and Criminology Our courses address contemporary issues studies to their own personal interests; and we • Law of the Sea relevant to the business and political provide expert PhD and MPhil supervision in a • Maritime Law environment worldwide and they will equip range of legal areas. • Public Procurement Law and Strategy students with the knowledge and skills required • Procurement Law, Strategy and Practice by to operate successfully in an increasingly global We have joined forces with Bangor Business Distance Learning marketplace. School, which is consistently ranked amongst the top 25 institutions in the UK for Banking MA Staff research (RePEc), to offer joint Masters degrees • Banking and Law (see page 49) Bangor Law School’s staff are graduates of combining Law with Banking or Management. • Criminology and Law (see page 70) some of the world’s leading universities, such These programmes will prepare key executives as Cambridge, College of Europe, Queen Mary, who will play a central role in the successful MBA Renmin, National University of Ireland and management of modern enterprises, and • Banking and Law (see page 49) Queen’s, Belfast. Several have been previously capable banking executives and banking lawyers • Law and Management (see page 56) employed as professionals within the legal sector who will move into key positions in the financial in roles such as judge, solicitor and magistrate. sector. PhD/MPhil/LLM by Research This expertise is reflected in our teaching, as well • Law as our extensive research activity in the fields of Scholarships procurement and international law. To help students achieve their full potential, the University offers a range of scholarships and Coupled with this rich combination of bursaries for postgraduate students. Please see TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382085 backgrounds, staff members’ research reflects the website for further information. E-mail: [email protected] expertise in fields including EU Law, Corporate www.bangor.ac.uk/law Finance Law, Maritime Law, International Law, Links with Industry Commercial Law, Company Law, Child and Through our continuous work in developing Family Law, Environmental Law, Intellectual contacts with legal practitioners across the Property Law, International Criminal Law, and UK, the University is able to offer students an English language requirements International Human Rights Law. Developing impressive programme of work placements. International applicants are normally required to young professionals through MPhil and PhD These placements offer a unique opportunity to provide evidence of English language proficiency. research training is central to the School’s experience the type of careers Law graduates mission and the doctoral programme makes an might wish to pursue, from solicitors’ practices to LLM degrees: important contribution to the training of future local government. • IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than researchers. 6.0) We also arrange an annual law Careers Fair MBA and MA degrees: Facilities aimed at encouraging students to think about • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than In order to support our students throughout the the career paths they wish to pursue and to help 5.5) course of their studies, both the Law School them take the next step towards their particular PhD/MPhil/LLM by Research: and the University provide a range of learning goals. • IELTS 7.0 (with no individual score lower than resources supported by experienced staff. 6.5) Career Prospects Facilities include an extensive Law Library which Graduates of Bangor Law School postgraduate Applicants who have not achieved the required has benefited from substantial investment degrees will have excellent prospects for level can take English language courses at the and is overseen by a dedicated Law Librarian employment in a range of roles in law firms, University’s English Language Centre prior to who provides specialist support and advice local government, the civil service, industry, their course - see elcos.bangor.ac.uk to students. It includes printed and electronic management, international organisations and resources that reflect current teaching and more. Graduates will also be equipped to pursue research within the School. further research (PhD/MPhil) if they so wish.

The collection includes reference, statutes, law All module information is correct at the time reports, journals, books, pamphlets, official of going to print and is subject to change. publications, newspapers and online databases. Please refer to the website for the most current information.

No.1 Law School in Wales (Guardian University Guide 2019)

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 63 International Commercial and Business Law LLM COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION Optional Modules - choose 4: LLM: 1 year full-time. This course offers both An exciting, commercially-relevant programme • Competition Law January and September intakes. that provides an in-depth curriculum and • Intellectual Property Law thorough training in the law, policy and legal • International Commercial Arbitration ENTRY REQUIREMENTS regulation that governs key areas of commerce • Comparative Corporate Governance We accept applications from graduates of and industry worldwide. This course is • Employment Law LLB (Single and Joint Honours) and related particularly relevant for those who anticipate • EU Internal Market Law subjects such as Accountancy, Finance, Banking, careers in business and industry, or intend to • Marine Insurance Management Studies, Politics, International specialise in legal practice in the commercial • Carriage of Goods by Sea Relations and Social Sciences. For LLB graduates area, and wish to develop the expertise and • International Banking Law and those with a related degree, we normally the ability to address and manage business • Global Trade Law require a minimum of a lower second class development within a legal framework, whether • International Climate Change Law and Policy degree from an approved university. Applications in the UK or internationally. with degrees in unrelated disciplines will be CAREER PROSPECTS considered on a case by case basis. Alternatively, Compulsory Modules: Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent possession of a suitable professional • Legal Research Methods prospects for pursuing employment in a wide qualification or relevant practical experience This module addresses the development of range of roles. Please see page 61 for more may be accepted. the necessary skills and research methods to information. enable the study of legal systems and specific In general, all applicants are judged on their legal issues at Masters level. For further course details, please see: individual merits. Work experience and other www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law factors are also taken into consideration. • International Sales Law The purpose of the module is to critically International applicants are normally required to examine the statutes and case law governing provide evidence of English language proficiency. international sale transaction. The module See page 61 for more details. will concentrate on the critical analysis of the contractual parties’ obligations under traditional trade terms such CIF and FOB and Incoterms and International Conventions.

• Dissertation

International Intellectual Property Law LLM COURSE DURATION jurisdictions, you will develop an understanding • Intellectual Property Law LLM: 1 year full-time. This course offers both of why Intellectual Property protection varies January and September intakes. in different parts of the world. Through studies • Dissertation of case law from different jurisdictions, you ENTRY REQUIREMENTS will develop an understanding of how the Optional Modules - choose 4: We accept applications from graduates of social context can impact on International • EU Internal Market Law LLB (Single and Joint Honours) and related Intellectual Property Law issues. Comparative • Comparative Corporate Governance subjects such as Accountancy, Finance, Banking, law assessment skills will be developed to a high • International Commercial Arbitration Management Studies, Politics, International level as you will be studying both national and • International Sales Law Relations and the Social Sciences. For LLB international law regimes. • Competition Law graduates and those with a related degree, we • Global Trade Law normally require a minimum of a lower second Compulsory Modules: class degree from an approved university. • Legal Research Methods CAREER PROSPECTS Applications with degrees in unrelated This module addresses the development of Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent disciplines will be considered on a case by case the necessary skills and research methods to prospects for pursuing employment in a wide basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable enable the study of legal systems and specific range of roles. Please see page 61 for more professional qualification or relevant practical legal issues at Masters level. information. experience may be accepted. For further course details, please see: In general, all applicants are judged on their www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law individual merits. Work experience and other factors are also taken into consideration.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. See page 61 for more details.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This programme will enable you to develop your expertise in Intellectual Property Law. The course will include comparative studies of various national jurisdictions, providing national and international perspectives.

You will develop a deep knowledge and understanding of Intellectual Property theory, and also the rationale for Intellectual Property Rights protection. Through studies of various

64 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS International Law LLM COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION Optional Modules - choose 4: LLM: 1 year full-time. This course offers both This programme is designed to equip you with a • Global Trade Law January and September intakes. general yet comprehensive education in a range • International Human Rights Law of areas within International Law. The course will • EU Internal Market Law ENTRY REQUIREMENTS enable you to master the basic principles of the • Competition Law We normally require a minimum of a 2.ii discipline and to explore advanced level theories, • Comparative Corporate Governance degree from an approved university in a as well as understand the many traditional and • International Banking Law related subject (e.g. Law, Management Studies, contemporary challenges in International Law. • International Commercial Arbitration Politics, International Relations, the Social You will have a wide range of optional modules • Intellectual Property Law Sciences). Applications with degrees in unrelated to choose from, and may therefore acquire broad • International Law of Armed Conflict disciplines will be considered on a case by case as opposed to specialised knowledge. • International Climate Change Law & Policy basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification or relevant practical Through carefully designed course work and CAREER PROSPECTS experience may be accepted. varied teaching approaches, you will acquire Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent the intellectual open-ness, technical expertise prospects for pursuing employment in a wide In general, all applicants are judged on their and critical thinking abilities that are necessary range of roles. Please see page 61 for more individual merits. Work experience and other for effectiveness in an increasingly global information. factors are also taken into consideration. job market. The programme will equip you to respond effectively to the wide range of For further course details, please see: International applicants are normally required to intellectual and professional challenges facing www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law provide evidence of English language proficiency. contemporary International Lawyers, and to deal See page 61 for more details. with both case work and policy making.

Compulsory Modules: • Legal Research Methods This module addresses the development of the necessary skills and research methods to enable the study of legal systems and specific legal issues at Masters level.

• Public International Law This module will teach you about the fundamental values, principles and rules of Public International Law. This will be a balanced course, with the essential elements of history, theory, law and practice being presented.

• Dissertation

International Criminal Law and International Human Rights Law LLM COURSE DURATION Through carefully designed course work and Optional Modules - choose 3: LLM: 1 year full-time. This course offers both varied teaching approaches, you will acquire • International Law of Armed Conflict January and September intakes. the intellectual openness, technical expertise • Public International Law and critical thinking abilities that are necessary • International Climate Change Law & Policy ENTRY REQUIREMENTS for effectiveness in an increasingly global • Global Trade Law We normally require a minimum of a 2.ii job market. The programme will equip you • Transnational Crime degree from an approved university in a to respond effectively to the wide range of related subject (e.g. Law, Management Studies, intellectual and professional challenges facing CAREER PROSPECTS Politics, International Relations, the Social those working on legal issues concerning the Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent Sciences). Applications with degrees in unrelated human person, and will equip you to deal with prospects for pursuing employment in a wide disciplines will be considered on a case by case both case work and policy making. range of roles. Please see page 61 for more basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable information. professional qualification or relevant practical Compulsory Modules: experience may be accepted. In general, all • Legal Research Methods For further course details, please see: applicants are judged on their individual merits. This module addresses the development of www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law Work experience and other factors are also taken the necessary skills and research methods to into consideration. enable the study of legal systems and specific legal issues at Masters level. International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. • International Criminal Law See page 61 for more details. This module will provide you with a balanced and thorough understanding of the COURSE DESCRIPTION fundamentals of International Criminal Law. This programme is designed to help you become an expert in the areas of International Law that • International Human Rights Law directly concern the human person: International The objective of this module is to provide you Criminal Law and International Human Rights with a broad yet thorough understanding of Law. You will study foundational modules in International Human Rights Law, covering these and write a dissertation on a topic within various aspects of history, theory, politics, law International Criminal Law or International and practice. Human Rights Law. The remaining modules can be chosen from a range of relevant options. • Dissertation

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 65 Law (General) LLM COURSE DURATION Compulsory Module: CAREER PROSPECTS LLM: 1 year full-time. This course offers both • Legal Research Methods Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent January and September intakes. This module addresses the development of prospects for pursuing employment in a wide the necessary skills and research methods to range of roles. Please see page 61 for more ENTRY REQUIREMENTS enable the study of legal systems and specific information. We accept applications from graduates of LLB legal issues at Masters level. and other disciplines. For LLB graduates, we For further course details, please see: normally require a minimum of a lower second • Dissertation www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law class degree from an approved university. Applications with degrees in unrelated Optional Modules – choose 5: disciplines will be considered on a case by case • Competition Law basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable • Marine Insurance professional qualification or relevant practical • Intellectual Property Law experience may be accepted. • International Banking Law • International Commercial Arbitration In general, all applicants are judged on their • International Sales Law individual merits. Work experience and other • Comparative Corporate Governance factors are also taken into consideration. • Global Trade Law • Employment Law International applicants are normally required to • EU Internal Market Law provide evidence of English language proficiency. • Expert Evidence in Court See page 61 for more details. • International Climate Change Law & Policy • Forensic Linguistics in Court COURSE DESCRIPTION For the non-specialist student, this general LLM permits you to pick and mix modules from the specialist schemes. The programme consists of a compulsory module in Legal Research Methods plus taught modules, selected from the list opposite. The dissertation could be on any legal topic subject to approval by the Law School.

Law and Banking LLM COURSE DURATION • The anti-money laundering directives Law modules – choose 4 or 5: LLM: 1 year full-time. This course offers both • Islamic Finance • Competition Law January and September intakes. • Marine Insurance This programme will highlight the many • International Commercial Arbitration ENTRY REQUIREMENTS challenges facing banking policy formulators and • Global Trade Law We accept applications from graduates of will enable you to discuss and debate potential • Comparative Corporate Governance LLB (Single and Joint Honours) and related solutions to such problems. You will have a wide • Employment Law subjects such as Accountancy, Finance, Banking, range of modules to choose from – including • EU Internal Market Law Management Studies, Politics, International many from the Business School – enabling you to Relations and the Social Sciences. For LLB acquire specialised knowledge from two distinct graduates and those with a related degree, we disciplines. CAREER PROSPECTS normally require a minimum of a lower second Employment opportunities for graduates of this class degree from an approved university. Compulsory Modules: programme will include work with international Applications with degrees in unrelated • Legal Research Methods law firms; banks or investment firms (as in- disciplines will be considered on a case by case This module addresses the development of house counsel); specialised banks or central basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable the necessary skills and research methods to banks e.g. European Investment Bank, EBRD, professional qualification or relevant practical enable the study of legal systems and specific the ECB (the EU’s central bank), the African experience may be accepted. legal issues at Masters level. Development Bank, the IMF and the World Bank; national financial regulatory authorities and In general, all applicants are judged on their • International Banking Law international organisations such as the World individual merits. Work experience and other This module will provide you with a sound Trade Organisation and the European Union; factors are also taken into consideration. understanding of the law and practice of international courts and tribunals; ‘think tanks’ modern international banking. and research centres; and government (e.g. International applicants are normally required to Ministry of Finance). There will, of course, also be provide evidence of English language proficiency. • Dissertation possibilities for academically inclined graduates See page 61 for more details. to pursue careers in teaching and research. Optional Modules – choose 6: COURSE DESCRIPTION Business modules – choose 1 or 2: For further course details, please see: This programme is designed to equip you with • Bank Financial Management www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law a general yet comprehensive education in a • International Banking range of areas within International Banking • Corporate Risk Management Law. The course will enable you to master the • Islamic Finance basic principles of the discipline (viewed from an • Islamic Banking international perspective) and to explore in more • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management depth themes including:

• The Regulatory Framework • Prudential regulation/supervision • Banks and Capital Markets • Cross-border banking Top 30 Law School in the UK (Guardian University Guide 2019)

66 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Law and Criminology LLM

COURSE DURATION A similar programme - MA Criminology & Law - CAREER PROSPECTS LLM: 1 year full-time. is offered by the School of Social Sciences. See Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent page 70 for further details. prospects for pursuing employment in a wide ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ­ range of roles. Please see page 61 for more We accept applications from graduates of Compulsory Modules: information. Criminology and Criminal Justice, of LLB (Single • Legal Research Methods and Joint Honours) and related subjects such This module addresses the development of For further course details, please see: as Politics or the Social Sciences. Normally, the necessary skills and research methods to www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law we require an upper second class degree (or enable the study of legal systems and specific equivalent), but applications from candidates legal issues at Masters level. with a lower second class degree and professional qualifications and/or appropriate • Dissertation experience will also be considered. In general, all A Law-based dissertation. applicants are judged on their individual merits. Work experience and other factors are also taken Optional Modules: into consideration. Choose 2 from: • Forensic Linguistics in Court International applicants are normally required to • International Criminal Law provide evidence of English language proficiency. • International Human Rights Law See page 61 for more details. • International Law of Armed Conflict • Expert Evidence in Court COURSE DESCRIPTION The LLM Law and Criminology is offered in Choose 3 from: conjunction with the School of Social Sciences, • Troseddeg Fforensig providing you with postgraduate level knowledge • Transnational Crime and skills in the interdisciplinary areas of • Key Issues in Criminology criminology and law. It builds on criminological • Comparative and International Criminal Justice and legal skills and knowledge so as to provide specialist training in criminology, criminal justice and legal research. You will develop an international perspective on crime, justice and law through national and cross-national approaches and case studies of other societies, and study ‘cutting edge’ issues in contemporary criminology and law. You will also acquire a wide range of transferable skills.

Law of the Sea LLM COURSE DURATION firms; as well as in roles relating to piracy or Optional Modules – choose 3: LLM: 1 year full-time. This course offers both marine pollution (e.g. the ICC Commercial Crime • International Climate Change Law and Policy January and September intakes. Services, the International Maritime Organisation, • International Criminal Law the Marine Management Organisation and the • International Law of Armed Conflict ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Maritime and Coastguard Agency). • International Human Rights Law We normally require a minimum of a 2.ii • Carriage of Goods by Sea degree in a relevant subject from an approved Compulsory Modules: university. Alternatively, possession of a suitable • Legal Research Methods CAREER PROSPECTS professional qualification or relevant practical This module addresses the development of Graduates of Bangor Law School programmes experience may be accepted. In general, all the necessary skills and research methods to have excellent prospects for pursuing applicants are judged on their individual merits. enable the study of legal systems and specific employment in a wide range of roles. Please see Work experience and other factors are also taken legal issues at Masters level. page 61 for more information. into consideration. • Public International Law For further course details, please see: International applicants are normally required to This module provides a foundational www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law provide evidence of English language proficiency understanding of Public International Law, – please see page 61. which is essential for progress to more advanced study of the various specialised areas COURSE DESCRIPTION of the discipline, such as International Human This course will appeal to applicants who are Rights Law. Through this module, students will interested in the Law of the Sea and International learn about the fundamental values, principles, Law, but who do not necessarily want to study and rules of Public International Law. the commercial aspects of a Maritime Law degree. • Law of the Sea This module is focused on the international law The course focuses predominantly on of the sea, with particular focus on emerging International Law, with a particular emphasis regulatory problems at sea. Students will be on the Law of the Sea. Students will acquire introduced to the United Nations Convention on expertise in the multifaceted interface between the Law of the Sea (LOSC), which essentially the different fields of International Law, whilst regulates most matters at sea. Students will also developing specialist knowledge of the learn to distinguish between the different law pertaining to the sea. The skills learnt maritime zones set out by LOSC and how each on this programme are adaptable to work in zone can differently affect the way in which international bodies (e.g. the UN), international matters are dealt with. courts and tribunals, and international law • Dissertation

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 67 Maritime Law LLM

COURSE DURATION Students will acquire a broad understanding Optional Modules - choose 4: LLM: 1 year full-time. This programme offers of Maritime Law, including its fundamental • Climate Change Law and Policy both January and September intakes. principles and values, the influences upon it, • International Sales Law the substantive rules of the discipline and the • Intellectual Property Law ENTRY REQUIREMENTS underpinning architecture and institutions; as • Competition Law We normally require a minimum of a 2.ii degree well as an understanding of the different areas • International Commercial Arbitration in a relevant subject (e.g. Law, Business) from an within the discipline, such as wet shipping • Global Trade Law approved university. Alternatively, possession of law and dry shipping law. Critical awareness • Law of the Sea a suitable professional qualification or relevant will be fostered by the study of the latest practical experience may be accepted. In general, literature, international legislation, international CAREER PROSPECTS all applicants are judged on their individual conventions, EU law and international case law. Graduates of Bangor Law School programmes merits. Work experience and other factors are have excellent prospects for pursuing also taken into consideration. employment in a wide range of roles. Please see Compulsory Modules: page 61 for more information. International applicants are normally required to • Legal Research Methods provide evidence of English language proficiency This module addresses the development of For further course details, please see: – please see page 61. the necessary skills and research methods to www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law enable the study of legal systems and specific COURSE DESCRIPTION legal issues at Masters level. This course provides advanced level knowledge and skills in the areas of Maritime Law and • Marine Insurance Commercial Law. Students will develop The purpose of this module is to critically international and commercial perspectives on examine the statutes and case law governing issues relating to Maritime Law, and will learn marine insurance practice. to operate with expertise in the multifaceted interface between the different areas of the field. • Carriage of Goods by Sea This module includes two parts: maritime law relating to the carriage of goods, and maritime casualties and their aftermath.

• Dissertation

Public Procurement Law and Strategy LLM

COURSE DURATION • To provide a flexible programme enabling • Applied Procurement Research Projects LLM: 1 year full-time. September intake only. candidates to develop national, European The APRP consists of research and legal writing and international perspectives on Public project in the field of Public Procurement Law. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Procurement law issues and practice, which Through the project, students with support We welcome applications from those who have will open up a whole new area of opportunity from a supervisor explore a broad range of a 2.ii undergraduate degree in areas such as for graduates. current themes in Public Procurement Law and Law, Business, Management, Entrepreneurship, Strategy. Finance, Marketing, Engineering (or any other A strategic element of the programme is the discipline); OR 3 years’ work experience presentation of learning from the perspectives Optional modules: (choose 3) in a procurement-related field (degree of both the public procurement function and Please note that optional modules, which will not necessary); OR a suitable professional private sector supplier organisations, to help run in each year, will depend on academic staff qualification (e.g. MCIPS). advance understanding of the complex issues availability. organisations involved in public sector tendering • International Procurement Regimes For those holding an undergraduate degree, face, and to develop more creative legally • Procurement Relationships and Ethics whilst we do not require any particular type compliant public procurement solutions. This • Strategic Procurement and Leadership of degree, applications from candidates in the is achieved through carefully designed module • Risk Management in Public Procurement following areas are particularly welcome: Law; options and collaborative teaching involving the • Sustainable and Social Procurement Business; Management; Entrepreneurship; use of academic and expert procurement law and • Contract Design and Management Finance; Marketing, Engineering or related areas. strategy specialists. • Innovation in Public Procurement • Litigation Strategies and the Remedies Regime International applicants may be required to Compulsory Modules: provide evidence of English language proficiency • Legal Research Methods CAREER PROSPECTS in order to satisfy UK visa requirements. This module addresses the development of This programme will be of interest to several the necessary skills and research methods to categories of applicants. COURSE DESCRIPTION enable the study of legal systems and specific Bangor University is a major international legal issues at Masters level. For those working in a procurement role in either research centre in relation to the operation of the public or private sectors, it will provide the national and European law and policies on public • National and European Public Procurement ideal platform for those who wish to accelerate procurement law. Building on this extensive Law their career progression. experience, we offer a full-time LLM specialising The module exposes students to an in Public Procurement Law and Strategy. understanding of the national and The course is also suitable for those not yet in The main educational aims of the programme supranational regimes for public procurement full-time employment, but who have a desire to include: in the European Union and the United Kingdom. pursue a career in this area. The programme’s • To provide candidates with postgraduate level Students use the knowledge gained to reflect focus on procurement law and strategy will equip knowledge and skills in the area of national (UK on the procurement principles and process students with the portfolio of key skills required and Irish), European and International (WTO, in their own countries. Specifically, students to occupy senior level positions within public and World Bank and UNCITRAL) Public Procurement examine the principles and rules from the private sector procurement.. Law and Strategy. Treaty on Functioning of the European Union, • To build up specialist legal skills and knowledge the EU Procurement Directives, national For further course details, please see: to equip candidates to operate in the interface Procurement legislation, and EU and national www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law between legal principles that apply in the Public case law on the tendering procedures and Procurement environment and the strategic the procurement process (timescales, objectives of interests to organisations in the documentation, advertisement, prequalification, public and private sectors. invitation to tender and evaluation, contract award and supplier remedies, etc.). 68 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Procurement Law, Strategy and Practice - Distance Learning LLM COURSE DURATION The programme will be delivered by the LINKS WITH INDUSTRY LLM: 2 years, part-time. January intake only. expert multi-disciplinary team at Bangor The delivery programme is led by Bangor University’s internationally recognised Institute University’s internationally-recognised Institute For candidates who do not wish to proceed to the for Competition and Procurement Studies, and for Competition and Procurement Studies, with Masters level, there are also 2 exit qualifications supplemented by expert guest masterclasses. its multi-disciplinary team of professors and available: a Postgraduate Certificate and a Delivered on a part-time, distance learning basis, senior academics. The course is further enriched Postgraduate Diploma, depending on the number this course will appeal to candidates who wish to by expert guest lecturers – a central feature of modules completed. remain in full-time work whilst engaging in part- of every module. Students will also benefit time study, or those who cannot physically move from the opportunity to network with and learn ENTRY REQUIREMENTS to the UK to engage in postgraduate study. from procurement leaders and innovators at • an undergraduate degree in Law, Business, Bangor University’s Institute for Competition Management, Entrepreneurship, Finance, Modules: and Procurement Studies, which features Marketing, Engineering or any other discipline); • Procurement Law and Practice presentations, workshops and seminars by OR • Procurement Relationships and Ethics leading procurement professionals from around • 3 years’ work experience in a procurement- • Contract Design and Management the world. related field (degree not necessary); OR • Procuring Innovation • a suitable professional qualification (e.g. • Strategic Issues in Procurement CAREER PROSPECTS MCIPS). • International Procurement Regulation This programme will attract those working in a • Leadership and Risk Management procurement role in both the public and private International applicants are normally required to • Research Methods and Skills sectors, and will provide the ideal platform provide evidence of English language proficiency. for those who wish to accelerate their career See page 61 for more details. Students who wish to graduate with an LLM will progression. The course is also suitable for those also be required to successfully complete an not yet in full-time employment, but who have a COURSE DESCRIPTION applied procurement research desire to pursue a career in this dynamic area. Focusing on procurement law, strategy and project. The programme’s focus on procurement law, practice, this new distance learning programme strategy and practice will equip students with the will equip students with the key skills required Please note: module information correct at portfolio of key skills required to occupy senior to occupy senior level positions within public the time of printing. Module content/availability level positions within public and private sector and private sector procurement. You will gain may be subject to change depending on staff procurement. a prestigious Masters-level qualification with exigencies. Please refer to the website for the a specialisation in procurement law, strategy latest programme and module information. For further course details, please see: and practice, which will provide a springboard www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law for those already working in procurement- related professions to accelerate their career progression.

Those who desire to pursue a career in this area will be provided with a unique opportunity to rapidly elevate their understanding and to enter the profession at a senior level.

Bangor Law School's annual law Careers Fair, which is attended by regional and UK employers, provides students with a valuable opportunity to network with employers and to discuss their career options with professionals.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 69 PhD, MPhil and LLM by Research

The Law School provides expert PhD and All research students are allocated a supervisor MPhil supervision in a range of legal areas. with a research interest in the chosen topic For a PhD degree, candidates are expected to of study. Your supervisor will provide advice present the results of research in a thesis which and guidance on your choice of topic; the represents a significant original contribution to literature in your field and how to access it; knowledge in the subject area studied, and to research methods; thesis structure, content and undergo a viva voce examination. For an MPhil presentation; critical appraisal of drafts of your degree, candidates are expected to successfully thesis; and, in the case of PhD students, advice on complete an approved programme of supervised preparation for the viva voce examination. research, and to present the results in a thesis. Or, as an alternative to a one-year taught LLM, Prospective applicants are encouraged to consult you can do a one-year LLM by Research on a the Law School website for details of academic specific research topic and submit a 30,000 word staff, their expertise and research interests, and dissertation. the areas in which the School offers research supervision: www.bangor.ac.uk/law/staff

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law

Bangor students Mooting in the University Moot Courtroom.

70 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Social Sciences

Social Sciences at Bangor is a thriving COURSE LIST: centre for teaching and research in the fields of Criminology and Criminal Justice, MA Social Policy, Sociology and Language • Comparative Criminology and Policy. Criminal Justice • Criminology and Law Our Masters degrees offer thorough The Masters by Research, MPhil and PhD • Criminology and Sociology training in the principles and practice of are higher degrees awarded on successful • Sociology social research, whilst allowing students completion of advanced training and • Language Policy and Planning* to follow their interests through a range of research leading to a thesis. The aim of • Social Policy specialised modules. We are known for the a research degree is to provide broadly thoroughness of our teaching and our care based social science training as well as MARes for students. specific training in specialised subject areas • Criminology and Criminal Justice, that are relevant to the research project. Social Policy, Sociology We also have a reputation for research of Overall, the training provides the context national and international excellence and and the skills for the student to undertake PhD/MPhil the products of this research are continually an original investigation, culminating in the • Criminology and Criminal Justice fed into our courses. Many publications preparation of a thesis which represents Social Policy, Sociology and articles by staff have international an independent and original contribution to reputation in particular fields, and the same knowledge. * This is a Welsh medium course with many staff also supervise MA, MPhil and PhD bilingual options. Please see the website for students in their own specialist areas. This Career Prospects the course description. means that you will be taught by tutors who A postgraduate qualification in Social are actively researching and publishing in Sciences prepares graduates for careers areas you will study. within sectors as varied as criminal justice, law enforcement, policy making and TO FIND OUT MORE: All of our degree schemes offer a thorough development, youth services, social policy Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382085 training in the basic principles of social and government agencies. E-mail: [email protected] science, a wide choice of specialised www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy- subjects, training in the practice of social Masters graduates may also continue with and-social-sciences/ research and preparation for a wide variety a PhD programme and finally progress of career opportunities. to research posts which may inform future policy, and to academic careers at English language requirements Overview of academic areas covered universities. International applicants are normally Our portfolio of Masters programmes required to provide evidence of English reflects our expertise and commitment to Research Links language proficiency. We normally require: high level postgraduate teaching. These We are a member of WISERD (Wales include a range of MA degrees, focusing Institute of Social and Economic Research, For MA Criminology and Law: in particular on Criminology and Criminal Data and Methods), a collaborative venture • IELTS 6.5 (no single element below 6.0) Justice; Language Policy and Planning*; between the Universities of Aberystwyth, For all other MA programmes: Sociology and Social Policy. Bangor, Cardiff, South Wales and Swansea. • IELTS 6.0 (no single element below 5.5) WISERD’s mission is to strengthen social For Research degrees (PhD, MPhil, Our Criminology staff collaborate with science capacity across Wales through co- MARes): colleagues throughout Wales and beyond operation, joining projects and associated • IELTS 6.5 (no single element below 6.0) in the Welsh Centre for Crime and Social links with centres across the UK and Justice (WCCSJ). The Centre serves beyond. It brings together social scientists Applicants who have not achieved the as a meeting point for academics and from across Wales who work together required level can take English language practitioners to exchange ideas on research to develop a more detailed picture of the courses at ELCOS, the University’s English and practice reform. WCCSJ also offers PhD people of Wales through the collection, Language Centre, prior to the beginning of students an opportunity to discuss their analysis and dissemination of data in areas the academic programme. work on a conference or workshop. such as economic activity and growth, education, community participation, health and social care.

All module information is correct at the time of going to print and is subject to change. Please refer to the website for the most current information.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 71 Comparative Criminology and Criminal Justice MA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS 1 year full-time. Also available on a part-time • Research Strategy and Design Graduates will find employment in a range basis. This programme is available to start in This module provides postgraduate level of organisations dealing with aspects of either January or September. training in the main varieties of quantitative and law enforcement, such as community crime mixed methods research in the social sciences, prevention partnerships, the police, prisons and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS including basic statistical literacy. probation service. The voluntary sector also Candidates should have a single or joint honours employs criminologists. Graduates may also degree (a good 2.ii or equivalent for non UK • Research Process and Meaning work to support victims of crime, those leaving degree holders) in Criminology, Sociology, Law, The module introduces students to a variety prison, or juveniles at risk. Further studies form Political Science, Social Studies, Social Policy, of qualitative research methods, including another avenue, including PhD and subsequent Psychology or a related academic discipline. observations, content analysis and interview jobs in teaching and research, or training for a techniques. career as lawyer. Apart from this, a social science Students with relevant professional experience qualification can lead to working in politics and may also be admitted. All applicants in this • Dissertation the media, or for business and social enterprises. category will have to provide substantiated evidence in their application and may be 40 to 60 credits from: For further course details, please see: interviewed before an offer is made. • Transnational Crime www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- • Key Issues in Criminology social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ International applicants are normally required to • Comparative & International Criminal Justice provide evidence of English language proficiency. See page 69 for more details. Additional Optional Modules: • Health Policies in Britain COURSE DESCRIPTION • Key Issues in Social Policy While Criminology and Criminal Justice forms • Nationalism and Minorities one of the most popular social science subjects, • Antisemitism and the Holocaust the comparative method elicits additional • The Inner City insight. Students have the advantage of a flexible programme, enabling them to develop an international perspective on crime and justice through cross-national approaches and case studies of other societies, and/or ‘cutting edge’ issues in contemporary criminology and criminal justice.

Criminology and Law MA COURSE DURATION A similar programme, LLM Law and Criminology, Optional Modules: 1-year full time. Also available on a part-time is offered by Bangor Law School. See page 63 for • Forensic Linguistics in Court basis. This programme is available to start in further details. • International Criminal Law either January or September. • International Human Rights Law Compulsory Modules: • International Law of Armed Conflict ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Key Issues in Criminology • Expert Evidence in Court An undergraduate degree in Criminology, Law or This module will provide specialist training in a similar subject with at least an upper level 2.ii. criminology and criminal justice and deals with CAREER PROSPECTS crimes that are relevant especially for the UK Graduates will find employment in a range Students with relevant professional experience and Wales, e.g. rural crime and policing, Modern of organisations dealing with aspects of law in the areas of Criminology or Law may also Slavery, driving offences, but also lessons that and crime, from community crime prevention be admitted. All applicants in this category will can be learnt from crime and the responses to partnerships, to the police, prisons and probation have to provide substantiated evidence in their it in other jurisdictions. service. Further studies form another avenue, application and may be interviewed before an including PhD and subsequent jobs in teaching offer is made. • Comparative and International Criminal and research, or training for a career as lawyer. Justice Apart from this, the qualification can lead to International applicants are normally required to This module offers critical reflection on the working in politics, or for business and social provide evidence of English language proficiency. practice of studying criminal justice agencies enterprises. See page 69 for more details. and institutions comparatively. For further course details, please see: COURSE DESCRIPTION • Transnational Crime www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- Run in conjunction with Bangor Law School, the This module will provide an examination of social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ MA Criminology and Law builds on criminological several aspects of transnational crime and and legal skills and knowledge so as to provide criminality. Initially there will be discussion of specialist training in criminological, criminal terrorism, state crime and organised crime justice and legal research. The programme before moving to look at different forms of enables students to develop an international transnational criminal activity. perspective on crime, justice and law through national and cross-national approaches and case • Dissertation studies of other societies, and/or ‘cutting edge’ issues in contemporary criminology and law.

72 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Criminology and Sociology MA­­ COURSE DURATION The broad yet specialised nature of this CAREER PROSPECTS 1-year full time. Also available on a part-time degree allows students to develop advanced Graduates will find employment in a range basis. This programme is available to start in and specialised knowledge and skills in of organisations dealing with aspects of law either January or September. criminological and sociological research. enforcement, from community crime prevention partnerships, to the police and prison and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Compulsory Modules: probation services. Further studies form another Candidates should have a single or joint honours • Research Strategy and Design avenue, including PhD and subsequent jobs in degree (a good 2.ii or equivalent for non UK This module provides postgraduate level teaching and research. Apart from this, a social degree holders) in Criminology, Sociology, Law, training in the main varieties of quantitative and science qualification can lead to working in Political Science, Social Studies, Social Policy or mixed methods research in the social sciences, media and politics, or for business and social a related academic discipline. including basic statistical literacy. enterprises.

Students with relevant professional experience • Research Process and Meaning For further details, please see: may also be admitted. All applicants in this This module provides postgraduate level www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- category will have to provide substantiated training in the main varieties of qualitative and social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ evidence in their application and may be mixed methods research in the social sciences, interviewed before an offer is made. including basic literacy in qualitative data analysis. International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. • Dissertation See page 69 for more details. Optional Modules: COURSE DESCRIPTION • Comparative and International Criminal Justice This course combines Bangor University’s • Transnational Crime expertise in Criminology and Sociology and • Nationalism and Minorities explores the sociological context of issues • Key Issues in Criminology in Criminology. A wide range of Criminology • Antisemitism and the Holocaust and Sociology subjects are studied in order to • The Inner City develop knowledge and understanding of a broad • Researching Community spectrum of topics within these fields, including • Karl Marx: Society, Politics and History crime; organisations and administrations in the field of criminal justice; the social causes and consequences of crime; social change and social structures; culture and identity; and related issues.

Sociology MA COURSE DURATION • Research Process and Meaning CAREER PROSPECTS 1-year full time. Also available on a part-time This module provides postgraduate level Graduates will find employment in a range of basis. This programme is available to start in training in the main varieties of qualitative and sectors valuing critical theoretical, analytical and either January or September. mixed methods research in the social sciences, methodical skills. Further studies form another including basic literacy in qualitative data avenue, including PhD and subsequent jobs in ENTRY REQUIREMENTS analysis. teaching and research. An MA in Sociology can Candidates should have a good undergraduate lead to working in politics and the media, or for degree in Sociology or a related subject. Students • Dissertation business and social enterprises. with relevant professional experience may also be admitted. All applicants in this category will 40 to 80 credits from: For further details, please see: have to provide substantiated evidence in their • Researching Community www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- application and may be interviewed before an • Nationalism and Minorities social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ offer is made. • Antisemitism and the Holocaust • Karl Marx: Society, Politics and History International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. Optional Modules: See page 69 for more details. • Transnational Crime • Key Issues in Criminology COURSE DESCRIPTION • Comparative & International Criminal Justice This degree is intended for students with a • Health Policies general interest in Sociology who wish to • Key Issues in Social Policy update, extend and deepen their knowledge • The Inner City and understand current developments in the field. The programme aims to provide students with opportunities to expand their knowledge of the discipline by engaging with contemporary research and by undertaking historical and comparative study.

Compulsory Modules: • Research Strategy and Design This module provides postgraduate level training in the main varieties of quantitative and mixed methods research in the social sciences, including basic statistical literacy.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 73 Social Policy MA COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS 1-year full time. Also available on a part-time • Research Strategy and Design The welfare and health sectors form the primary basis. This programme is available to start in This module provides postgraduate level field of employment for graduates of this either January or September. training in the main varieties of quantitative and programme. Other areas of the public service mixed methods research in the social sciences, also attract social policy graduates. Apart from ENTRY REQUIREMENTS including basic statistical literacy. this, a social science qualification opens up a Normally a 2.i in Social Policy or a related multitude of job opportunities related to politics academic discipline. Students with relevant • Research Process and Meaning and the media, or with business and social professional experience may also be admitted. This module provides postgraduate level enterprises. All applicants in this category will have to provide training in the main varieties of qualitative and substantiated evidence in their application and mixed methods research in the social sciences, For further details, please see: may be interviewed before an offer is made. including basic literacy in qualitative data www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- analysis. social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. • Key Issues in Social Policy See page 69 for more details. This module extends and deepens knowledge and understanding of key issues in COURSE DESCRIPTION contemporary social policy. Links between Social policies are ever changing. This degree theoretical analysis in welfare and empirical programme takes stock of the developments enquiry in social policy are made, and key and relates them to social, economic and issues, debates and concepts in social policy political factors. Theoretical perspectives and analysis and evaluation are explored. methodological implications are introduced. A range of contemporary social policy issues • Dissertation Bangor University has will be discussed. Policies and practices within and across societies are compared. Ethical 60 credits from: been ranked amongst dimensions of social policy will be pointed out • Researching Community and specialist research training provided. • Policy Research & Evaluation the top 20 universities in • Health Policies • Nationalism and Minorities the UK for Social Policy, • The Inner City • Karl Marx: Society, Politics and History according to the latest subject league tables Complete University Guide 2020.

Criminology / Criminal Justice / Social Policy / Sociology PhD/MPhil/MARes COURSE DURATION We provide a stimulating and supportive Recent graduate students have conducted PhD: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time; environment for postgraduate training. The research on: MPhil: 2 years full-time, 4 years part-time; emphasis is on small groups, close working • The role of UNESCO in the development of the MARes: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time. relationships between students and supervisors, cultural scene and sustaining cultural diversity and development towards full professional in the Sultanate of Oman ENTRY REQUIREMENTS participation in the subject area. For research • Music choices and cultural identity MARes: The criteria for admission onto the students we are able to provide both a full ESRC • The Changing Face of Food Poverty in Wales programme would normally be a minimum of a research training programme and high quality • The impact of disability policy re-structuring 2.ii degree or equivalent, a satisfactory proposal expert supervision across a broad spectrum of • Wives Left Behind: A study on the impacts of for research, and the ability of the School to subjects. men’s international labor migration on their effectively supervise the proposed dissertation. wives in Bangladesh The MARes is a one year programme, • Making connections? – The potential socio- PhD/MPhil: A good honours degree in a related undertaken entirely by research on a topic economic impacts of an all-Wales integrated discipline is required. Applicants without a proposed by the candidate and approved by the transport system Masters degree in a relevant discipline will University. A supervisor will be appointed who • Youth Homelessness North Wales be required to undertake a taught research will provide formal research supervision to the • Why does communication in youth justice training programme in the first year. Applicants candidate for a 12 month period. At the end of the matter? should submit a research outline which must be period, you will be expected to present a piece • Impact of militant activities on the oil and gas approved by the Course Director. of work approximately 40,000-50,000 words in sector and the survival of Nigeria as a nation length. • Food banks in Wales International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The period of registration for the MPhil is 2 CAREER PROSPECTS See page 69 for more details. years full-time (4 years part-time). Award of Social Sciences have excellent prospects for the MPhil is based on submission of a thesis of pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. COURSE DESCRIPTION 60,000 words in length of acceptable standard, Please see page 69 for more information. The PhD, MPhil and MARes are higher degrees and satisfactory performance in a viva voce awarded on successful completion of advanced examination involving an external examiner. For further course details, please see: training and research leading to a thesis. The www.bangor.ac.uk/history-philosophy-and- aim of a research degree is to provide broadly- The period of registration for the PhD is 3 years social-sciences/postgraduate-courses/ based social science training as well as specific full-time (6 years part-time). Award of the training in specialised subject areas that are PhD is based on the submission of a thesis not relevant to the research project. Overall, the exceeding 100,000 words in length of acceptable training provides the context and the skills to standard and satisfactory performance in a viva undertake an original investigation, culminating voce examination involving an external examiner. in the preparation of a thesis which represents an independent and original contribution to knowledge.

74 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS School of Education and Human Development

Bangor University has an established reputation Overview of the academic areas COURSE LIST: in the field of teacher education. We also have For almost forty years, Bangor has offered well-established partnerships with Primary a flexible, part-time, modular Master of Arts Postgraduate Certificate and Secondary schools to provide varied and which meets both the professional and the in Education – PGCE* supportive training environments. Under the personal needs of teachers, health workers, • Primary Education guidance of enthusiastic staff, the School also social care staff and other professionals. The • Secondary Education provides a wide range of other progressive School of Education offers two, flexible formats courses leading to a range of postgraduate for delivering Education Studies at Masters level, Subject areas include: qualifications. You can pursue courses through namely, a full-time (with Placement) and a part- • Art the medium of Welsh or English or bilingually. time programme. • Biology In the European context this bilingual expertise • Chemistry gives an exciting dimension to all our courses We offer full and part-time PhD, MPhil and • Design & Technology and provides students with opportunities to EdD research supervision in a wide range of • English develop European links. Educational areas focusing on the areas of • Geography research expertise which include Bilingualism/ • History We offer a friendly atmosphere and students Bilingual Education, Inclusion/Special • Information Technology from all regions and different backgrounds Educational Needs and Professional Aspects of • Mathematics quickly settle in. We offer a lively and enriching Teaching in Schools and in Higher Education. • Modern Languages working and social environment with unrivalled • Music resources for your study. CaBan – The North Wales • Outdoor Activities Partnership with the • Physical Education We are regularly involved in much learner at its heart • Physics developmental work, including the field of Welsh- CaBan is a new • Religious Education medium education. collaborative centre established to provide MA Staff and facilities Initial Teacher Education in north Wales • Education Studies (15 months, full-time) To help you in your studies we provide a range between Bangor University, the University of • Education Studies (up to 4 years, part-time) of learning resources supported by experienced Chester, lead and network schools and GwE. staff. In our Education Library we have an This new and unique collaboration brings the EdD extensive collection of books and journals and excellence of two established teacher education • Education Doctorate Programme many of the journals are available on-line in institutions into a new model benefitting from full-text format. We also have computer labs on the understanding of both Welsh and English *All subjects can be combined with Outdoor Activities site and dedicated postgraduate study rooms teaching environments whilst retaining its for full-time students where they can study, hold emphasis on preparing prospective teachers for seminars and gather to discuss their research in the teaching environment in Wales. Uniquely, all TO FIND OUT MORE: a supported learning environment. partner groups have played a significant part Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382629 in devising a suite of outstanding Primary and E-mail: [email protected] Secondary programmes for Teacher Education, www.bangor.ac.uk/education at both undergraduate and postgraduate level, that take into account what is required to prepare exceptional teachers for Wales and beyond.

"MA Education Studies makes me know more about Welsh education and there are nice students who come from all over the world. The lecturers are very patient and kind. Bangor is a beautiful Top 10 for research quality place and is it is safe. I will never regret choosing this and intensity course." Hongliu Guan studied MA Education Studies Complete University Guide 2020

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 75 Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) Primary Education (leading to Qualified Teacher Status) COURSE DURATION School Experience Subject Studies in Primary Education PGCE: 1 year full-time. 60 credits at level 6 30 credits at level 7 You will have the opportunity gradually to build Through workshop sessions in school and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS your confidence and develop your teaching university you will explore learning, teaching and Applicants should hold an initial degree that is skills in the classroom and other settings, learn assessment across the range of primary subjects relevant to the primary curriculum in addition to about children’s development and needs, their and areas of learning and experience. These a grade B or higher in GCSE English Language learning and the curriculum, all with the support include: Health and well-being; Literacy, language and GCSE Mathematics and a grade C or higher of experienced teachers and mentors in our Lead and communication; Mathematics and numeracy, in GCSE Science on application. and Network schools and at the university. Science and technology; and Expressive arts. Teaching skills gained will be valued and You will look in depth at the pedagogy of the For applicants who secure a place on the transferable beyond Wales; in particular, QTS subjects as well as cross-curricular approaches course, we will run an equivalence test if you gained from a course accredited by the EWC is to learning. In addition, you will learn how to do not already have the GCSE or equivalent also accepted in England. develop children’s literacy, numeracy and digital qualifications. skills across the curriculum. For this module you Through School Experience you will learn from will undertake a small-scale professional enquiry COURSE DESCRIPTION the focused observing of highly experienced into practice. The PGCE course prepares you for teaching teachers and will develop confidence to teach in primary schools. It is an intensive 38-week groups and whole classes both collaboratively CAREER PROSPECTS course delivered through the CaBan partnership and independently. Successful trainees will possess the teaching for graduates who aim to develop and foster skills which meet the statutory standards for the teaching and learning skills required to be a Professional, Pedagogical and Core Studies in awarding Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). primary school teacher in wales and beyond. Primary Education You will have developed the appropriate learning 30 credits at level 7 skills which enable you to become reflective The school-based component consists of around Within this module you will consider: the diversity practitioners who, in your planning and teaching, 24 weeks in a network of partnership schools of educational settings; cultural, social and can analyse, synthesise, use and manage, and the placements are designed to offer emotional influences on children’s development and evaluate materials and procedures and contrasting experiences. Lectures and seminars and learning; approaches to managing behaviour, professional practices. The transferable skills in both University and network schools are planning for and assessing children’s learning; acquired through this course will be beneficial closely linked to this teaching experience. You current policy and the role of research in throughout your career. are supported assessed in school by experienced developing educational practice. Personal Welsh mentors and have regular contact with your language skills and an understanding of Welsh For further course details, please see: tutors. culture and heritage will also be developed www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education in this module. In regard to Welsh language, It is possible to follow the course through the progress from personal starting points will be • Education Studies (Part-time) medium of Welsh or English. individualised.

This programme comprises 3 modules with 60 credits at level 7 (Masters’ level):

Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) Secondary Education (leading to Qualified Teacher Status) COURSE DURATION School Experience Subject Studies in Secondary Education PGCE: 1 year full-time. 60 credits at level 6 30 credits at level 7 You will have the opportunity gradually to build Through workshop sessions and collaborative ENTRY REQUIREMENTS your confidence and develop your teaching activity in school and university you will explore Applicants should hold an initial degree that is skills in the classroom and other settings, learn learning, teaching and assessment within your relevant to the primary curriculum in addition to about children’s development and needs, their specialist subject. You will also explore the areas a grade B or higher in GCSE English Language learning and the curriculum, all with the support of learning and experience which most closely and GCSE Mathematics. of experienced teachers and mentors in our Lead relate to your specialist subject. These include: and Network schools and at the university. Health and well-being; Literacy, language and For applicants who secure a place on the Teaching skills gained will be valued and communication; Mathematics and numeracy, course, we will run an equivalence test if you transferable beyond Wales; in particular, QTS Science and technology; and Expressive arts. do not already have the GCSE or equivalent gained from a course accredited by the EWC is You will look in depth at the pedagogy of your qualifications. also accepted in England. specialist subject as well as cross-curricular approaches to learning. In addition, you will learn COURSE DESCRIPTION Through School Experience you will learn from how to develop pupils’ literacy, numeracy and The PGCE course prepares you for teaching in the focused observing of highly experienced digital skills within your subject. For this module secondary schools. It is an intensive 38-week teachers and will develop confidence to teach you will undertake a small-scale professional course delivered through the CaBan partnership groups and whole classes both collaboratively enquiry into practice. for graduates who aim to develop and foster and independently. the teaching and learning skills required to be a CAREER PROSPECTS primary school teacher in Wales and beyond. Professional, Pedagogical and Core Studies in Successful trainees will possess the teaching The school-based component consists of around Secondary Education skills which meet the statutory standards for 24 weeks in a network of partnership schools 30 credits at level 7 awarding Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). and the placements are designed to offer Within this module you will consider: the diversity You will have developed the appropriate learning contrasting experiences. Lectures and seminars of educational settings; cultural, social and skills which enable you to become reflective in both University and network schools are emotional influences on children’s development practitioners who, in your planning and teaching, closely linked to this teaching experience. You and learning; approaches to managing behaviour, can analyse, synthesise, use and manage, are supported assessed in school by experienced planning for and assessing children’s learning; and evaluate materials and procedures and mentors and have regular contact with your current policy and the role of research in professional practices. The transferable skills tutors. developing educational practice. Personal Welsh acquired through this course will be beneficial language skills and an understanding of Welsh throughout your career. It is possible to follow the course through the culture and heritage will also be developed medium of Welsh or English. in this module. In regard to Welsh language, For further course details, please see: progress from personal starting points will be www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education This programme comprises 3 modules with 60 individualised. credits at level 7 (Masters’ level):

76 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Education Studies MA COURSE DURATION English language modules: Core Modules: MA: 15 months full-time. International students have the option to take • Research Methods English language modules as part of their MA • Placement ENTRY REQUIREMENTS programme in: • Dissertation A 2.ii honours degree is required and relevant • A cademic Writing and Grammar work experience as a teacher/lecturer or • A dvanced Vocabulary Use and Reading EXIT AWARD teaching assistant is preferred. Applicants who • Speaking and Listening You can exit the programme with a Postgraduate are not native-English speakers should have Certificate, having gained 60 credits, or with a either an IELTS result of 6.5 or above, with no Some teaching may take place at the weekend Postgraduate Diploma having gained 120 credits. individual score lower than 6.0. Students with and late afternoon. lower scores may undertake a pre-sessional CAREER PROSPECTS English course at ELCOS the University’s English Placements Our graduates are highly desired in many areas Language Centre. Applicants may be required to You will be placed at either a primary, secondary, of employment. Most of them find employment in be interviewed in person. nursery or further education college where you schools and universities. Some enter companies will observe classroom teaching, the learning to become trainers for their staff. Some become COURSE DESCRIPTION strategies used by teachers and have first- administrators and education officers in Our full-time course is a 15 month programme hand experience of the UK education system. government departments. that caters for the needs of those who wish to Placements will also allow you to reflect on gain an MA degree through intensive full-time your studies and observe how the theory is For further course details, please see: study. The course has been designed to appeal to put into practice, which will help your further www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education both home and international students. development and professional competence. All students must complete the placement Modules: module successfully to pass the course. • Curriculum Development (30 credits) • Assessment (30 credits) *Students must ensure they bring all • Research methods in Education (30 credits) documentation for a criminal record check at the • Dissertation (60 credits) start of the course. Students cannot be placed • Plac ement module (students will have a period at school without the required criminal record of placement in local schools) (20 credits) check. • Educational Leadership "What I like about the course so far is that the placement module provides me with a chance to observe real-life classes that I could gain some practical experience on teaching. This could be quite helpful to me for my career of being a teacher." Yuqiao Cai studied MA Education Studies

Education Studies MA (part-time) COURSE DURATION Modules include: CAREER PROSPECTS MA: up to 4 years part-time. • Dyslexia Theory Most students on this course are practising • Mental Health teachers, counsellors or social workers for ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Research Methods in Education whom a Master’s level qualification is an Applicants must have either an initial degree, • Teaching of Dyslexic learners excellent way to develop their careers. With a recognised equivalent qualification, or have • Educational Leadership a free module choice, you can select the topic at least three years’ relevant professional • Counselling in Education areas relevant to the work you are already doing, experience. • SEN: Responding to Pupils or to the work you aspire to do. This part-time Master’s degree in Education Studies will give All applicants will be asked to provide the name Successful completion of four taught modules you the confidence and competence to take on of a referee, who can vouch for the ability of the allows you to progress to your research new responsibilities, or to embark on a complete applicant to study at Master’s level. Occasionally, dissertation and a full Master’s degree. A change of direction in your career. applicants may be asked to attend for interview postgraduate certificate, or a postgraduate before an offer of a place can be confirmed. diploma, is available as an exit award for those For further course details, please see: students wanting to study only the taught www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education Some modules may stipulate an additional, modules. specific entry requirement, for example, previous teaching experience.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The well-established part-time MA Programme gives you flexible opportunities to study modules in an extensive range of subject areas to enhance your own professional development. The five-weekends-per-year format around which the Master’s programme is organised suits both local people and those travelling from further afield, and offers a supportive, friendly atmosphere in which to learn.

©Ysgol John Bright

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 77 Applied Innovation Design MSc COURSE DURATION Course Modules: MSc: 1 year as a full time student; also available • Design Thinking - Process and Facilitation part-time over 2 years. • Design Thinking - Strategy • Research Methods for Design ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Design Project Ideally applicants should have a first or a high • MSc Dissertation (with Research, Artefact & second class honours degree in a related subject Report, and Strategic Planning routes) such as Design, Psychology or Business, or equivalent qualifications / experience. Applicants Optional Modules include should also have a background or proven interest • Parametric CAD with Advanced Surface in design, or design related activity. Modelling • CAD Finite Element Analysis for Industry For International applicants IELTS: 6.5 • Applied Digital Graphics • Nudge and Behaviour Change COURSE DESCRIPTION • Consumer Psychology: Theory What is Applied Innovation Design? The world • Applied Consumer Psychology is changing, you can either allow change to happen to you or you can be a key part of the CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY change. The Applied Innovation Design course The Masters in Applied Innovation Design is will prepare you to take a leading/active role in intended to enhance your career prospects and enabling a change in whatever field you choose, opportunities, whilst offering the flexibility to through the experiential application of current adapt the course to your own area or industry theory and commercial practices. This course of interest, through the selection of projects will introduce you to the skills and knowledge and assignment focus. Students may choose to needed to steer, row and rock the boat in relation study either full or part-time, which may include to applied innovation activities. studying alongside employment in a related role. Graduates from the course will be able lead on The course consists of two semesters of study, design innovation and change, in commercial which includes design based projects; academic contexts; pursue roles as design practitioners, study; and the option to undertake a research as well as launch entrepreneurial ventures. focused industrial placement, leading to a final, stand-alone research project. The final For further course details, please see: 1st for Student research project can follow three paths, with a www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education focus on commercial delivery, entrepreneurship Email: [email protected] Satisfaction or commercial consultancy, based on an The Complete University Guide 'Arts & individual’s career aspirations and area of interest. Design League Table 2020'.

Doctorate in Education Studies EdD COURSE DURATION Part Two – Thesis CAREER PROSPECTS EdD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time. You must have successfully completed Part 1 The EdD degree is regarded the same as a PhD before you can progress to Part 2. The thesis is an degree and are highly desired in today’s society. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS in-depth work on a specialist topic to be completed Many of our graduates work in schools and Prior study at Masters’ level is normally required within 2-4 years for full-time students or within universities. Some become administrators and for entry on to the EdD 3-5 years for part-time students. You are expected education officers in government departments. to present a thesis that meets the criteria set by Some will also work in different industries. Applicants who are not native English speakers Bangor University. It should have a maximum should have either an IELTS result of 6.5 or length of 50,000 words. You will be required to For further course details, please see: above, with no individual score lower than 6.0. defend it in oral examination attended by two www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education examiners (one internal and the other external) Applicants are requred to submit a research appointed by the College. proposal and to be interviewed in person or by other means. EXIT AWARDS COURSE DESCRIPTION You can exit the programme with the EdM degree having gained 180 credits in Part 1. Part One – Taught modules Six modules are taken in the first year by full- time students and in the first two years by part- time students. The six modules include:

Compulsory Modules: • Research Methods in Education • Thesis Proposal

Optional Modules: You choose 4 level-7 modules from those offered (for details, see MA in Education studies Programme on page 105). These modules are taught during weekdays or at weekends depending on whether you are a full-time of part- time student.

©Ysgol John Bright

78 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS School of Health Sciences

The School of Health Sciences recognises and Bangor Institute of Health & Medical Research values postgraduate students who come to study Bangor University launched the Bangor Institute COURSE LIST: with pre-existing knowledge, skills, experience, of Health and Medical Research (BIHMR) values and beliefs, and these will be taken as in 2016 in order to build on our innovative Continuous Professional Development a starting point for development. The School research programme, providing an intergrated • BSc Health Studies* is a friendly and supportive place to study. We platform for dedicated health-based research pride ourselves on supporting students in an and postgraduate research work within the Level 6 & Level 7 Awards Module environment that establishes and maintains school of Health Sciences. BIHMR advances an a high standard of quality and excellence in established foundation of research excellence PgDip teaching and learning as well as research. and focuses on six core research groups: Ageing • Adult Nursing & Dementia@Bangor (including the Dementia Overview of academic areas Services Development Centre.) Implement@BU, Graduate Certificate (GC) We offer a range of postgraduate pathways the North Wales Organisation for randomised • Chronic Disease* which include both pre-registration and post trials in health (NWORTH), the Centre for Health • Emergency Practitioner* registration programmes i.e. pathways that Economics and Medicines Evaluation (CHEME), • General Practice Nursing* lead to a professional qualification or further the North Wales Centre for Primary Care MSc/PgDip/PgCert professional development for students who Research (NWCPCR) and the Centre for Mental # already hold a professional qualification. These Health and Society (CFMHS). • Advanced Clinical Practice pathways are accessed by all health professional • Advanced Clinical Practice AHP groups (e.g. medicine, nursing and the allied See the end of the section for more information • Advanced Healthcare Practice* health professions), but also staff working in on our research groups. • Advanced HEMS related roles in health service management; • Ageing - Research & Practice* social care; and the voluntary sector. Staff and facilities • Applied Health Research (e-learning)* Staff are drawn from a variety of professional • Dementia Studies Our MSc programmes have been developed backgrounds and our experienced researchers • Leading Quality Improvement in collaboration with health and social care and lecturers in health and social care and • Midwifery Studies* organisations in the UK and in response to wellbeing are committed to our central aim • Non-surgical Aesthetic Medicine our experience and work internationally. This of helping students to achieve the knowledge • Palliative Care* ensures the relevance and credibility of our and skills required for academic and clinical • Public Health and Health Promotion programmes. All courses are multi-disciplinary practice delivery. We have strong links with and inter-professional, enabling you to draw Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board MA on a range of clinical and service-oriented and other health and social care providers in • Social Work experiences. Many programmes comprise both north Wales and we also offer conferences, theory and practice elements; these are designed seminars and workshops on key health and PG Cert to respond to the changes brought about by social care issues. All of our programmes are • Acute Medical Care* research, changes in society, health and social co-produced with National Health Service and • Acute Surgical Care* care needs. other partners to ensure that the knowledge and • Contraception and Associated Health* skills our students acquire are relevant to future • Critical Care Within the School of Health Sciences the BIHMR employers. • Diabetes Care and Management* offers a variety of exciting opportunities for • Examination of the Newborn* engaging in a postgraduate research programme • Intensive Care Nursing* for PhD, MPhil or MSc by Research. It provides an Our students have the opportunity to gain clinical • Legal & Ethical Concepts in Healthcare* excellent environment and training programme experience in a bilingual context. You will have • Mental Health* for postgraduate research students of health many opportunities to experience bilingual • Optimising Breastfeeding* and medical research that enables personal and clinical practice and education, enriching your • Optimising Childbirth* professional growth. The five research groups learning experience and future employability. • Palliative Care Practice represent a substantive reservoir of expertise and interests and potential areas of interest for We have an extensive health and social care MSc by Research postgraduate study. library collection. We also have an Accreditation • Ageing and Dementia Studies of Prior Learning Scheme, so that previous • Health Economics Our staff typically blend a wide range of academic experiences may be accredited. • Implementation teaching and learning methods within academic PhD/MPhil# programmes. Blended learning offers a flexible # approach to learning, which gives students • Health Sciences* choices about when, where and how they learn. • Health Economics* Moreover, this provides good opportunities • Implementation* to enhance students’ learning in and about • Primary Care* the realities of work in clinical and health • Ageing and Dementia* environments. • Health and Social Care* DHLTH • Professional Doctorate in Healthcare* • Professional Doctorate in Public Health * • Professional Doctorate in Ageing & Dementia*

# International students are advised to contact the School before applying. *please see website for course details.

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 383123 E-mail: [email protected] www.bangor.ac.uk/health-sciences

79 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 79 Adult Nursing PgDip COURSE DURATION Students will graduate from the programme as CAREER PROSPECTS PgDip: 2 years full-time. adult nurses, with the necessary knowledge, Students successfully completing the Post skills, competence and values required to meet Graduate Diploma Adult Nursing are able to ENTRY REQUIREMENTS required Statutory requirements for registration. register their professional status with the To apply for the Post Graduate Diploma Adult Note: As this is a funded programme by the Nursing and Midwifery Council and seek Nursing an applicant would normally have Workforce, Education and Development Service employment as a registered nurse. Those achieved a 2.i honours degree in a health or a (WEDS) international students will not be able to who are able to register with the NMC will be related subject within the last 5 years, and be apply for this programme of study. expected to work in Wales for a period of two able to demonstrate 700 hours of healthcare years in accordance with the guidance provided related experience. Modules: by Welsh Government. Year1 The NMC also require that evidence of ‘Good • Principles of Adult Nursing Employability rates are high in comparison to Health and Good Character’ be obtained, and • Legal & Ethical Concepts other graduates (Currently 100% of graduates in addition to the supportive reference to the • Adults with Chronic Conditions of all undergraduate nursing degrees are in a application, the School has adopted the All Wales • Physiology & Pathophysiology professional/managerial position after 6 months Good Character reference. Good Character is • Nursing Practice 1PGD (KIS)), given the professional competence and further assessed by way of a Full/Enhanced DBS qualification in association with a degree. Career report. Year 2 opportunities once employed as registered • Adults with Complext Needs nurse are excellent and can lead to promotion COURSE DESCRIPTION • Lead, Innovate and Implement opportunities in clinical practice/specialism, This PGDip in Adult Nursing leads to registration • Clinical Decision Making & Evidence Based research or education. with the Nursing and Midwifery Council and Practice offers graduates a funded route over two-years • Nursing Practice 2 PGD For further course details, please see: into nursing whilst simultaneously obtaining a www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ postgraduate qualification. This postgraduate postgraduate-courses/ qualification is aimed at graduates who wish to develop and apply the knowledge gained through their undergraduate degree and pursue a career in the front-line delivery of health care services. The aim of this course is to prepare a registered nurse who is able to offer an excellent quality of compassionate care, enhanced leadership, management and holds inter-professional and research skills, in order to influence practice and initiate change.

Advanced Clinical Practice MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION Core Modules: Optional Modules (depending on enrolment) MSc: 1 year full-time, 3 years part-time. • Physiology and Pathophysiology include: This module has been developed to enhance • Dementia ENTRY REQUIREMENTS your knowledge of the physiological and • Leadership in Context Please note: Only qualified professionals pathophysiological processes which, together • Ill Adult/Medical Management registered with the National Midwifery Council with social and psychological phenomena, • Pharmacology and Non-Medical Prescribing (NMC) or Health and Care Professionals’ Council underlie health and disease. • Diabetes Management (HCPC) in the UK may be admitted onto this • Work-based Learning course. Entry to the MSc Advanced Clinical • Consultation Skills# • Renal Nursing Practice programme requires a relevant first This module focuses on communication and • Professional Development Portfolio degree in a relevant subject from a recognised using a medical model for taking a clinical • Accountability in Health & Social Care institution. Working professionals with non- history. The consultation is a private and • Social and Behavioural Sciences graduate qualifications will be considered on an intimate interaction and this module aims • Epidemiology individual basis by the School. to challenge practice and highlight issues • Introduction to Health Economics such as effective engagement and barriers to • Public Health Nutrition COURSE DESCRIPTION therapeutic communication. • Emergency Practitioner The programme has been developed to enhance the professional knowledge of physiological and • Physical Examination and Diagnostics## CAREER PROSPECTS pathophysiological processes which, together This module is designed to equip practitioners This MSc course has been developed in with social and psychological phenomena, with skills to enable a lead in advanced access collaboration with professional health and underlie health and disease. The aim is to in a range of healthcare environments. social care organisations in the UK and develop autonomous postgraduates with includes competencies assessed in the clinical advanced professional knowledge and skills • Research Methods or e-Research Methods environment. The course has been designed for who can contribute to the modernisation of This module is an introduction to research healthcare professionals who wish to study at the NHS and other organisations in the UK and methods and presents a platform for you to an advanced level to increase their knowledge, internationally. engage in both quantitative and qualitative skills and attributes so that they can contribute to research approaches and develop an ability to modern day health and social care challenges. utilise specific research techniques. For further course details, please see: • Dissertation – supervised research project wwww.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ (20,000 words) postgraduate-courses/

# Sign off by mentor in practice ## Modules require a minimum 60 hours clinical log and successful completion of clinical competencies related to end module.

80 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Advanced Clinical Practice (AHP) MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION Core Modules: Optional Modules include: MSc: 3 years part-time. • Leadership in Context • Physiology and Patho-physiology This module explores processes involved in • History Taking and Consultation Skills ENTRY REQUIREMENTS leading and facilitating the implementation of • Physical Examination and Diagnostics Please note: Only qualified professionals change in health and social care drawing on a • Epidemiology registered with the Health and Care range of theory and evidence • Introduction to Health Economics Professionals Council (HCPC) in the UK • Accountability in Health and Social Care maybe admitted onto this course. Entry to this • Developing Advanced Practice • Ill Adult Management programme requires a good first degree in a This blended learning modules facilitates the • Non-medical Prescribing relevant subject from a recognised institution. development of knowledge and skills required • Diabetes Management Working professionals with non-graduate to become an Advanced Practitioner through • Nutrition qualifications will be considered on an individual focusing on the four Pillars of Advanced • Professional Development Portfolio basis by the School. Practice and the development of the Advanced • Work-based Learning Practice Portfolio. • Dementia COURSE DESCRIPTION The programme has been developed to enhance • Research Methods or e-Research Methods CAREER PROSPECTS professional knowledge of allied health This module is an introduction to research This course has been developed in professionals interested in undertaking the methods and presents a platform for you to collaboration with professional health and role of advanced clinical practioner. The aim engage in both quantitative and qualitative social care organisations in the UK and is to develop autonomous postgraduates with research approaches and develop an ability to includes competencies assessed in the clinical advanced professional knowledge and skills who utilise specific research techniques. environment. The course has been designed for can contribute to the modernisation of the new allied health professionals who wish to study at NHS and other organisations in the UK. • Dissertation – supervised research project an advanced level to increase their knowledge, (20,000 words) skills and attributes so that they can contribute to modern day health and social care challenges.

Advanced HEMS MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION If selected, you will be asked to attend an Core Modules will include: MSc: 3 years part-time. interview by University academic personnel and • History Taking and Consultation Skills Clinical Staff to confirm candidate suitability • Physical Examination and Diagnostics ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Core elements in prehospital care A 2.i or 1st class degree is required. If you have COURSE DESCRIPTION • Retrieval Medicine 1 a 2.ii degree, your suitability will based on your The aim of this programme is to provide a robust • Retrieval Medicine 2 personal statement and reference. All applicants academic framework for individuals who are will need to provide: Strong references and training to become an advanced practitioner personal statement and at least one of the in rotary aviation medicine. The course covers For further course details, please see: following (the employer’s letter of support is both prehospital care and retrieval, including the www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ likely to fulfil one of the criteria below): management of critically ill patients requiring postgraduate-courses/ level 3 inter-hospital transfer. It is intended for • Evidence that you will have access to clinical experienced healthcare professionals who wish attachments to complete the core course to formalise and develop their practice, and elements will require learners to develop within credible • Confirmation from a hospital (e.g. Health Board practice settings. The course is intended to Honorary Contract, letter from a Departmental be challenging, and will require learners to Lead Clinician) that the student will be allowed demonstrate proficiency in targeted clinical to attend theatres/ICU to complete key critical assessment, rapid diagnostics, therapeutics, care elements of the programme OR and clinical management in the prehospital • Confirmation from an air ambulance service environment. that the student will have access to a clinical attachment of sufficient duration to complete key prehospital elements of the programme.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 81 Dementia Studies MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION including attention to bilingual therapeutic clinical discourse as an ‘act’ that engages MSc: 1 year full-time, 3 years part-time. interventions in order to develop excellence in person centred approach, involving the service delivery. concepts of compassion and dignity. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A good first degree in a relevant subject from Core Modules: • Leadership in Context a recognised institution. Degree subjects • Positioning in Dementia Care Explores processes involved in leading and acceptable for all programmes: Nursing, This module seeks to enhance the facilitating the implementation of change in Midwifery, Occupational/Speech and Language understanding of the various discourses around health and social care drawing on a range of Therapy, Physiotherapy, Medicine/Dentistry, dementia care and to promote an awareness theory and evidence. Psychology, Radiography, Paramedics. English of the impact of such discourses on the nature language standard – we ask for an IELTS score and format of care delivery. • R esearch Methods or e-Research Methods of 6 with no individual score less than 5.5 (or This module is an introduction to research equivalent). This does not apply to all prospective • Dementia: Managing Complex Transitions methods and presents a platform for students candidates, please ask for advice as your This module will equip students with the to engage in both quantitative and qualitative Bachelor degree may be sufficient to meet this knowledge and skills to work effectively with research approaches and develop an ability to requirement. Working professionals with non- people with dementia and family carers, during utilise specific research techniques. graduate qualifications will be considered on an periods of crisis or when faced with complexity, individual basis. upheaval, change or transition. • Dissertation – supervised research project (20,000 words) COURSE DESCRIPTION • Communic ation in Dementia Care This programme builds upon existing This module will focus upon critically CAREER PROSPECTS theoretical perspectives and research evidence analysing the role of communication in This programme provides student-focused underpinning applied health and social care relation to understanding the lived experience learning that critically examines both the theory practice in the field of dementia care. It critically of dementia, engagement with a person and practice framing contemporary approaches examines current theory, practice and policy with dementia and in the assessments that to health and social care management for people in order to advance appropriate approaches to occur within dementia care, giving careful with dementia. It has no placements or clinical dementia care from the disciplines of mental consideration to the bilingual aspect of competencies, making it suitable for local and health, health and social care management. communication. international candidates who wish to study at this The course seeks to develop a framework level as a career requirement or for academic for students to engage in active person- and • Cul turally Sensitive Care progression. family-centred care of people with dementia This e-learning module is designed to focus on across diverse acute and community settings. an understanding of the complexity of language For further course details, please see: It positions assessment, care planning and and its cultural context within dementia care. www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ interventions as strategies that respond to the It seeks to examine and reflect on how people postgraduate-courses/ complexity of dementia as a lived experience, ‘position’ their approach to language within

Non-surgical Aesthetic Medicine MSc/PgDip/PgCert

COURSE DURATION botulinum toxin and non-permanent dermal expertise in non-surgical aesthetic medicine. MSc: 3 years part-time. fillers. Further, the Programme Lead has extensive experience within non-surgical aesthetic ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Year two provides an introduction to research medicine, and has been actively involved in the Applicants require a 2.i or 1st class degree methods, preparing practitioners for the MSc development of various U.K. educational practice in nursing, medicine, dentistry or pharmacy, dissertation module in year three. Practitioners standards for non-surgical aesthetic practice. and must be registered with the relevant can also select from a range of additional Lectures are delivered via a range of modern Professional Regulatory Statutory Body (PRSB), modules, including non-medical prescribing, teaching methods, designed to maximise the with a minimum of 2 years post qualification advanced non-surgical aesthetic practice or students learning experience, including online experience. In some circumstances, applications legal and ethical concepts, which are designed to e-lectures, discussion boards and 40 hours of may also be considered from wider Allied Health optimise the competence and knowledge of the hands-on practice-based learning. This flexible, Professionals who are registered with a PRSB specialist practitioner. blended approach to teaching ensures students and hold a minimum of 2 years post qualification can often engage through practical methods, experience. The final year offers practitioners an opportunity reducing the need to attend the University to complete a contemporary piece of research campus. The PgCert also provides an optional Applicants must identify and provide evidence of or scholarly enquiry, related to non-surgical cadaver laboratory workshop, designed to access to an appropriate clinical placement and aesthetic medicine. Successful completion of the further optimise the student learning experience practice teacher. English language standard – we dissertation module will lead to the award of MSc in relation to human facial anatomy. ask for an IELTS score of 6.0 with no individual in Non-surgical Aesthetic Medicine. score less than 5.5 (or equivalent). Some optional modules, for example, Core Modules: (Please Note: Modules may be Non-medical Prescribing, Advancing Aesthetic COURSE DESCRIPTION subject to change): Practice or the Advancing Knowledge, can The MSc in Non-surgical Aesthetic Medicine • Professional Standards, Assessment and adopt a variety of blended teaching and learning prepares U.K. registered doctors, nurses, Decision Making in Non-surgical Aesthetic strategies, including face-to-face teaching, dentists and pharmacists to deliver safe, person- Medicine seminars and discussion boards centred non-surgical aesthetic practice. • Safe Administration & Management of Non- Year one reflects the new and innovative surgical Aesthetic Medicine (includes 40 hours CAREER PROSPECTS evidence-based practice standards, developed of clinical practice) A career in private non-surgical aesthetic by experts in response to the Review of the • e-Research medicine can provide practitioners with Regulations of Cosmetic Interventions by • Research Thesis / Dissertation autonomous and independent careers and the Department of Health (2013), and the can also lead to roles within a private clinic or Health Education England (2014) Qualification Optional Modules: hospital settings, such as those hospitals who Requirements for Delivery of Cosmetic • Non-medical Prescribing (nurses and provide non-surgical aesthetic procedures. Procedures. pharmacists only) Furthermore, with the anticipated growing • Advancements in Non-surgical Aesthetic numbers of practitioners entering into In year one, registered health professionals will Medicine non-surgical aesthetic medicine, opportunities be prepared to undertake clinical, autonomous • Legal and Ethical Concepts including teaching, mentorship or strategic roles as non-surgical aesthetic practitioners. • Advancing Professional Knowledge industry involvement are ever more likely. The programme will develop the professional’s knowledge regarding facial anatomy and ageing The taught components of the programme are For further course details, please see: and will ensure the practitioner develops the delivered at our Wrexham campus by an expert www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ competence to deliver person-centred non- faculty, internationally recognised for delivering postgraduate-courses/ surgical aesthetic practice, with the use of outstanding teaching and research, and with

82 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Public Health and Health Promotion MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION populations, through: the promotion of health • Dissertation - The completion of supervised 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time, 3 years and prevention of diseases; the development research project (20,000 words) part-time. Distance learning (online) also of skills to lead and manage change; and, the available. assessment, planning and evaluation of policy Optional module (Please note: module options and practice interventions. Course content and availability may be subject to change) ENTRY REQUIREMENTS focuses on the factors that underpin public Students are also required to complete 1 option Candidates require a 2(ii) or higher health and health promotion, epidemiology, module, for example: undergraduate degree from a wide range of health economics, research, and the social and • Advancing Knowledge subjects. Applications need to be supported behavioural sciences. • Global Health with a strong personal statement detailing • Leadership in Context why candidates want to study this course at Core Modules: • Legal and Ethical Issues Bangor University; a satisfactory reference is • Social & Behavioural Sciences • Public Health Nutrition also required (academic and / or employer, This module focuses on the social, • Work-based Learning depending on the candidate’s circumstances). psychological, political and cultural influences affecting public health and health promotion CAREER PROSPECTS A candidate may be considered for acceptance policy and practice. There are numerous career options for under other circumstances, such as having graduates who have a grounding in public health relevant 3 years minimum work experience, • Health Economics and health promotion. Former students have strong references and personal statement, This module focuses on the different methods gained employment in academia, community and evidence of recent study or professional for the finance and delivery of health care development, health economics, health development (to demonstrate an ability to study world-wide. education, health promotion, higher education, at level 7). economic development, environmental health, • Epidemiology health promotion/health improvement, English language standard for international This module explores epidemiology, and leadership and planning, nutrition, public health, students: we require an IELTS score of 6 with no its application to public health and health research, training, and youth engagement. individual score less than 5.5 (or an equivalent promotion. These roles are in a variety of settings including qualification). non-governmental organisations, public and • Principles & Practice of Public Health government services, and the voluntary sectors. COURSE DESCRIPTION Promotion Although the roles and settings are varied, all The course is intended for all those interested This module focuses on the issues that affect have a focus on the protection and improvement in public health, and promoting health and well- the practice of public health, health education of the health of individuals and populations. being. Reflecting the diverse nature of public and health promotion. health and health promotion, this course has For further course details, please see: been designed to accommodate the learning • Research Methods www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ needs of individuals from a wide range of This module is an introduction to research postgraduate-courses/ academic and occupational backgrounds. methods, and presents a platform for you Students will focus on developing the knowledge to engage in and develop an ability to utilise and skills required for improving the health and both quantitative and qualitative research well-being of culturally diverse individuals and approaches.

Social Work MA COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION Modules MA: 2 years full-time. The MA Social Work team work in partnership Year 1: with Gwynedd, Anglesey and Conwy local • Social Policy for Social Work Practice ENTRY REQUIREMENTS authorities to develop, deliver and manage • Knowledge and Skills Base for Social Work A single or joint honours degree at 2.ii or above. this Social Work programme. Partner local • The Life Course Candidates who can demonstrate extensive, authorities are involved in recruitment, student • Values and Ethics for Social Work Practice strong relevant experience of at least 6 months selection, teaching and assessment. The • The Research Process (full-time equivalent) will be considered. All partners also provide placement opportunities • Law for Social Work 1 the better if prospective students have varied along with other employing agencies, and ensure • 100 day placement experiences of working with different types of that you develop a strong understanding of social needs, be that in a paid, voluntary or personal work practice in North Wales alongside your Year 2: capacity. academic development. • Social Work Dissertation • Social Work with Children, Young People and We also require GCSE grade C or equivalent in Each student is hosted by one of the local Families Maths and English/Welsh (first language). The authorities (Gwynedd, Conwy or Anglesey), in an • Social Work with Adults ability to communicate through the medium of arrangement which supports your development • Law for Social Work 2 Welsh is desirable. towards being a competent social worker. You • Literature Review will undertake 200 days of practice learning • Dissertation All applicants must pass checks deemed divided into 2 placements of 100 days each. Most •100 day placement necessary for registration as a student social placements will be within the three counties, worker with the Social Care Wales (including but some students will be able to benefit from CAREER PROSPECTS health and criminal conviction checks). opportunities further afield. After qualifying, you will be able to work in a The programme offers the opportunity to wide range of health or social care settings, often Additionally, all applicants will be interviewed to study entirely through the medium of Welsh working alongside other professionals such ascertain their suitability and capacity for study or entirely through the medium of English. The as occupational therapists or psychologists, in and practice. University and its partners are committed to multidisciplinary teams. As well as statutory providing bilingual learning opportunities, both social work settings such as children and It is advantageous to hold a full driving licence during university based learning and during families teams, older people teams and and have acces to a car as the majority of the the placements. Welsh-speaking students will community mental health teams, social workers practice learning opportunity settings require be allocated Welsh-speaking tutors and will be may be employed in hospitals, in community drivers. encouraged to study their modules through the development projects, with non-statutory medium of Welsh. All assessed work may be organisations (perhaps supporting refugees and submitted in Welsh or English. Students will be asylum-seekers), or working with young parents encouraged to develop their understanding of in need of support. the political, economic and linguistic context of working in Wales. For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ postgraduate-courses/

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 83 Leading Quality Improvement MSc/PGDip/PGCert COURSE DURATION You will develop a comprehensive understanding • Research Methods OR E-Research Methods MSc: 1 year full-time, 3 years part-time. of relevant research and scholarly approaches Provides an introduction to research methods applicable to quality improvement in healthcare and presents a platform for students to engage ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and an informed knowledge of how the results of in both quantitative and qualitative research A 2(ii) Honours degree or equivalent professional this application may improve service processes approaches and develop an ability to utilise qualification or 3 years professional experience and outcomes and develop research ideas/ specific research techniques. with demonstrable ability to study at Level policy. 7. Credit transfer and Accreditation for Prior • Dissertation Learning (maximum 40 credits at Level 7) will be This will enable you to drive forward This module provides the student with the possible. improvements in a number of modern healthcare opportunity to complete a piece of research settings in order to make a difference. (primary, secondary or literature based ) or International applicants – English language scholarly enquiry and is available to students requirement - IELTS 6. No element below 5.5. (or Core Modules: as a Bilingual or English option. equivalent) OR specific English language country • Advancing Knowledge requirement AND application must include Provides students with the opportunity to • Work-based Learning personal statement. critically evaluate and reflect upon how Provides support for personal and professional complex strategies and approaches can be development, through the implementation (or Admissions to the programme are made used to expand their professional knowledge review) of an improvement project in practice. on a rolling basis, so early applications are and know-how, making sense of how to Focuses on real-work problems to help you encouraged. utilise complex and conflicting information for develop achievable solutions. In short this developing service improvements. module seeks to reduce the gap between COURSE DESCRIPTION theory and practice. You will become an expert in health and social • Approaches in Health Quality care improvement and innovation based on Explores how healthcare quality is influenced CAREER PROSPECTS effectiveness (e.g. the use of evidence); efficiency and how it can be effectively measured and This course is intended to support the academic, (e.g. service reliability); and acceptability (e.g. the evaluated. professional and career progression of service user experience). Using leading evidence healthcare professionals working in, or aspiring based research we will ensure you can, as the • Leadership in Context to clinical leadership and quality roles within UK next generation of improvement and innovation Explores processes involved in leading and and international health care organisations. The experts, apply this evidence in practice – making facilitating the implementation of change in learning within the programme will also be of key research real, and impacting directly on the health and social care drawing on a range of relevance to professionals from social care and quality of frontline services. theory and evidence. related policy areas, especially those working in leadership roles. This programme provides you with a rigorous • Evidence for Improvement framework for the development and synthesis Explores the different theoretical positions For further course details, please see: of empirical, professional and organisational and the nature of evidence for improvement www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ knowledge and skills as the basis for improving in health and social care including the postgraduate-courses/ the quality of healthcare. development and application of information searching, management and critical appraisal skills.

Non-medical Prescribing Levels 7 Award (40 credits) COURSE DESCRIPTION This module will enable nurses, pharmacists, physiotherapists, radiographers, podiatrists and other healthcare professionals to develop as competent independent prescribers and to meet the standards set by the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC), General Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC) and the Health and Care Professionals Council (HCPC). All participants will undertake theoretical assessment and a period of supervised practice carried out by a designated medical practitioner.

Both nurses and pharmacists and other healthcare professionals working in primary and secondary care settings would benefit from this module. It will provide them with both the knowledge and expertise within their particular remit and area of practice to be fully registered as independent prescribers with their regulatory body. This would enable them to work autono-mously providing improved patient care and patients being dealt with by the appropriate health care professional.

FUNDING There are a limited number of commissioned places available for NHS staff. An early application is advisable.

A level 6 Award in Independent Prescribing is also available. Please see the website for information:

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ postgraduate-courses/

84 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Professional Doctorate in Healthcare DHLTH COURSE DURATION Industry relevant content and focus on the • Advancing Skills Development DHLTH: 3 years full-time or 5 years part-time. application to the real world professional Provides unique opportunities for advanced environment are the key features of this level practitioners to consolidate and enhance Higher-level healthcare practice combines program. professional skills through action learning, and theory and evidence from research with other master-classes. forms of knowledge, including aesthetics, ethics Core Modules and personal professional knowledge that is The course is organised in two-parts - a taught • Leadership in Context located within varied organisational and political element and a research project leading to a Explores processes involved in leading and contexts. 60,000-word thesis. Assessments include facilitating the implementation of change in evaluation of professional/industrial practice, health and social care drawing on a range of This programme is especially relevant for those reports, projects and portfolios. theory and evidence. health professionals in advanced clinical or organisational roles which combine elements • Advancing Knowledge • Evidence for Improvement of practice, research and service improvement Provides students with the opportunity to Explores the different theoretical positions in healthcare. The core of the programme is critically evaluate and reflect upon how and the nature of evidence for improvement implementation science which concentrates on complex strategies and approaches can be in health and social care including the closing the gap between evidence and policy used to expand their professional knowledge development and application of information and service delivery. It enables professionals and know-how, making sense of how to searching, management and critical appraisal to undertake a PhD degree in a specialist area utilise complex and conflicting information for skills. directly relevant to their expertise that will developing service improvements. enable them to bring about change in policies Optional Modules: and practices within the healthcare sector. • Evidence for Improvement Students can select up to 60 credits of Enables students to enhance their theory and modules at Academic Level 7 from within the The focus of this PhD programme will be the practice of the implementation of evidence College. science of implementing change in a clinical from research (and other sources) into practice setting, with the evidence and data researched and/or policy to improve service effectiveness, If students wish to exit the programme rather and gathered on the doctoral programme efficiency and service users experiences. than complete the Doctorate Professional providing the basis for instigating and Healthcare the MSc in Implementation exit award implementing the change, including change • Research Methods OR E-Research Methods may be completed through a dissertation option. management. Provides an introduction to research methods and presents a platform for students to engage For further course details, please see: As this Doctoral programme includes a taught in both quantitative and qualitative research www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ element, students are admitted at fixed points approaches and develop an ability to utilise postgraduate-courses/ in the year in order to attend a programme of specific research techniques. taught courses during Years 1 and 2. • Approaches in Health Quality The Professional Doctorate program allows Explores how healthcare quality is influenced students to apply the learning to their and how it can be effectively measured and professional practice while studying the subject evaluated. to the same depth as a theoretical PhD.

MSc by Research COURSE DURATION be appropriate for students who are seeking a project for the MSc by Research to draw on 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time. stand-alone research based qualification suitable expertise from a number of different fields. In for a career in research with transferable skills this way the postgraduate experience in the MSc ENTRY REQUIREMENTS for graduate employment. by Research is enhanced by the scope of cross- Given the high expectations, applicants must disciplinary collaboration and integration. have a minimum degree class of 2.i or above / The MSc by Research requires the student to equivalent in a relevant subject. International undertake a substantial piece of independent The MSc by Research comprises 180 credits students must also have IELTS of 7.0 or above research embedded in the dedicated areas of and requires the independent research to be (with no individual element below 6.5). research within the School. As indicated earlier of a publishable standard in a high quality peer there are a number of specialist areas embedded reviewed journal. In addition to the support of the COURSE DESCRIPTION within internationally recognised research teams research project’s supervisors there will also be This programme is embedded within a with demonstrated reputation of expertise in the opportunity to undertake taught modules at community of researchers that represent a specialist areas. These provide a flexible range postgraduate level within the School of Health range of highly specialist areas of research of opportunities for prospective students, ranging Sciences, including on research methods, which are internationally recognised for from evidence synthesis and implementation to evidence synthesis and implementation or excellence. Students on this programme are understanding the complexity of dementia and clinical subjects, as well as attend workshops able to select a defined pathway within the developing appropriate services. The expertise and courses provided for postgraduate research MSc by Research programme reflecting their of research teams enable students to explore students by the University. Any taught modules areas of interest and future aspirations for diverse areas of interest, reflecting research or courses completed will not be required or career development. A particular strength of the questions that may focus on primary care, included as part of the credits for the MSc by programme is that it enables students to frame language and cultural sensitivity or economic Research but provide ‘added value’ in developing their studies within a number of pathways or evaluation and clinical trials. a portfolio of skills and knowledge needed to position their programme within the broader undertake postgraduate research. themed area of rehabilitation, working across The multidisciplinary research conducted teams. The dedicated pathways and research within the School represents a substantive For further course details, please see: units are as follows: breadth of clinical and theoretical perspectives www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ that provides postgraduate students with postgraduate-courses/ • Ageing and Dementia Studies opportunities for exploring a number of possible • Health Economics research questions or aims. Importantly a range • Implementation M of methodologies are utilised, including realist approaches, a number of qualitative research COURSE DETAILS methodologies such as grounded theory, The innovative configuration of the MSc by ethnography and case study work as well as Research programme will provide a dedicated trial-based approaches and mixed-methods. The route for high calibre students who (may have a nature of the research activities within the School specific research question or aim in mind and) of Health Sciences enables collaboration across are ready to carry out independent research research units and areas of specialist research leading to PhD level study. Alternatively it would within the School, enabling a postgraduate

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 85 Health Sciences/Health Economics/Implementation/Primary Care/Ageing and Dementia/Health and Social Care PhD/MPhil ENTRY REQUIREMENTS multicentre trials to the highest standards. WHY CHOOSE BANGOR? A first or upper second class honours degree NWORTH is active across a wide range of clinical, Our innovative research focuses on knowledge in a relevant subject is required. Alternatively health and social care research interests by production, synthesis and utilization driving appropriate lengthy experience in health-related collaborating with research-active specialists in forward developments in implementation research or in a research-oriented post may be disciplines such as cancer care, children’s health, science. In this way, it is directed at generating relevant. English language standard – we ask for dementia, dentistry, mental health, obstetrics, high quality evidence and developing better an IELTS score of 7.0 or above (with no individual oncology, pharmacy and public health. Whilst understanding of the effectiveness and cost- element below 7.0). students need to produce independent research, effectiveness of interventions, services and the NWORTH Trials Unit can provide a wealth of organisations. The research focus embraces COURSE DESCRIPTIONS advice and support where appropriate including an understanding of healthcare from a range We offer innovative education and research to project design and governance, data collection of perspectives including the development meet the requirements of today’s health and and management, QA and compliance plus of approaches that seek to engage people in social care services. Renowned for delivering analysis. interpreting their own experiences. We are excellent courses and conducting high quality also developing and applying novel research research, the School of Healthcare Sciences Implementation MSc by Research, Implement @ methods to synthesise what is known, and gain offers a range of postgraduate opportunities for Bangor: Bridging knowledge and practice better understanding of how and why evidence national and international students. Its mission is to grow an internationally or knowledge does or does not get used in recognised community of researchers and practice. A feature of the research focus is its PhD/MPhil professionals to create knowledge of what works consideration of cultural context and language Research degrees provide students with a in implementation and why. There is often a gap sensitivity as part of the complexity of healthcare unique opportunity to develop an independent between what is known and what is routinely practice. programme of research that will contribute to practiced within health and the public services knowledge in their professional field, and provide more broadly. The purpose of Implement @ There are many reasons for pursuing unique opportunities for personal and career Bangor is to develop knowledge and theory postgraduate research opportunities at the development. to bridge this gap and improve outcomes by School of Healthcare Sciences: advancing the science and practice through key Ageing and Dementia Studies MSc by Research, areas of work: • A welcoming and supportive academic Dementia Services Development Centre • Partnership, collaboration and co-production environment; Ageing & Dementia@Bangor and the • Theory development and testing • Experienced supervisors working at the leading The Dementia Services Development Centre • Implementation intervention evaluation edge of their academic and professional fields; (DSDC) focuses on research relating to people • Methodological innovation • Individualised support from supervisory teams living with dementia. Research is conducted on • Service improvement providing complementary expertise to your a local and national level within Wales with the research; research centre in Bangor being the lead for Implement @Bangor has been successful in • Dedicated office space and access to the Wales Dementias and Neurodegenerative attracting significant amounts of international information technology; Diseases Research Network (NEURODEM Cymru) and national research income to fund a • Attention to both your research training and the but there are also strong collaborative links programme of research on implementation, development of other skills such as leadership with researchers across the UK, Europe and including cross organisational working; its and project management. elsewhere in the world. DSDC is active across application in specific conditions and groups a wide range of ageing and dementia research such as stroke and older people, and the RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY activities and these can be broadly categorised transferability of implementation theory and Working together with BIHMR research centres (i) dementia care (including Alzheimer’s practice to other public services including the as well as across the College of Health and disease, family care-giving and psychosocial police and social services. Behavioural Sciences and other universities interventions); (ii) gerontology; and (iii) well-being in the UK and internationally, we have built a and resilience across the life-span. Primary Care MSc by Research, North Wales reputation for our research in evidence-based Centre for Primary Care Research (NWCPCR) practice, cultural sensitivity and language Health Economics MSc by Research, The Centre It aims to conduct high-quality primary care awareness, and complex conditions across for Health Economics & Medicines Evaluation research that impacts upon clinical practice and the lifespan. Using this evidence base, our The Centre, also known as CHEME, was founded health policy. The main strategic areas are: experienced programme leaders and supervisors in 2001 and is one of three health economics • Cancer in primary care – ‘Diagnose Quickly, deliver up-to-date, clinically relevant courses centres in Wales. Research is conducted on a Follow Up Safely and Survive Well’ and supervisory experiences for students from a local and national level within in Wales but there • Musculoskeletal and rehabilitation research variety of settings and professions. are also strong collaborative links with health services researchers across the UK and Europe. Prior to November 2011 we were the North Our partnerships with world-leading research CHEME is active across a wide range of health Wales Section of the Department of Primary Care centres, practice, and policy units provide economic research interests and these can be & Public Health, Cardiff University. Our main opportunities for joint teaching, supervision and broadly categorised (i) economic evaluation base is on the ‘north-east’ campus in Wrexham, collaborative projects. We are also committed to alongside clinical trials; (ii) pharmacoeconomics; although some of our staff are based in Bangor. the personal and professional development of all and (iii) health service evaluation. The Centre also students across our programmes. has very close links with Public Health Wales and We work closely with: has expertise in research regarding the health • Clinicians, locally within Betsi Cadwaladr Applicants are also encouraged to contact the economics of cancer, dementia, sight disabilities University Health Board, and elsewhere Administrator: Dr. Sion Williams (sion.williams@ and rural health. • Public Health Wales bangor.ac.uk ) in the first instance to register • Wales Government their interest in the Postgraduate Research Health Sciences MSc by Research, The NWORTH • Leading researchers in other Centres and Programme in Healthcare. We can then ensure Trials Unit Institutes within Bangor University that the most appropriate member of research The MSc by Research includes the taught • Leading researchers in universities in the UK staff contacts you personally to discuss components of: Research Methods, Introduction and internationally your interests, and keep you abreast of new to Health Economics modules and a Residential opportunities such as studentships. For more short course on Public Health Economics or NWCPCR have methodological expertise in information and prior to enquiring further or Pharmacoeconomics. a number of areas, including the conduct of making an application, it is advisable to explore evidence syntheses (including realist syntheses), the School of Healthcare Sciences website and in NWORTH, or the North Wales Organisation for randomised trials, epidemiological studies and particular the BIHMR section. Randomised Trials (in health and social care), qualitative studies was founded in 2002 and is one of the original For further course details, please see: seventeen fully accredited UKCRC clinical trials www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/ units registered in 2007 in recognition of being postgraduate-courses/ able to provide the full spectrum of expertise required to deliver high quality clinical research and the capability to centrally co-ordinate

86 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS School of Medical Sciences

We offer excellent postgraduate opportunities, Overview of academic areas COURSE LIST: including cutting-edge medical research, the Bangor University has an established record School includes the North West Cancer Research of excellence in medical and health research MSc by Research Institute (NWCRI) and works in partnership and teaching. The School of Medical Sciences • Master of Science by Research with Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board continues to develop and build on these (BCUHB). The School has close research and strengths, combining cutting-edge research with MSc/PgDip/PgCert educational links with Medical Schools in medical and biomedical education. • Genomics and Precision Medicine Liverpool and Cardiff. • Medical and Molecular Biology with Genetics Our research covers areas of ageing, chronic • Biomedical Science (IBMS Accredited) Our programmes have been developed in disease, diabetes, cardiovascular disease, response to current and future workforce cancer and front-line clinical research in acute MRes/PgDip/PgCert needs in Medicine, Medical Sciences and allied settings. We strive to integrate clinical medicine • Molecular Medicine professions. with molecular and cell biology. Other specific research areas include signal transduction MSc/MRes/PgDip/PgCert The School is host to the Bangor division of the pathways, colorectal cancer biology, stem • Clinical Sciences North West Cancer Research Institute which cell biology, cancer markers, drug resistance, links basic and clinical researchers from Bangor, immunology and DNA repair which complement PgCert Lancaster and Liverpool universities into a the clinical expertise and frontline research. • Medical Education Practice modern research centre of excellence. (Higher Education Academy Accredited) Thus the School is able to offer a range of Staff postgraduate opportunities from basic science MSc We employ a number of clinical and non-clinical and biomedical research to front-line clinical • Physician Associate Studies academic staff who are actively involved in research which constitutes a truly ‘bench to world-leading research which is rated at the bedside’ approach. PhD/MPhil highest international level. Our academic staff • Research Studentships have a wealth of experience in teaching medical and non-medical postgraduate students in both TO FIND OUT MORE: the University and health service settings. Our Tel: +44 (0) 1248 383244 teaching is informed by the latest educational E-mail: [email protected] research in association with the University’s Research: [email protected] Centre for the Enhancement of Learning and www.bangor.ac.uk/sms Teaching (CELT).

Biomedical Science MSc/PGDip/PGCert (IBMS Accredited) COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: For further course details, please see: 1 year full time, 2 years part time • Blood Sciences www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences • Cell and Molecular Pathology ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Infectious Sciences If you have additional questions about Academic route entry: applicants will have academic aspects of the course, please e-mail attained, or be on track to attain 2:2 BSc degree CAREER PROSPECTS [email protected] (or higher), in a medically related life sciences The course is designed to open up career +44 (0) 1248 383244 subject, from a recognised Higher Education development opportunities in emerging areas Institution. of Biomedical Science relating to core pathology disciplines for those already working in the English language level. IELTS (or equivalent) clinical/healthcare sector who study with us part overall 7.0 or above. time. Graduates looking towards new routes of employment would be well-positioned to enter COURSE DESCRIPTION support, implementation and development The MSc Biomedical Science programme will roles in the rapidly expanding field of diagnostic provide a multi-disciplinary perspective of equipment manufacture and sales as well as the current and developing field of pathology, pharmacological routes. This programme will medical genetics and disease management. This also allow those considering careers in research programme will provide students with a broad across medical and clinical institutions, academic foundation of scientific knowledge regarding institutions and industry to embark on these to human health and disease of importance in roles. N.B In order to practice in a NHS laboratory modern day diagnostics. as a state registered Biomedical Scientist, an accredited Biomedical Science undergraduate Modules are designed to deliver both cutting degree will first be required. edge theoretical and practical experience and students will be taught how to investigate various LINKS WITH INDUSTRY medical conditions including cancer, toxicological Through our connection with the North West insult, food poisoning, anaemia, meningitis and Cancer Research Institute, and the Betsi cardiac disease. Cadwaladr University Health Board, all students benefit from strong exposure to practising professionals utilising current diagnostic 4th for practice. Research Quality Complete University Guide 2020

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 87 MSc by Research COURSE DURATION The MSc by Research requires the student to Any additional taught modules and courses 1 year full-time. Part-time available. undertake a substantial piece of independent will not count as credits towards this or any research at the cutting edge of modern medical other qualification but, if identified as being ENTRY REQUIREMENTS science (180 credits). It is the normal expectation of developmental value by the student and Given the high expectations, applicants must that the independent research should be of the supervisory team, will provide the extra have a minimum degree class of 2:1 or above a publishable standard in a high quality peer skills and knowledge needed to undertake / equivalent in a relevant subject. International reviewed journal. postgraduate research. students must also have IELTS of 6.0 or above. In addition to the support of the research project’s supervisors and from fellow For further course details, please see: COURSE DESCRIPTION postgraduate research and professional www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences The MSc by Research programme will provide researchers within the School of Medical a dedicated route for high calibre students who Sciences, there will also be the opportunity (may have a specific research aim in mind and) to undertake taught modules at postgraduate are ready to carry out independent research level as well as attend workshops and courses leading to PhD level study. Alternatively it would provided for postgraduate research students by be appropriate for students who are seeking a the University’s Academic Development Unit. stand-alone research based qualification suitable for a career in research with transferable skills for graduate employment.

Clinical Sciences MSc/MRes/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION Core Modules: • Therapeutics MSc: 1 year full-time. Part-time available. • Applied Anatomy & Histopathology Therapeutics is the branch of medicine This module aims to develop an in-depth which deals specifically with the treatment of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS knowledge and understanding of the macro and diseases and the art and science of healing. Applicants must have been awarded an initial micro anatomy of the urinary, gastrointestinal, This includes pharmacology which refers to the degree from a recognised university. heart, respiratory, and skeletal systems in both use of drugs and the method of administration health and disease. Students will look at the in the treatment of disease. In particular it looks International students must also have IELTS of gross anatomy of the different body systems, at the way the administration of drugs can have 6.0 or above, with no individual score lower than and examine the micro anatomy of those other effects on the body. 5.5. structures through histology. • Clinical Physiology COURSE DESCRIPTION • Metrology and Health This course offers progression from non- science Metrology for health underpins the reliable • Molecular Pathology related degrees for students wishing to develop and efficient exploitation of diagnostic and an academic interest in clinical sciences. therapeutic techniques. The development For further course details, please see: of new technologies is essential to improve www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences health care and patient protection and to limit health spend. In addition, legislation requires more and more substances and techniques to be covered by metrology such as through diagnostics as laid down in diagnostic medical devices directive 98/79/EC.

88 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Genomics and Precision Medicine MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION to develop a fundamental understanding of the CAREER PROSPECTS MSc:1 year full-time. Available part-time. platform technologies employed in genomics Graduates of Genomics and Precision Medicine analysis, utilise genomic data-analytical from Bangor University will be will prepared ENTRY REQUIREMENTS skills to make clinically and patient relevant for a career in this exiting and growing area of Health institutions route entry: non-graduate interpretations of results and data and, medicine. You’ll be well-positioned to critically applicants will require relevant qualifications importantly accurately and ethically report and evaluate published literature with respect to and/or significant relevant work experience convey findings to colleagues and patients. the patient and carer perspective of genomic deemed of a satisfactory standard for the medicine and exercise initiative to make purpose of postgraduate level education. The program’s modular design and delivery informed decisions in relation to the application formats are optimised for healthcare of genomics and precision medicine in a clinical Academic route entry: applicants will require a professionals and students, in, or entering into context. You’ll also be able to deliver support, BSc level degree (2.ii or higher), in a medically the clinic or clinically-associated environment, implementation and development, and research related life science subject area. throughout Wales. roles in the rapidly expanding field of Genomic Precision Medicine; in medical and clinical English language requirements (minimum): Modules: institutions, academic institutions and industry. IELTS 6.0 (no element below 5.5) • Bioinformatics & Genomic Data • Core Genomic Technologies For further course details, please see: COURSE DESCRIPTION • Ethical Legal & Social Considerations www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences New genetic and genomic technologies are • Human Genetics & Genomics allowing us to develop a much more detailed • Genomics & Cancer understanding of the link between our genes • Genomics & Infectious Disease and health. In recent years there has been • Genomics & Inherited Disease international recognition that these technologies • Pharmacogenomics & Stratified Healthcare have the potential to revolutionise medicine and • Dissertation public health. However, to realise this vision we need people with the specialised knowledge base, understanding and skill sets for application and delivery of genomic and precision medicine in medical and clinical institutions, academic institutions and industry.

This program is linked to the Welsh Government all-Wales strategy to offer training and education in Genomic and Precision Medicine related subjects to support the development of the clinical, and clinical-associated workforce in Wales. The course will provide the opportunity

Medical Molecular Biology with Genetics MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION Modules: • Molecular Diagnostics MSc: 1 year full-time; PgDip: 30 weeks full-time. •Research Skills The Molecular Diagnostics module is designed Part-time available. This module will deal with research project to provide the opportunity for students to design, various research methodologies, data expand their theoretical knowledge and collection methods, instrumentations, data ENTRY REQUIREMENTS analysis tools and the analysis of quantitative understanding of molecular genetics and Minimum BSc degree equivalent to a UK 2.ii and qualitative data. It aims to supply skill-sets immunoassays into practical laboratory in a relevant biological sciences subject is focused towards either a predominately lab- applications, utilised in clinical prognosis and required. Applicants of 25 years old or older with based or data-mining project. monitoring of Chronic Myeloid Leukaemia substantial relevant work/academic experience patients and in academic research, in detection will also be considered. English language criteria of novel protein biomarkers. The module will (minimum): IELTS 6.0 overall (no element below • Human Molecular Genetics enable students to develop both conceptual 5.5). Bangor University assessment of English This module aims to develop specific in-depth understanding and practical experience in proficiency. knowledge and understanding of medically molecular diagnostics, performed within the related molecular biology and is required clinic, in biomedical sciences and in research. COURSE DESCRIPTION background for the more specialized modules This programme aims to deliver a highly of the degree. • Dissertation integrated postgraduate degree which builds This module encompasses a substantial piece the knowledge, understanding and practical • Human Immunology and Disease of hypothesis driven scientific research. It aims expertise required for progress on to medical The lectures of this module describe the human to provide a platform for students to apply the molecular PhD research and/or employment in immune system’s roles in the development, knowledge, understanding, and applications molecular diagnostics or medical industry. progression and treatment of autoimmunity experiences, developed in the diploma and cancer and how immunology is being modules, to experimentally address a specific Successful graduates will have developed in- harnessed to develop and improve the research topic. depth subject expertise and a set of key practical treatment of key human diseases. skills required for the successful application of CAREER PROSPECTS modern molecular biology in medical sciences • Laboratory Molecular Research Most students go on to PhD studies as well and medical research. Successful graduates This 2-week laboratory-based practical as into employment – we have placed former will also have attained the transferable skills module provides a platform for students to students in Imperial College London, the required to independently adapt and optimize develop both in-depth understanding and Sainsbury Laboratory at the University of East scientific methodologies, critically interpret practical application of key molecular biology Anglia, Reliance Industries in Mumbai, India and and evaluate self-generated and published techniques, such as: human tissue culture, RNA Siemens Diagnostic Healthcare in the UK. scientific literature and data and undertake extraction, cDNA synthesis, restriction enzyme a predominantly self-reliant approach to digestion cloning, E.coli transformation and For further course details, please see: laboratory based work, study and research. colony selection techniques. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences

• Stem Cells, Disease & Therapy This module gives a general introduction to stem cell biology and the characterisation of signalling pathways involved in the maintenance of stem cells.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 89 Molecular Medicine MRes/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION Core Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MRes: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; • MRes Research Project Successful graduates will have the knowledge, • Research Skills understanding and proficiency for career ENTRY REQUIREMENTS progression in medically related PhD level Academic criteria: Minimum BSc degree Optional Modules include: molecular research, or as specialist technical/ equivalent to a UK 2ii in a relevant biological • Laboratory Molecular Research medium grade scientists in academic, medical or sciences subject. Applicant of 25 or older with • Human Molecular Genetics industrial biomedical/medical organisations. substantial relevant work/academic experience • Haematology will also be considered. • Diagnostic Cellular Pathology For further course details, please see: • Human immunology & disease www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences English language requirements (minimum): • Stem cells, disease and therapy IELTS 6.0 (no element below 5.5) • Molecular Diagnostics

COURSE DESCRIPTION The main aim of this program is to develop the Scientific Research Skills of motivated postgraduate students aiming for a career in scientific research. The program will combine laboratory research with supportive and integrative taught content tailored to equip the student to effectively interpret and communicate scientific findings. The program aims to develop rigorous research and analytical skills, a concept of good laboratory practice and ability to critically interpret and evaluate both the scientific literature and self-generated data. Creativity and originality in students approach to laboratory research will be encouraged. Successful graduates will also attain wider employability skills including multi-disciplinarity, data management, numeracy, statistics, translating research into practice and in silico data analysis necessary for a successful career in both academic and industrial sectors.

Medical Education Practice PgCert/MA (MA subject to validation) COURSE DURATION • The ability to evaluate the relevance, validity For PGCert component other Modules include: There are a number of pathways to complete and reliability of assessment methodologies. • Research Skills this programme including full and part time • The ability to critically review and reflect on • Leadership options. contemporary adult learning and medical • Curriculum Planning education literature relating to the application • Project ENTRY REQUIREMENTS of simulation teaching technology and apply Applicants to this course should normally be this to own simulation practice experience. CAREER PROSPECTS professionals in medicine and allied health • Reviewing ethical issues relating to teaching This course will improve employability and careers with some experience of, or access and learning facilitation in a clinical context. enhance career progression. to, supervising and / or teaching in their daily work. A degree, degree level qualification, or Compulsory Modules include: For further course details, please see: professional qualification supplemented by • Clinical Performance www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences relevant experience will normally form part of This module develops a critical understanding the applicant’s profile. of several key concepts around the theory of assessment of clinical performance. This will COURSE DESCRIPTION include concepts of reliability and validity as This course will provide a framework in which well as standard setting. clinical educators can critically review and develop theoretical perspectives and practical • Learning, Teaching and Settings Evaluation skills in facilitating the experience of their This module concerns the critical evaluation of students/trainees. The course will involve active teaching in the clinical setting. It is designed for and reflective learning and ensure the integration doctors and other qualified practitioners in the of contemporary theory and practice. This professions allied to medicine. Students will be programme will equip clinical educators with provided with the concepts and critical skills a greater breadth and depth of knowledge and required to appraise the teaching understanding of medical education including: of clinical material in a wide spectrum of • An in-depth knowledge and understanding of settings. Students will be expected to observe specific issues at the forefront of theory and and evaluate teaching in a variety of clinical practice in medical education. settings, including teaching they may receive in • A critical understanding of the requirement of other modules. clinical performance assessments and appraisal for fitness to practice. • Teaching and Technology • A critical understanding of the standard setting This module explores the conditions underlying processes. effective group functioning both in education • A critical understanding of the basic tenets of and the workplace. The module is practically good adult pedagogy. focussed. • The ability to appraise the goals of assessment and the impact of assessment on student learning.

90 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Physician Associate Studies MSc COURSE DURATION Placements will be grouped according to the Compulsory Modules: 2 years full-time. following clinical subject headings: Year 1 • General Hospital Medicine • Clinical Anatomy ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Front Door Medicine • Clinical Physiology Applicants should have a 2:i or higher in a • Mental Health • Diagnostic Sciences medically-related life science subjects e.g. • General Surgery • Vocational Skills Medical Sciences; Biomedical Sciences or have a • Obstetrics & Gynaecology • Therapeutics and Pharmacology 2:ii in a life science degree with a higher degree • Paediatrics (acute setting) • Public Health and Epidemiology in a relevant subject e.g. MSc Clinical Sciences. • Community Medicine Year 2 COURSE DESCRIPTION During the course you will learn how to recognise • Leadership and Teaching A Physician Associate (PA) is defined as someone and manage common and complex medical • Applied Anatomy who is a new healthcare professional who, conditions as part of multi-professional team, • Applied Physiology while not a doctor, works to the medical model, to make independent and informed judgements • Applied Diagnostic Sciences with the attitudes, skills and knowledge base on clinical problems and be trained to integrate • Applied Vocational Skills to deliver holistic care and treatment within the knowledge and clinical practice. • Advanced Therapeutics and Pharmacology general medical and/or general practice team under defined levels of supervision. The programme aims to give students a CAREER PROSPECTS comprehensive knowledge of the concepts, Successful graduates who have also completed In order to be eligible to sit the national Physician principles and technologies used in clinical the national exams will be well placed to work in Associate examination, successful completion of practice in the following areas: primary or secondary care as a PA. 2 year PG Diploma in Physician Associate Studies is required. Welsh Government NHS Bursary • Cardiovascular system For further course details, please see: funding is available to cover fees and to provide • Respiratory system www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences some support for cost of living. • Gastrointestinal system • Musculoskeletal system • Female reproductive system The Physician Associate programme at Bangor • Renal and genitourinary system includes an integrated placement programme • Eyes of work-based learning that will provide • Skin progressive experiential learning in a range of • Diagnostics and therapeutics clinical settings to allow students to attain the • Neurology standards of knowledge and understanding in clinical practice, including regulatory structures, You will be taught at the university by lecturers professionalism and clinical competences and also clinicians for the academic components. expected of a Physician Associate. Your clinical placements will take place at one of the hospitals across north Wales and in the community in GP Surgeries.

Research Studentships PhD/MPhil We are always interested to hear from • Assessment of endoscopic sinus surgery • The role of human germ line genes in cancer prospective PhD students who have, or are • Transnasal fibreoptic flexible laryngo development interested in applying for, funding. A list of oesophagoscopy • The identification of new cancer-specific drug academic staff can be found on the website, • Catabolic effects of rheumatic diseases and targets alternatively, contact medsciences@bangor. effect on muscle mass and function • The development of patient stratification ac.uk with an outline of your research proposal, • Autoimmune rheumatic diseases - prognosis, strategies including actual or prospective funding, and an and assessment of treatment • Human stem cell biology appropriate academic will be identified. • Assessment of novel anti rheumatic treatment • Human cancer stem cell biology • Respiratory medicine • The molecular basis for human gut Current research interests include: • Orthopaedic surgery homeostasis • Rheumatic diseases • Cardiac imaging and intervention • Molecular cancer immunology • Inflammatory arthritis • Cortical processes and cardiovascular output • Molecular autoimmunity • Systemic lupus erythematosus • Cardiology and nuclear medicine • Epidemiology of disease • Behavioural (cognitive) neurology • Clinical research into the assessment and • Bacterial Antibiotic Resistance • Sensorimotor integration (on eye and limb development of new anti-cancer drugs movements) • Assessment of the effects of chemotherapy For further course details, please see: • Higher order sensory processing • Intensive care medicine www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences • Neuro-ophthalmology • Chronic disease patient care • Neuro-rehabilitation • Cardio-vascular risk factors in the severely • Cardiac imaging using fMRI mentally ill • Developing the use of magnetic resonance • Genetic predictors of antidepressant response imaging and rendering • Mental illness in primary care patients • Effects of antipsychotic medication on • Diabetes and vascular disease neutrophil morphology and oxidative stress • Use of quantitive structural activity relations in Basic Medical Research: cellular responses to antipsychotics • The genetics and molecular aeteology of cancer • Parkinson’s disease development / oncogenesis • Dementia and neurodegenerative diseases • Molecular mechanisms of disease related DNA • Evidence based healthcare repair pathways • Translation of research evidence to practice • The molecular basis of the cell division cycle • Patient reported outcome following hip (using human cells and model systems) replacement surgery • The molecular basis of cancer drug resistance • Smell and taste pathophysiology, assessment • Molecular mechanisms of chromosomal and management translocations Molecular regulation of telomere biology

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 91 School of Psychology

As a postgraduate in Psychology, you’ll be Staff and facilities working with internationally renowned Staff and students have access to a large COURSE LIST: researchers and making use of superb research number of specialist research labs including a facilities. Our academic members of staff not 3T MRI scanner, TMS Labs, ERP, faraday cages, a only teach well, but also produce research of brain anatomy laboratory, eye tracking facilities MA/PgDip/PgCert the highest quality, with influences in the public and an on-site nursery with observation facilities • Psychology sector (especially Health and Clinical activities) as well as dozens of computer-based testing as well as in industry and the academic world. laboratories. MSc • Applied Behaviour Analysis We’re one of the country’s largest Psychology At Bangor, you’ll study under the guidance of • Applied Behaviour Analysis with Practicum departments and have a thriving postgraduate academics with international reputations and • Clinical and Health Psychology community of over 200 Masters and more than have access to research facilities that exceed • Counselling 60 PhD students. We are a truly international those available in most other departments, either • Neuroimaging department with staff and students drawn from in the UK or internationally. • Positive Behaviour Support over 20 countries across the world, attracted by • Principles of Clinical Neuropsychology our reputation for research and teaching Overview of academic areas • Psychological Research excellence. Our postgraduate programmes cover a number • Psychology of specialist areas that reflect the mix of • Consumer Psychology with Business As well as high academic standards we deliver research expertise within the department. We • Applied Marketing Science high standards of student support and guidance have over 50 Academic Faculty members, many and pride ourselves on the fact that our friendly of whom are world leading or internationally MA/MSc/PgDip/PgCert environment is often identified as a major renowned experts in their fields. The research • Mindfulness-Based Approaches strength. There are a number of academic and areas of staff can be drawn together in the • Teaching Mindfulness-Based Courses social student societies within the department following broad categories: which add a great deal to the overall student • Clinical, Health and Behavioural Psychology MRes/PgCert experience. We have consistantly been placed • Language, Bilingualism and Cognitive • Psychology* in the top 10 in the UK for overall student Development satisfaction based on the annual National • Perception, Action and Memory MSc by Research Student Survey (NSS). • Social Neuroscience • Psychology*

Careers and Employability We host a number of prestigious research PhD We support students to develop their centres, including: • Psychology employability skills and career prospects. • The Wolfson Centre for Cognitive Neuroscience We aim to facilitate personal professional • The Bangor Imaging Unit DClinPsy development opportunities and work closely with • Miles Dyslexia Centre • Clinical Psychology the Bangor Employability Award scheme and • Centre for Mindfulness Research and Practice Student Volunteering Bangor to provide formal • Centre for Evidence-based Early Intervention * Please see the website for course details. recognition of valuable work experience in relevant areas. Through the many co-curricular These centres, as well as being in the vanguard activities available, you can consolidate the of academic research in these fields, offer you generic and subject-specific skills embedded a unique opportunity for project work covering TO FIND OUT MORE: within your programme, and develop a strong important theoretical and practical elements. Tel: +44 (0) 1248 388453 and competitive portfolio. E-mail: [email protected] www.bangor.ac.uk/psychology @PsychBangor

89% of our research activity was categorised as either ‘world-leading’ or ‘internationally excellent’. REF 2014

92 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Neuroimaging MSc COURSE DURATION Strong emphasis is placed on developing your Example optional modules available include: MSc: 1 year full-time. practical skills, equipping you for further work • Clinical Neuropsychology Can also be studied part-time. in the field of neuroimaging. In a dedicated • Practical Programming computer lab, you will learn and practice analysis • Methods in Cognition and Brain Research ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and imaging techniques. Under supervision of You must have a single or joint honours degree our world-class academic staff, you’ll be involved RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY in Psychology or other relevant discipline in the design of an imaging based study, to be run The academics involved with this programme (Computer Science, Physics, Mathematics, using the in-house 3T MRI scanner. have extensive research links with external Engineering, Biology, Medical Sciences or a bodies and companies, which are fully utilised related subject area) with a minimum degree Compulsory Modules: in ensuring that the modules are relevant to class of 2.i. • Introduction to Neuroimaging the modern work and research environment This module will provide you with a broad graduates will enter. International students will be given individual overview of the physiological and neurological consideration, but you must be able to basis of neuroimaging. CAREER PROSPECTS demonstrate English language proficiency The programme is especially suited for: equivalent to an IELTS score of 6.5 (with no • Advanced Neuroimaging Concepts • students interested in pursuing an academic element below 6.0) and you will be expected to This module will give you an insight into the career in the field of Neuroimaging demonstrate that you have a suitable academic cellular, metabolic and electrophysiological • students looking to find a job as esearchr background for the programme. mechanisms of functional signals. staff in industry or academic labs involved in translational research COURSE DESCRIPTION • Advanced Research Methods • medical professionals, looking to develop skills The programme is designed to provide you with This module will provide you with the statistical in a new emergent technology and research the background knowledge and technical skills skills that you need to conduct and evaluate field to design, analyse and evaluate imaging data. psychological research in general. • students with a background in physics, The programme focuses on Magnetic Resonance mathematics or computer science who want to Imaging (MRI) based techniques, including • Introduction to Neuroimaging Analysis and move into cognitive or clinical neuroscience functional MRI, anatomical imaging, Diffusion Advanced Neuroimaging Analysis • students with a background in psychology or Tensor Imaging, and Spectroscopy. Imaging The training in methodological aspects biology who want to improve your technical techniques will be discussed with reference to of neuroimaging will run over the first skills for a neuroscience career. relevant Biomedical applications. The core of the two semesters in order to provide a good MSc consists of four modules on Neuroimaging. understanding of MRI design and analysis. For further course details, please see: Two of them concentrate on methodological www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology aspects. The other two provide an in-depth • Research Dissertation introduction of specialised imaging techniques You will design, collect, analyze and interpret used to understand the biology of brain function data from your own imaging based project, in health and disease. on a topic that has been agreed with your supervisor. this will be submitted as a formal thesis and will be presented in a student lead research conference. Students will also present their research in a conference.

Clinical Psychology DClinPsy COURSE DURATION The North Wales Clinical Psychology Programme therapy, which is practiced in a wide range of DClinPsy: 3 years full-time. is closely integrated into a mainstream academic settings by clinical psychologists in North Wales. psychology department that is highly rated for Our Academic Director, Dr Elizabeth Burnside, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS both research and teaching and is a centre of is one of a small number of peer-reviewed Before applying, you will have obtained a single excellence for training in clinical practice. The Acceptance and Commitment trainers in the UK. or joint honours, first or upper second class School has particular strengths in clinical and During our last accreditation visit in January psychology degree, (or a conversion degree) health psychology, cognitive neuropsychology, 2019, the programme was again accredited by which should make you eligible for Graduate applied behaviour analysis, and learning and the BPS and re-validated by Bangor University. Basis for Chartered Membership with the British developmental psychology. The School of We were commended for the engagement and Psychological Society (BPS). Due to the level of Psychology is part of the College of Human enthusiasm of the local clinical psychologists competition, we will not be short-listing you for Sciences which also includes the School of involved in the programme, the psychological and interview, if you have not yet completed your Education and Human Development, the School psychotherapeutic contribution to the regional undergraduate degree. Applicants will have at of Health Sciences, the School of Medical community and service delivery, the tight least one year’s relevant paid clinical or research Sciences and the School of Sports Health and integration and commitment of our service user experience. You will also have two supportive Exercise Science. This collaboration brings and carer representative group (People Panel), references and your application form will be expertise and interest in health research together the innovative outreach work to secondary completed to a high standard. We are keen to creating an environment for shared research schools, our commitment to meeting the needs welcome candidates from all backgrounds and strategies and health related training activities in of the local population, and the multi-layered we are also a disability confident employer. terms of professional learning. support systems available to the trainees.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The North Wales Clinical Psychology Programme CAREER PROSPECTS TThis Doctoral Programme is a collaborative will train candidates in clinical and academic Successful candidates will gain a Doctorate in venture with the Betsi Cadwaladr University skills, and research. You will be trained in Clinical Psychology that confers eligibility to Health Board (BCUHB) and Bangor University. using specific therapeutic skills which includes apply for registration with the HCPC and eligibility BCUHB clinical psychologists have close working Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT). In close for chartered status with the British links with the Programme and the School of collaboration with the Centre for Mindfulness Psychological Society. With this qualification you Psychology at Bangor University. There are at Research and Practice at Bangor University, will be able to work in the British NHS. present about 120 qualified clinical psychologists which is the UK’s leading organisation for the in North Wales working in adult mental health, delivery of Mindfulness training programmes, For further details please see: older adults, intellectual disabilities, child and you will be taught Mindfulness based therapies. nwcpp.bangor.ac.uk adolescent clinical psychology, forensic clinical Dialectical Behaviour Therapy will be taught by psychology, neuropsychology and health clinical the Programme Director, Professor Michaela Feel free to contact us if you have further queries. psychology. Nearly all clinicians are involved in Swales, who is internationally recognised for her Also have a look at the Clearing House website: the programme through teaching, supervision expertise and leader of the national Dialectical www.leeds.ac.uk/chpccp for more information (clinical and research), assessment of academic Behaviour Therapy Training Team. You will also about the application process. work and representation at committees. receive training in Acceptance and Commitment

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 93 Psychology MA COURSE DURATION Content modules are split between core research Optional Modules include: MA: 1 year full-time. foundation modules, which provide you with • Theoretical Models in Clinical Psychology Can also be studied part-time. an in-depth understanding of psychological • Bilingualism: Research and Methods experimental techniques and optional modules • Biological Bases of Neurodevelopmental ENTRY REQUIREMENTS that offer you the opportunity to pursue your area Disorders You must have a good single or joint honours of interest. Modules are taught by the highest • Methods in Cognition and Brain Research degree in Psychology or other relevant discipline, calibre research academics and we strive to • Advanced Research Methods with a minimum degree class of 2.ii. If you do ensure that we provide you with an excellent • Nudges and Behaviour Change not have a Psychology degree, you may also be teaching and learning environment through • Topics in Child Health and Wellbeing considered and are encouraged to contact the the use of innovative teaching tools, media and • Research Methods Skills School. environments. Some optional modules integrate both undergraduate and graduate classes and RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY International students will be given individual so provide a rich and vibrant atmosphere for The academics involved with this programme consideration, but you must be able to learning and social interactions. have extensive research links with external demonstrate English language proficiency bodies and companies, which are fully utilised equivalent to an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no Programme Aims in ensuring that the modules are relevant to element below 5.5) and you will be expected to – To provide you with a foundation in psychology the modern work and research environment demonstrate that you have a suitable academic and psychological research graduates will enter. background for the programme. – Give you the skills you need to critically evaluate psychological research and study CAREER PROSPECTS COURSE DESCRIPTION – To provide you with an insight into The MA in Psychology is especially This course will offer you advanced study in psychological processes and meanings in areas recommended to graduates who want to pursue psychology with an emphasis on both research that you are interested in a career in psychology-related humanities, the excellence and critical writing skills. Following – To develop the key skills you need to undertake health-care professions and social-sciences such two semesters of academic study, you will write high quality psychological research (scientific as scientific journalism, business management, a stand-alone literature review in an area of writing, critical analysis, communicating occupational psychology, marketing and medical psychology that particularly appeals to you. This research findings etc,) care. may be an idea or theory that you are already – To enable you to produce a substantial developing, or may be in an area that you become written thesis that demonstrates your For further course details, please see: interested in during the course. An academic ability to understand, evaluate and integrate www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology supervisor will help you to develop your ideas psychological research clearly and coherently. and hone your writing skills, providing support for the literature review. Core Module: • MA Dissertation You will compose a literature review on a topic that you agree with your supervisor and develop a proposition that you’ll advance as an argument.

Psychology MSc

COURSE DURATION: In general, we aim to provide a high quality • Introduction to Neuroimaging MSc: 1 year full-time, can also be studied part- teaching and learning environment through the • Introduction to Neuroimaging Analysis time. use of the latest teaching tools, team-taught • Biological Bases of Neurodevelopmental courses, and closely mentored research with Disorders ENTRY REQUIREMENTS experts in different areas in psychology. You must have a good single or joint honours RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY degree in Psychology or other relevant discipline, Compulsory Modules: The academics involved with this programme with a minimum degree class of 2.ii. International • Research Methods Skills have extensive research links with external students will be given individual consideration, This will provide you with the statistical bodies and companies, which are fully utilised but you must be able to demonstrate English skills that you need to conduct and evaluate in ensuring that the modules are relevant to language proficiency equivalent to an IELTS psychological research. the modern work and research environment score of 6.0 (with no element below 5.5) and graduates will enter. you will be expected to demonstrate that you • Research Dissertation You will collect, analyse and interpret their have a suitable academic background for the CAREER PROSPECTS programme. data, and present your empirical project, The course overlaps with the MSc in in a topic that you have agreed with your Psychological Research, but instead of COURSE DESCRIPTIONS supervisor, in a formal thesis. Students will emphasising research skills, this programme The course has been developed for those also present their research in a conference. will empower students with a range of interested in developing their knowledge and Optional Modules: professional skills. These skills are valuable, and ability in Psychology in general. It will also be the • Methods in Cognitive and Brain Research highly sought after, in a range of different areas. course that might be a good option for individuals • Bilingualism: Research and Methods ­­­ who would like to develop their professional and • Clinical Neuropsychology I and II For further course details, please see: academic skills, but do not intend to pursue a • Practical Programming www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology research career in psychology. The programme • Theoretical Models in Clinical Psychology will also allow students to tailor their degree • Topics in Child Health and Wellbeing according to their interests, taking modules • Advanced Research Methods from our wide-range of world-class specialist • Nudges and Behaviour Change modules. Top 20 for Research Quality Complete University Guide 2020

94 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Psychology PhD COURSE DURATION • Perception, Action and Memory research ‘brief’ that outlines your proposal. PhD: 3 years full-time, 5 years part-time. • Social Neuroscience If the academic expresses his/her interest in • Clinical, Health and Behavioural Psychology supervising your PhD, you may then further ENTRY REQUIREMENTS discuss your ideas and develop a full research You are expected to have an undergraduate You will have access to state-of-the-art research proposal. At this stage, you should formally apply degree in psychology or a related subject, with and computing facilities and the opportunity to online for the PhD/MPhil programme. a minimum degree class of 2.i or equivalent. If study under world-renowned academic staff. you do not already have an MSc degree, then we In the REF 2014, 89% of our research activity FUNDING would normally expect you to complete such a was categorised as either ‘world-leading’ or During your PhD study, you will require funding degree prior to starting the PhD programme. ‘internationally excellent’. to pay for tuition fees, some of your research expenses, and your living allowance. Funding for International students: IELTS 6.5 (with no CHOOSING A RESEARCH TOPIC AND PhD study is obtainable via competitive schemes element below 6.0) is required. SUPERVISOR operated within the School of Psychology and All PhD/MPhil students require supervision from by UK/EU government agencies (www.bangor. COURSE DESCRIPTION at least one academic member of staff within the ac.uk/psychology/study-with-us/postgraduate- The PhD (or doctorate) is the highest academic school, and if you are considering a PhD/MPhil, funding). It might also be possible to source qualification available. A PhD degree is designed you will already have a good idea of the specific external funding prior to contacting the school to provide strong grounding in highly specialised area or theme that you want to research. In order (e.g. from your employer or government) and areas through research. Its goal is to enable you to find a supervisor with the relevant expertise, some applicants may decide to self-fund their to be a researcher in psychology, contributing you should first look at our staff pages (www. doctoral study. In each case, we welcome your to academic knowledge and developing work bangor.ac.uk/psychology/staff) for a breakdown expression of interest and the opportunity for of internationally publishable quality. Bangor of each faculty member’s area of academic your nominated supervisor to consider your Psychology offers PhD supervision in the focus. Once you have found a researcher whose research proposal. following broad areas: research interests broadly accord with your own, • Language, Bilingualism and Cognitive you should contact them directly either to enquire For further course details, please see: Development about existing projects or to present a concise www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 95 Applied Marketing Science MSc COURSE DURATION you’ll have the option to study modules from • Practical Programming Course Duration: MSc 1 year full-time; 2 years Psychology, Business, Product Design, Media • Applied Digital Graphics part-time and Engineering; ensuring you have the practical • Design Thinking - Process and Facilitation skills you’ll need for the modern market place. • Design Thinking - Strategy ENTRY REQUIREMENTS When designing the modules for this course, You must have a good single or joint honours we analysed over 50 different job specifications RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY degree in Psychology or other relevant discipline, for junior and intermediate marketing roles, The consumer psychology team at Bangor with a minimum degree class of 2.ii. International looking to see what essential and desirable skills. University have excellent links with industry students will be given individual consideration, In the Applied Consumer Psychology module, and this is used to help provide students with but you must be able to demonstrate English all students act as a consultant Consumer a springboard into the job market. Masters language proficiency equivalent to an IELTS Psychologist, tackling a research brief set by a students have the option to work alongside score of 6.0 (with no element below 5.5) and genuine commercial client. academics engaged in consultancy projects, you will be expected to demonstrate that you giving students the opportunity to work alongside have a suitable academic background for the Modules: a range of clients. programme. Students studying this course are required to complete two core modules, Consumer CAREER PROSPECTS COURSE DESCRIPTION Psychology: Theory, and Applied Consumer If you’re interested in working in advertising, The modern-day marketing environment is Psychology. Marketing is a diverse discipline branding, digital marketing, market research or changing and as a result, so are the skills and on this course you can choose to focus retail management, this is the course for you. marketers need to succeed. Marketing has on elements that most interest you. If you’re This course has been designed specifically to become a truly interdisciplinary subject and thinking about a career in market research you give you the skills and experience you need to in order to succeed marketers now need can choose to study modules such as: Advanced succeed as: Brand managers, account planners, an understanding of topics as diverse as Statistics, Marketing Analytics and Computer consumer insight directors, marketing managers strategy, psychology, media, design, computer Programming. If you’re more creative and and many more programming, statistics and even product design. would prefer to work in product development While the marketing environment has changed, or advertising you can choose to study modules For further course details, please see: the way we train marketers hasn’t. Most specialising in: Prototyping, Adobe Photoshop, www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology marketing degrees are taught by business Adobe Illustrator. Other modules include: schools and focus mainly on strategy. • Nudges and Behaviour Change However, this course is one of the first truly • Marketing Strategy inter-disciplinary marketing courses, where • Marketing Analysis

Applied Behaviour Analysis with Practicum MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules include: by a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst and MSc: 2 years full-time, 2-3 years part-time. • Principles of Learning & Behaviour Change I students cannot complete the practicum in a This module sets the foundation for setting of their choosing. Written applications ENTRY REQUIREMENTS understanding behaviour analysis on a from students enrolled on the MSc in Applied At least a 2(ii) undergraduate degree or theoretical and philosophical basis. Behaviour Analysis are invited in September of equivalent. Mature candidates (25+ at the start of each year, and the application process includes the course) with relevant experience who are not • Principles of Learning & Behaviour Change II interviews and written statements. Places are graduates may also gain entry to the certificate This module provides an understanding of the limited and awarded on a competitive basis. level. Relevant clinical experience may include basic concepts and procedures used in applied paid or volunteer work in schools, care homes, behaviour analytic interventions. An emphasis RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY adult services, mental health services etc. and will be placed on practical applications of the The team coordinate the Experimental Analysis will be reviewed by the course director. On fundamental elements of behaviour change. of Behaviour Group (EABG), the longest standing successful completion of the certificate course, organisation devoted to behaviour analysis such candidates would be eligible to progress to • Ethics and Professional Conduct in Europe. Many of the team are practising the diploma and Master’s levels. This module provides advanced practical skills behaviour analysts, working within a range of and knowledge in ethical considerations in settings such as schools, homes, adult services, IELTS: 6.0 (with no element below 5.5) is required. clinical settings. and healthcare settings. Many of our students conduct applied thesis projects in settings in Electronic applications to the School are required • Positive Behavioural Support I which behaviour analysts work, making our links by 1st May of each year. Possible candidates This module explores person-centred to clinical settings strong. The course also has who meet all the other criteria will be contacted behavioural approaches and ordinary life strong links with outside organisations, charities for a brief interview - either in person or via outcomes for people with learning disabilities and authorities, such as Ambitious about Autism, teleconferencing. Places will be offered by the who display challenging behaviour. The Sharland Foundation, local education end of June. authorities in North Wales, and Northumberland • Advanced Behavioural Research Tyne and Wear Foundation NHS Trust. COURSE DESCRIPTION Methods and Proposal The course will enable you to develop advanced This module provides an overview of single CAREER PROSPECTS theoretical and practical knowledge of the subject designs, group designs, data collection Successful candidates leave the course having basic principles of behaviour analysis and the techniques and analysis, evaluation of research met the taught course component of the eligibility application of the principles within clinical and evidence and graphing data. criteria to sit the Board Certified Behavior Analyst research settings. The programme has been (BCBA) certification examination offered by the developed by Board Certified Behavior Analysts • Behaviour Analysis Across the Lifespan Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The (BCBA) in collaboration with the Behavior Students will develop an advanced BACB is an international professional body that Analysts Certification Board (BACB). It covers understanding of behavioural approaches to oversees the profession of behaviour analysis. their entire Task List specifications and is language and their applied implications. Employers are increasingly seeking people recognised by the BACB as providing the content who qualified as BCBAs, and our students have eligibility criteria necessary for you to sit the full • Practicum a distinct advantage for obtaining advanced BCBA exam if you wish. Students starting the 12 month MSc in Applied training and further employment in areas Behaviour Analysis can apply to do the 18 of employment that deal with challenging Part One comprises taught modules designed month MSc with practicum will also fulfil behaviour, special educational provisions, and around the BACB Task List. Part Two is a clinical the applied work experience requirement developmental disabilities. research study, planned and conducted in and will be qualified to sit the BACB exams. collaboration with your BCBA-qualified research This involves completing 2000 hours of For further course details, please see: supervisor. There is also an option for a small supervised work (10-20 hrs per week unpaid) www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology number of students to complete a clinical in a practicum setting arranged by the course internship over two years that meets the BACB’s instead of a thesis. The setting is arranged experience standards. by the university and supervision is provided

96 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Applied Behaviour Analysis MSc COURSE DURATION workshops, seminars, specialised computer- • Behaviour Analysis Across the Lifespan MSc: 1 year full-time, 2-3 years part-time. based instructional packages and practical In this module students will develop advanced ‘hands-on’ research experience. We provide a understanding of behavioural approaches to ENTRY REQUIREMENTS high-quality teaching and learning environment language and their applied implications. At least a 2(ii) undergraduate degree or that is intellectually stimulating and that uses the equivalent. Mature candidates (25+ at the start of principles of behaviour analysis. • Research Thesis the course) with relevant experience who are not In this module, you will collect, analyse and graduates may also gain entry to the certificate You may choose to take a smaller number interpret data, and present your empirical level of the course. Relevant clinical experience of modules for a Postgraduate Certificate or project in a formal thesis. may include paid or volunteer work in schools, Diploma, or for CPD purposes. care homes, adult services, mental health RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY services etc. and will be reviewed as appropriate Compulsory Modules include: The team coordinate the Experimental Analysis by the course director. On successful completion • Principles of Learning & Behaviour Change I of Behaviour Group (EABG), the longest standing of the certificate course, such candidates would This module sets the foundation for organisation devoted to behaviour analysis be eligible to progress to the diploma and understanding behaviour analysis on a in Europe. Many of the team are practising master’s levels. theoretical and philosophical basis and the behaviour analysts, working within a range of implications these principles have for the settings such as schools, homes, adult services, IELTS: 6.0 (with no element below 5.5) is treatment of behavioural problems. and healthcare settings. Many of our students required. Electronic applications to the school conduct applied thesis projects in settings in are required by 1st May of each year. Possible • Principles of Learning & Behaviour Change II which behaviour analysts work, making our links candidates who meet all the other criteria will This module provides an understanding of the to clinical settings strong. The course also has them be contacted for a brief interview by the basic concepts and procedures used in applied strong links with outside organisations, charities course director. Interviews will be conducted behaviour analytic interventions. An emphasis and authorities, such as Ambitious about Autism, either in person or via teleconferencing. Places will be placed on practical applications of the The Sharland Foundation, local education will be offered by the end of June. fundamental elements of behaviour change. authorities in North Wales, and Northumberland Tyne and Wear Foundation NHS Trust. COURSE DESCRIPTION • Ethics and Professional Conduct The course will enable you to develop advanced This module provides advanced practical skills CAREER PROSPECTS theoretical and practical knowledge of the and knowledge in ethical considerations in Successful candidates leave the course having basic principles of behaviour analysis and the clinical settings. met the taught course component of the eligibility application of the principles within clinical and criteria to sit the Board Certified Behavior Analyst research settings. The programme has been • Positive Behavioural Support I (BCBA) certification examination offered by the developed by Board Certified Behavior Analysts This module explores person-centred Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The (BCBA) in collaboration with the Behavior behavioural approaches and ordinary life BACB is an international professional body that Analysts Certification Board (BACB). It covers outcomes for people with learning disabilities oversees the profession of behaviour analysis. their entire Task List specifications and is who display challenging behaviour. Employers are increasingly seeking people recognised by the BACB as providing the content who qualified as BCBAs, and our students have eligibility criteria necessary for you to sit the full • Advanced Behavioural Research Methods a distinct advantage for obtaining advanced BCBA exam if you wish. and Proposal training and further employment in areas This module provides students with an of employment that deal with challenging Part One comprises taught modules designed understanding of experimental validity and behaviour, special educational provisions, and around the BACB Task List. On successful its relationship to experimental design in developmental disabilities. completion of Part One, you will proceed to Part behaviour analysis. It provides an overview Two - a clinical research study, planned and of single subject designs, group designs, data For further course details, please see: conducted in collaboration with your BCBA- collection techniques and analysis, evaluation www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology qualified research supervisor. There is also of research evidence and graphing data. an option for a small number of students to complete a clinical internship over two years that meets the BACB’s experience standards. You will be taught through a combination of

“The School of Psychology is a wonderfully friendly, sociable, relaxed environment. Throughout my time at Bangor, the support I have received from tutors and students has been amazing.’’

RAFID ALAM, MRes Psychology

97 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Consumer Psychology with Business MSc COURSE DURATION theory, but they are also given the opportunity Optional Modules include: MA/MSc: 1 year full-time. and support to put their skills and knowledge of • Marketing Strategy Can also be studied part-time. consumer psychology into practice. • New Venture Creation • International Marketing ENTRY REQUIREMENTS All students complete a consultancy module, • Finance for Managers You must have a good single or joint honours where they act as a consultant consumer • Global Brand Management degree in Psychology or other relevant discipline, psychologist. Under the supervision of a • International Strategic Management with a minimum degree class of 2.ii. professional consumer psychologist, students • Contemporary Issues in Management International students will be given individual manage and tackle a genuine research brief • Organisations and People consideration, but you must be able to provided by a business. • Advanced Research Methods demonstrate English language proficiency • Psychology Disciplinary Elop* equivalent to an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no Compulsory Modules: • International Marketing Communication element below 5.5) and you will be expected to • Consumer Psychology: Theory • Consumers in Global and Digital demonstrate that you have a suitable academic This module provides you with an advanced • Knowledge Management background for the programme. understanding of Consumer Psychology and how this relates to branding, market research RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY COURSE DESCRIPTION and marketing. The Consumer Psychology team at Bangor Have you ever wondered why you can remember University have excellent links with industry an advert from your childhood but haven’t a clue • Nudges and Behaviour Change and this is used to help provide students with what adverts you saw yesterday? Or maybe This module focuses on the fast growing area a springboard into the job market. Masters you’ve been in a supermarket and wondered of behavioural economics and how principles of students have the option to work alongside why all of the cartoon characters on cereal psychology can be used to change consumers’ academics engaged in consultancy projects, boxes are looking down. If so, you’re probably behaviour. giving students the opportunity to work with a interested in Consumer Psychology. Consumer diverse range of clients. Psychology is a new branch of psychology that • Applied Consumer Psychology studies how feelings, beliefs, and perceptions In this module you will get hands on experience CAREER PROSPECTS influence the way consumers buy and relate to acting as a commercial consumer psychologist, If you’re interested in working in advertising, goods and services. This exciting new discipline tackling a real research brief set by a branding, digital marketing, market research or uses psychological insight and research to help commercial client. retail management, this is the course for you. marketers make better-informed decisions. Over the last eight years, our graduates have • Research Dissertation gone on to work in 35 different countries and The first semester focuses on giving you an In this module, you will collect, analyse and can now be found employed as brand managers, excellent theoretical knowledge of Consumer interpret data, and present an empirical project account planners, consumer insight directors, Psychology and the fast growing area of as a formal thesis. marketing managers and many more. behavioural economics. In the second semester the emphasis switches to the business side of For further course details, please see: the course, when students are given the choice of www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology which modules they study. However, unlike most masters’ degrees, students do not just learn the

Positive Behaviour Support MSc COURSE DURATION Successful MSc candidates will leave the of single subject designs, group designs, data MSc: 1 year full-time, 2-3 years part-time. course with eligibility criteria for the full BCBA collection techniques and analysis, evaluation certification examination. of research evidence and graphing data. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A single or joint honours degree in Psychology Compulsory Modules: RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY or a related subject area (e.g., special education, • Principles of Learning & Behaviour Change I Staff involved in the course include experts in speech and language therapy), normally with This module sets the foundation for Positive Behaviour Support involved in informing a minimum degree class of 2(ii) or equivalent understanding behaviour analysis on a policy and publications of how Positive Behaviour clinical experience. theoretical and philosophical basis and the Support fits in the UK context and can be implications these principles have for the delivered. IELTS: 6.0 (with no element below 5.5) is required. treatment of behavioural problems. CAREER PROSPECTS COURSE DESCRIPTION • Principles of Learning & Behaviour Change II Successful candidates leave the course having This course has been developed by Board This module provides an understanding of the met the taught course component of the eligibility Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) in basic concepts and procedures used in applied criteria to sit the Board Certified Behavior Analyst collaboration with the Behavior Analysts behaviour analytic interventions. An emphasis (BCBA) certification examination offered by the Certification Board (BACB). PBS is an example of will be placed on practical applications of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). behavior analysis in a particular practice setting fundamental elements of behaviour change. Employers are increasingly seeking people (usually implemented for adults with intellectual who qualified as BCBAs, and our students have disabilities or within special education settings) • Ethics and Professional Conduct a distinct advantage for obtaining advanced and is currently unique within the UK. This module provides advanced practical skills training and further employment in areas and knowledge in ethical considerations in of employment that deal with challenging Students will develop an advanced conceptual clinical settings. behaviour, special educational provisions, and understanding of Applied Behaviour Analysis developmental disabilities. (ABA) and positive behaviour support, • Positive Behavioural Support I behavioural theories relevant to the development This module explores person-centred For further course details, please see: and treatment of psychological disorders and behavioural approaches and ordinary life www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology advanced knowledge of positive behaviour outcomes for people with learning disabilities support and research methodology. You will gain who display challenging behaviour. a thorough understanding of the development of key competencies in use of behavioural • Advanced Behavioural Research Methods principles in clinical settings using the positive and Proposal behaviour support model and conduct applied This module provides students with an behavioural research during the thesis. understanding of experimental validity and its relationship to experimental design in Graduates will acquire detailed knowledge behaviour analysis. It provides an overview and understanding of ABA and PBS theory and practice.

98 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Psychological Research MSc COURSE DURATION The course consists of two parts. Part one • Advanced Research Methods MSc: 1 year full-time, comprises taught modules over two semesters. This module provides you with skills in the Can also be studied part-time. You are required to take three ‘content’ modules, statistical techniques that are used when each designed to provide knowledge and studying psychology. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS promote your understanding in a specific core You must have a single or joint honours degree area of psychology. You also take three ‘skills’ Optional Modules include: in Psychology or other relevant discipline, with modules designed to help you acquire research • Introduction to Neuroimaging a minimum degree class of 2.i. International skills. In addition you take two tutorial modules • Clinical Neuropsychology I and II students will be given individual consideration, with your supervisor wherein you develop a • Consumer Psychology: Theory but you must be able to demonstrate English research proposal for your thesis. • Practical Programming language proficiency equivalent to an IELTS score • Bilingualism: Research and Method of 6.5 (with no element below 6.0) and you will be On successful completion of Part One, you’ll • Biological Bases of Psychological Disorders expected to demonstrate that you have a suitable proceed to Part Two (in the third semester). At • Topics in Child Health & Wellbeing academic background for the programme. this time you complete and write your thesis. • Methods in Cognition and Brain Research • Nudges and Behaviour Change COURSE DESCRIPTION The thesis is the ‘heart’ of the MSc and is an • The Psychology of Language Our MSc in Psychological Research is exceptional intensive research experience conducted in for its dual emphasis on basic psychological collaboration with your supervisor that allows RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY science and applied issues. The course will you to put your knowledge and skills into The academics involved with this programme provide you with a wide range of practical practice. In conducting your thesis project, have extensive research links with external research skills, advanced study in modern you will develop new skills such as planning, bodies and companies, which are fully utilised psychology, and an opportunity to learn how co-operative working, and the academic skills in ensuring that the modules are relevant to this knowledge is applied in either industrial or essential to understanding and reporting the modern work and research environment clinical settings. The course has been recognised findings to others. graduates will enter. by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) as providing the transferable skills Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS essential to social science research that will • Research Rotation If you are looking to specialise in a particular help you when looking for a PhD opportunity. You will be embedded in two different labs and area of Psychology prior to undertaking a PhD This course will get a comprehensive research will gain a wealth of theoretical knowledge and or are looking for a post as a research assistant experience working with top international calibre practical skills that will enable you to produce then this ESRC accredited Masters is for you. It researchers, and an exceptional opportunity your own high class research. also provides excellent general research skills to see how modern psychology can be put into that can be used in a range of other employment practice. • Research Dissertation environments if you’re not thinking of a PhD. In this module you will collect, analyse and interpret data, and present empirical project in For further course details, please see: a formal thesis. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 99 Principles of Clinical Neuropsychology MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: Optional Modules include: MSc: 1 year full-time; • Clinical Neuropsychology I • Introduction to Neuroimaging Can also be studied part-time. This module introduces you to major • Behavioural Neurology neuropsychological syndromes following brain • Applied Psychology in Context ENTRY REQUIREMENTS damage and to a variety of different tests and • Theoretical Models in Clinical Psychology You must have a good single or joint honours assessment procedures. • Introduction to Neuroimaging Analysis degree in Psychology or other relevant discipline, with a minimum degree class of 2.ii. • Clinical Neuropsychology II RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY International students will be given individual This module provides the basic facts The academics involved with this programme consideration, but you must be able to concerning the epidemiology, pathology, clinical have extensive research links with external demonstrate English language proficiency presentation, diagnostic criteria, and bodies and companies, which are fully utilised equivalent to an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no neuropsychiatric sequelae of common in ensuring that the modules are relevant to element below 5.5) and you will be expected to Neurological and Psychiatric disorders. the modern work and research environment demonstrate that you have a suitable academic graduates will enter. background for the programme. • Research Dissertation In this module you will collect, analyse and CAREER PROSPECTS COURSE DESCRIPTION interpret your data, and present your empirical On successful completion of the course, you The course will provide you with a strong project in a formal thesis. will be well equipped to undertake further foundation of knowledge in the following areas postgraduate study leading to a PhD, or to work relevant to clinical neuropsychology: • Advanced Research Methods in neuropsychological research. The course • Neuropsychological theory and evidence from This module provides you with skills in the provides an excellent basis if you are seeking clinical and experimental studies statistical techniques that are used when employment in health care, for example as • Neuropsychological disorders, including their studying psychology. an assistant psychologist or rehabilitation bases in neuroanatomy and neuropathology, assistant, and for progressing to professional and their impact on individuals and families • Biological Bases of Neurodevelopmental training, for example in clinical psychology or • Neuropsychological assessment Disorders related areas. Established health professionals • Neuropsychological rehabilitation This module provides students with an taking the course will find that it provides a • Research methods integrated perspective on neurodevelopmental valuable opportunity for continuing professional • Conducting neuropsychological research. disorders that emphasizes the biological development, which may contribute to future contributions to behaviours career progression. We use a wide range of the latest techniques for understanding brain-behaviour relationships, For further course details, please see: including functional brain mapping with event www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology related potentials (ERP), transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI).

“The quality of the lecturers and staff make the School of Psychology such a great department to be a part of. Despite being a big department, the amount of support you receive when you need it is amazing and makes me so glad I chose Bangor.’’ ASHLEIGH JOHNSTONE, Psychology PhD

100 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Clinical and Health Psychology MSc COURSE DURATION brain mapping with event related potentials • Research Methods Skills MSc: 1 year full-time, (ERP), transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), • Biological Bases of Neurological Disorders Can also be studied part-time. and functional magnetic resonance imaging • Clinical Neuropsychology I & II (fMRI). This gives you the chance to use the latest ENTRY REQUIREMENTS equipment and techniques. RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY You must have a good single or joint honours The academics involved with this programme degree in Psychology or other relevant discipline, Compulsory Modules: have extensive research links with external with a minimum degree class of 2.ii. • Professional Skills in Psychology bodies and companies, which are fully utilised International students will be given individual This modules gives an overview of applied in ensuring that the modules are relevant to consideration, but you must be able to psychology from and within a variety of the modern work and research environment demonstrate English language proficiency contexts and a gives a grounding in how graduates will enter. equivalent to an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no psychological knowledge is applied, and the element below 5.5) and you will be expected to associated professional issues. It gives the CAREER PROSPECTS demonstrate that you have a suitable academic opportunity to further develop professional This course is suitable for those aiming for a background for the programme. skills alongside an established career or as a professional doctorate in Clinical Psychology or starting point for a career in clinical and health other related roles in Health and Social Care. Applicants with degrees of an equivalent settings. The MSc gives a grounding in the key knowledge standard in a closely related discipline, including and skills needed for those intending to gain qualified health professionals (e.g. clinical • Theoretical Models in Clinical Psychology employment as or those already employed psychologists, psychiatrists, occupational This module explores the key theoretical as assistant psychologists (or similar roles). therapists) who have relevant clinical experience, models on which clinical psychology practice is The MSc is also an excellent preparation if you will also be considered. based, and illustrates how these models inform are keen to pursue a career in research, with clinical practice the opportunity to study research methods COURSE DESCRIPTION and statistics and to undertake a research This course will enable you to apply • Advanced Research Methods dissertation in a clinically relevant area. The psychological understanding to difficulties This module will provide you with the statistical breadth and range of assessment methods connected with mental or physical health skills that you need to conduct and evaluate supports the development skills which problems. You will be introduced to the theory psychological research. employers find attractive, such as, undertaking and knowledge that underpins effective practice group work/leadership activities, demonstrating in clinical and health psychology, will explore this • Research Dissertation independent study, critical analysis and in relation to a range of conditions, will gain an You will collect, analyse and interpret data, evaluation skills and the ability to problem solve. understanding of the range of research methods and present your empirical project, in a topic Students have access to a central Careers and used by clinical psychologists, and will conduct that you have agreed with your supervisor, in a Employability service and a dedicated member your own research project in a relevant area. formal thesis. Students will also present their of staff within the School of Psychology who can research in a conference. offer support and advice related to career or Close links within the College of Human Sciences employability issues. and local NHS services will provide you with Optional Modules include: opportunities for collaborative clinical psychology • Positive Psychology Practice For further course details, please see: research. Researchers in the School use a wide • Applied Forensic Psychology www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology range of the latest techniques for understanding • Topics in Child Health and Wellbeing brain-behaviour relationships, including functional • Global Early Childhood

Counselling MSc COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION • Mental Health and Wellbeing MSc: 2 years full-time. This course aims to prepare you to take an • Counselling Skills 1 and 2 active role as a member of the professional During the second year of the course, you will ENTRY REQUIREMENTS counselling/ psychotherapy community. This have a unique opportunity to elect two modules Applicants will have one of the following course explores a range of psychological from the wide range of options available in the academic qualifications: approaches and therapeutic methods to provide School of Psychology. These options may include • 2.ii or above undergraduate degree in holistic training in counselling. You will learn courses in Mindfulness, Clinical Psychology, Psychology or Counselling (or closely-related) about the Humanistic approach and Person- Neuropsychology, and Applied Behaviour subject Centred therapy, Psychodynamic approach Analysis. This additional specialised training will • OR 2.ii or above undergraduate degree and Psychoanalytic therapy, Behavioural give you an extra advantage as a counselling in unrelated subject AND certificate in approach and Behaviour therapy, and Cognitive graduate, and will further equip you with the Counselling approach and Cognitive therapy. You will also be skills needed to excel in your career. • OR relevant professional experience AND introduced to several integrative approaches, evidence of academic capability to such as CBT, REBT, and TA. In addition, you will CAREER PROSPECTS postgraduate level take part in practical activities to develop your One in four adults experience at least one mental communication skills and help you to introduce health difficulty in any given year and mental If the applicant has English as a second language, the therapeutic techniques into your practice. health issues account for the largest single then they will also be required to hold an IELTS This extensive curriculum will equip you to work cause of disability in the UK (Mental Health of 7 and exhibit clear evidence of communication with clients across various settings, and provide Taskforce Strategy, Feb 2016). The NHS has skills through the medium of English in the you with a toolkit of evidence-based techniques committed to a transformation of mental health interview. and relationship-focused methods. This course care across the UK and pledged to invest more will also include a solid foundation in Psychology than one billion pounds a year by 2020/21. As Applicants will also be required to complete a and Research, so that you will graduate with all a result of this commitment and the increasing Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) check, and of the skills needed to apply for doctorate level need for mental health support, employment the acceptance on the course will depend on their study or work in an empirically-based practice. opportunities in counselling are likely to expand fitness to practice with vulnerable adults. in the near future. Graduates from this course Applicants must pass a structured interview Compulsory Modules: will be particularly well equipped to succeed in assessing suitability for the course and During the first year of the course, you will gain this growing market. professional practice as a counsellor. This a comprehensive understanding of psychology, structured interview is a requirement of counselling, research, and mental health through For further course details, please see: the British Association for Counselling and the following compulsory modules: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology Psychotherapy. • Research Skills • Therapeutic Process and Context • Approaches and Therapies 1 and 2 • Research Methods and Statistics • Research Practice

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 101 Mindfulness-Based Approaches MA/MSc COURSE DURATION The curriculum is designed to extend your Based Courses This is a part-time Masters programme, with personal experience of the practice of • Mindfulness and the Brain most of our 30-credit modules taught over five mindfulness, knowledge of the growing field of weekends, spread across the academic year. The MBAs, and skills and understanding in teaching RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY full Master’s degree can be completed in 3 years, these. The academics involved with this programme or up to a maximum of 5 years. have extensive teaching and research links with external bodies, particularly in connection to ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Compulsory Modules: implementation of mindfulness within contexts Applicants will normally have the following: • Foundation in Mindfulness-Based Approaches such as health care and social care, education an initial degree or recognised equivalent This module integrates deepening your and workplace. These links are fully utilised in qualification, as well as personal experience of personal experience of mindfulness practice ensuring the programmes are relevant to the mindfulness practice in the form taught in with a theoretical underpinning of mindfulness. varied contexts that graduates will enter. Mindfulness Based Approaches (MBAs). We also ask that you have attended an 8-week MBSR or • Research Module CAREER PROSPECTS MBCT course. This module helps you prepare for your thesis. This course could enable you to develop your Content includes learning how to read and career in a number of ways. Many students COURSE DESCRIPTION critique a research paper, designing your integrate mindfulness in their professional life Our teaching is delivered in the interactive, research project, as well as equipping you and some develop businesses and teach participatory, collaborative style used when with a knowledge of the body of research on mindfulness full-time. Students may opt to teaching mindfulness-based approaches in other Mindfulness-Based Approaches. go on to further postgraduate study leading contexts. There is an option to take modules to a PhD. For qualified health, social care or that will lead you to gain ‘The Certificate of • Thesis Module education professionals, the course offers an Competence in Teaching MBSR/MBCT’. Which A research thesis of up to 20,000 words exciting opportunity for continuing professional is currently the highest teacher UK certification presenting an individual research project development. available. conducted on a topic relevant to Mindfulness- Based Approaches. For further course details, please see: The MSc/MA in Mindfulness-Based Approaches www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology is designed to provide you with strong Optional Modules (please see our latest online experiential and theoretical knowledge in MBAs prospectus for details): as a basis for professional practice, teaching, and • Teaching 1 research in this area. • Teaching 2 • The Buddhist Background to Mindfulness-

Teaching Mindfulness-Based Courses MA COURSE DURATION The first year (Foundation module) is used • Mindfulness Teaching Project PgDip: 4-5 years part-time. to develop and deepen your own personal In this module you will engage in a mindfulness practice and to learn about key developmental process that integrates and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS theories that underpin mindfulness. From then, builds on previous personal, theoretical and Applicants will normally have the following: the programme gives students the opportunity skills-based learning in mindfulness issues. an initial degree or recognised equivalent to gain in-depth levels of understanding and qualification, as well as personal experience of practice in teaching the 8- week mindfulness Optional Modules: mindfulness practice in the form taught in course; also, to be assessed on practical skills • Buddhist Background Mindfulness Based Approaches (MBAs). We also learned within the teaching group, as well as • Mindfulness and the Brain ask that you have attended an 8-week MBSR or on their understanding and skills in critical • Research MBCT course. analysis of the theories and rationales underlying mindfulness-based courses. In the final module, RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY COURSE DESCRIPTION Mindfulness Teaching Project, students are The academics involved with this programme This course has been designed to give a assessed through their recordings of teaching have extensive teaching and research links with strong experiential and theoretical knowledge a mindfulness-based course within their own external bodies, particularly in connection to base, together with a full training, in teaching professional context, as well as through written implementation of mindfulness within contexts Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (MBCT) or work. such as health care and social care, education Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction (MBSR) and workplace. These links are fully utilised in within the student’s own professional context. Compulsory Modules: ensuring the programmes are relevant to the For qualified health, social care or education • Foundation in mindfulness-based approaches varied contexts that graduates will enter. professionals it gives the opportunity to gain both This module integrates personal experience an academic award, and in addition a Certificate of mindfulness practice with a development of CAREER PROSPECTS of Competence in Teaching MBSR/MBCT, which is understanding of the rationale MBAs. This course gives you full training to become awarded by the Centre for Mindfulness Research an MBSR or an MBCT teacher within your own and Practice, internationally acclaimed for • Teaching 1 professional context. You have the opportunity standards of excellence in this field. This module develops core skills and to gain the highest mindfulness teaching understanding in the delivery of MBAs. qualification currently available in the UK; the The course programme consists of four Certificate of Competence in Teaching compulsory modules all of which have to be • Teaching 2 Mindfulness-Based Courses. Many students taken sequentially over four years, the first three This module involves further development integrate mindfulness in their professional being delivered over five weekends per year, of skills and deepening of understanding in life and some develop businesses and teach while the teaching element of the final module is delivering MBAs. mindfulness full-time. given in a 7-day residential block. For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

102 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS School of Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences

About the School • an environmental chamber – to allow testing in extreme temperature and humidity conditions COURSE LIST: • 1st in Wales/7th in the UK for Research in • a hypoxia chamber – to allow research testing Sport Science with 100% of research either at simulated high altitudes MSc/PgCert world-leading or at an international level (UK- • a dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) • Applied Sport Science wide Research Excellence Framework, 2014). scanner – to provide measurements of tissue • Applied Sport and Exercise Physiology All our researchers also teach, so this leads to composition • Exercise Rehabilitation inspirational, excellent teaching with research- • a motion analysis laboratory – equipped with led modules and supervised experience a state-of–the-art 12 camera passive marker MSc designed to develop your applied support skills. system to analyse whole body movement, and • Sport and Exercise Psychology The School is ranked 5th in the UK for Research an active marker system to allow for analysis of (BPS Accredited) Quality (Complete University Guide 2020). smaller, part body movements • Performance Psychology* • psychology testing laboratories including a • High Student Satisfaction – The School driving simulation and observation/ interview MRes/PgCert is consistently highly rated for student suite • Sport and Exercise Physiology satisfaction in the Postgraduate Taught • cell biology and biochemistry laboratories • Sport and Exercise Psychology Experience Survey (PTES).97% said they are • Sport and Exercise Science encouraged to be involved in decisions about Overview of Academic Areas how their course is run and 96% said the The School offers a full range of taught and PhD/MPhil/MSciRes course is well organised and runs smoothly. research sport, health and exercise science • Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences We are ranked 7th in the UK sector for student postgraduate degrees, from programmes that satisfaction (CUG 2020). specialise in performance and health sciences to degrees with a greater vocational element (e.g. *Subject to validation • Skills Development – 91% of the respondents MSc in Exercise Rehabilitation). Which degree to our latest survey agreed that their Masters you choose will depend on your specific interests TO FIND OUT MORE: programmes had developed their research and your career aspirations. Tel: +44 (0) 1248 388256 skills (Postgraduate Taught Experience Survey, Email: [email protected] 2019). 94% also said that they are now more Research Links www.bangor.ac.uk/sport confident about independent learning. In exercise rehabilitation and disease prevention, @SportSciBangor the School’s Health and Exercise Research Group • Our unique location is fantastic for outdoor collaborates with local NHS Boards, medical activities, plus we have extensive sports and charities (e.g. Arthritis Care and Research), and recreation facilities which are all offered research councils (e.g. National Institute for completely free of charge. Health Research). Previous projects include exercise, nutrition and drug trials to combat The School of Sport, Health and Exercise muscle wasting in arthritis patients, investigation Sciences (SHES) has been providing high-calibre of disrupted breathing in patients with sleep MSc programmes since 2000 and attracts apnoea and analysis of causes of fatigue in “I feel like the entire staff is approximately 45 students per year from home patients with chronic kidney disease. supporting my research and and abroad, including students from the USA, Singapore, Bahrain, Pakistan, Malaysia, China The School’s Extremes Research Group is helping me to set up and and India. collaborates with the Ministry of Defence (e.g. carry out a great study, the British Army), research charities (e.g. Medical We offer a wide range of degree courses from Expeditions) and international sports teams new physiology labs provide taught MSc programmes to more research- (e.g. New Zealand Rugby). Previous projects intensive MRes degrees – so, whatever you want include investigating the effects of energy a great setting to conduct my to learn, we have a degree to suit you. deficit on performance during arduous military research.” training and causes of acute mountain sickness PHILIP STEVENSON, Arizona, USA Staff are committed to maintaining the high in trekkers. We have also recently investigated MSc Exercise Rehabilitation 2016/17 quality of their research but are equally vitamin D and iron deficiency in army recruits passionate about their teaching and professional and also warm up routines for match preparation support to students. The research they undertake in rugby players. is directly applicable to what they teach on undergraduate and postgraduate programmes. In sport and exercise psychology, the School’s Based on the high quality of its research, the Institute for the Psychology of Elite Performance School has developed an excellence in enterprise The School values the overall experience of collaborates with the Ministry of Defence and innovation activities. These activities, students highly and takes great pride in having (e.g. Initial Training Group, Defence Science including knowledge transfer, involve the School a caring and student centred approach. Within & Technology Laboratory), with UK Sport in developing productive and collaborative a close knit and friendly academic community, and individual sports (e.g. the England and relationships with the public/private sectors, the School aims to provide a challenging Wales Cricket Board, Rugby Football Union). local communities and other agencies. These and enjoyable learning environment that is Previous projects have included enhancing relationships provide an opportunity to work welcoming and supportive of all students. leadership styles during initial military training, with local businesses to facilitate high quality talent identification and understanding the and meaningful student experiences, carry out Facilities developmental journeys of Team GB’s highest relevant and applicable research and contribute The School is based around a beautiful Grade II achieving athletes. to the local community. Examples of existing listed building on the banks of the Menai Strait partners include Snowdonia Active, Outdoor and is well resourced for the scientific study of Staff have also provided professional support to Partnership, Outlook Expeditions, Sports Council sport, health and exercise. It has an extensive a number of International sports and Governing for Wales and Rygbi Gogledd Cymru (North range of laboratories containing state-of-the-art Bodies. These include the British Gymnastic Wales Regional Rugby). equipment for sport and exercise physiology, Association, Sport Wales, National Ice Skating psychology, motor control and learning, and Association, Orienteering Federation, Welsh motion analysis. Facilities include: Canoeing Association, and the Welsh Yachting Association. • Physical Activity for Health and Wellbeing Centre housing exercise physiology testing and Some staff have also provided expertise to the rehabilitation laboratories equipped with an British Olympic Association. Ultrasound and Isokinetic Dynamometer;

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 103 Employabilty and Career Prospects How Graduate Assistantships support career Application Process The School’s postgraduate programmes Development will prepare students for a career as a sport SHES postgraduate programmes equip students MSc Applications scientist, working with squads of elite athletes with the latest knowledge in their selected field, Quick and easy to apply online at: and performers to fine tune their training; plus a wide range of transferable skills, and an www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/postgrad/taught/ sport science research; working in the public autonomous approach to learning that keeps application.php.en health sector, for example in sports therapy them at the cutting edge of their chosen career. or physiotherapy; or working in the health/ Assistantships are an innovative feature that MRes Applications fitness industry generally. Postgraduate study allows students to put some of their learning into Applicants who are interested in undertaking and a career in teaching (after completing a practice by supporting School activities, to help an MRes programme should first identify and postgraduate certificate of education), research develop their personal applied support skills and contact a potential supervisor from the staff list and lecturing is another vocational route. to enhance their CVs with direct experience to available available at: www.bangor.ac.uk/sport, support their future employability. to discuss the possibility of supervision. The Exercise Rehabilitation programme is aimed Graduate Assistants from the School have gone at Sport Science or Health graduates, interested on to work as lecturers and research assistants They should then follow the online application in developing their expertise and knowledge base in FE/HE, teachers, physiotherapists and exercise process, found at: in exercise and rehabilitation. rehabilitation specialists, outdoor instructors/ www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/postgrad/ guides and paramedics. research/index.php.en Funding The following are offered to students applying to For further information about the School’s In addition, students should prepare a brief study on any taught postgraduate programme: bursaries and assistantships go to: outline of their proposed area of research to www.bangor.ac.uk/sport/bursaries.php.en accompany their application form. First class funding – Excellence Award (Home/ EU Students only) The School will reward academic excellence at entry by offering a Scholarship of £1000 to a limited number of self-funding Home/ EU students who achieve a first class honours degree (or equivalent). Please see website for “This is one of the leading exercise science more details. programmes in the UK and, in my experience of other Graduate Assistantships similarly high ranking programmes, the standards All postgraduate taught applicants (Home/ EU/International, full-time and part-time) applied are consistent with the best national are eligible to APPLY to become a Graduate standards.” Assistant (GA). Graduate Assistants are paid to work with academic staff in a range of teaching, DR JAMES BETTS learning and assessment activities to support MSc External Examiner undergraduate student learning for up to 60 hours each academic year.

104 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 104 Applied Sport Science MSc COURSE DURATION pathological conditions. Students will be given accelerate learning via effective manipulation MSc: 1 year full-time, Part-time available. opportunities to develop key practical skills in of the coaching environment. clinical exercise testing according to current • Psychology of Effective Coaching – the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS guidelines. Students will also gain insights coach athlete relationship is often a very At least a 2.ii honours degree in a relevant about patients with inflammatory autoimmune complex relationship. Both the coach and the subject (or equivalent). Students with a degree disease. Additional practical sessions will help athlete want to achieve success but often from a different academic area may also be students explore techniques used for blood have opposing views about how to get there. considered. Working professionals with non- vessel imaging in cardiovascular research. The module will focus on psychological and graduate qualifications will be assessed on (*subject to validation) cognitive processes of the coach athlete an individual basis. Please contact us. EU and • Performance Psychology – ‘Stress and relationship. Overseas students, whose first language is not Performance’, ‘Mental Toughness’ and ‘Group English, are required to take the standardised Dynamics’, are the main theoretical areas Other options include: English Language test (IELTS). Students who that underpin this module. The aims of this • Dissertation Proposal achieve a score of 6.0 or above (no individual module are to allow students to understand the • Advanced Research Skills score below 5.5) are eligible for direct entry to theories related to these areas, and to apply • Research Methods the course. sport psychology theory to real-life situations. • Research Project Proposal • Exercise Psychology – the aim of this module COURSE DESCRIPTION is to examine some of the major theoretical and CAREER PROSPECTS This course provides a focus on sport and practical issues in applied exercise psychology. All the School’s postgraduate programmes performance. It has been designed to be flexible • Performance Physiology – the primary aim is are designed (with further training where and relevant to the student’s individual needs to provide a physiological framework for better appropriate) to enhance the career prospects of and interests, with a strong emphasis on the understanding at postgraduate taught level of Sport, Health and Exercise Science graduates. application of theory to professional practice. sports and exercise performance. Career destinations of Bangor postgraduates • Sports Injury Rehabilitation – Provides a include: The Home Country Sports Institutes, Compulsory modules: theoretical overview of rehabilitation. This National Governing Bodies, the Olympic Medical • Supervised Experience – to provide students will be done by considering a number of Institute, Professional sports teams and with supervision and support to develop their different injures covering different tissues and organisations, the fitness industry, the NHS personal applied support skills in either sport body parts. Whilst the course will focus on (hospitals and Primary Care Trusts), Teaching and exercise physiology or psychology; or the treatment of elite athletes, the principles and Education (after completing a Postgraduate exercise rehabilitation. The content of this studied can be applied at all levels. Certificate of Education). Further postgraduate module will be largely student specific and • Psychology of Injury and Rehabilitation – the study (i.e. Doctoral research) is another include activities (workshops, directed reading, aim of this module is to enable students to: vocational route. client-based work) that will develop the Develop a breadth and depth of knowledge and individual’s personal applied support skills. critical understanding of the models guiding For further course details, please see: • Research Project – the aim is to enable inquiry into the prediction of sport injury from www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and-exercise- students to synthesize knowledge and a psychosocial perspective and to develop an sciences/postgraduate-courses/applied-sport- competencies gained during taught module understanding of the theoretical perspectives of science-msc aspects of the MSc courses to produce a sports injury rehabilitation from a psychological scholarly and in-depth research study. standpoint. • Effective Coach Practice – a problem-based Optional modules include: learning approach will be used. Skills taught • Exercise is Medicine – this module explores or practiced include: identifying and adopting the theoretical basis of aging on several strategies for best practice in coaching, physiological systems of the body, as well as integrating motor programming and skill the utilisation of exercise to treat a variety of acquisition theory and principle with coaching practice and recommending interventions to

Applied Sport and Exercise Physiology MSc COURSE DURATION Students will be given opportunities to develop • Research Project – the aim of the Research MSc: 1 year full-time, Part-time available. key practical skills in clinical exercise testing Project is to enable students to synthesize according to current guidelines. Students knowledge and competencies gained during ENTRY REQUIREMENTS will also gain insights about patients with taught module aspects of the MSc courses to At least a 2.ii honours degree in a relevant inflammatory autoimmune disease. Additional produce a scholarly and in-depth research subject (or equivalent). practical sessions will help students explore study. techniques used for blood vessel imaging in Students with a degree from a different cardiovascular research.(*subject to validation) Other options include: academic area may also be considered. Working • Performance Physiology – the primary aim is • Dissertation Proposal professionals with non-graduate qualifications to provide a physiological framework for better • Advanced Research Skills will be assessed on an individual basis. Please understanding at postgraduate taught level of • Research Methods contact us. sports and exercise performance. • Research Project Proposal • Supervised Experience – to provide students EU and Overseas students, whose first with supervision and support to develop their CAREER PROSPECTS language is not English, are required to take personal applied support skills in either sport All the School’s postgraduate programmes the standardised English Language test (IELTS). and exercise physiology or psychology; or are designed (with further training where Students who achieve a score of 6.0 or above (no exercise rehabilitation. The content of this appropriate) to enhance the career prospects of individual score below 5.5) are eligible for direct module will be largely student specific and Sport, Health and Exercise Science graduates. entry to the course include activities (workshops, directed reading, Career destinations of Bangor postgraduates client-based work) that will develop the include: The Home Country Sports Institutes, COURSE DESCRIPTION individual’s personal applied support skills. National Governing Bodies, the Olympic Medical This course focuses on sport and exercise • Sports Injury Rehabilitation – Provides a Institute, Professional sports teams and physiology. It has been designed to be flexible theoretical overview of rehabilitation. This organisations, the fitness industry, the NHS and relevant to the student’s individual needs will be done by considering a number of (hospitals and Primary Care Trusts), Teaching and interests, with a strong emphasis on the different injures covering different tissues and and Education (after completing a Postgraduate application of theory to professional practice. body parts. Whilst the course will focus on Certificate of Education). Further postgraduate the treatment of elite athletes, the principles study (i.e. Doctoral research) is another Compulsory modules: studied can be applied at all levels. vocational route. • Exercise is Medicine – this module explores the theoretical basis of aging on several For further course details, please see: physiological systems of the body, as well as www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and-exercise- the utilisation of exercise to treat a variety of sciences/postgraduate-courses/applied-sport- pathological conditions. and-exercise-physiology-msc

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 105 Exercise Rehabilitation MSc COURSE DURATION about patients with inflammatory autoimmune develop an understanding of the theoretical MSc: 1 year full-time, Part-time available. disease. Additional practical sessions will help perspectives of sports injury rehabilitation students explore techniques used for blood from a psychological standpoint. Students ENTRY REQUIREMENTS vessel imaging in cardiovascular research. will develop a sound understanding of the At least a 2.ii honours degree in a relevant *subject to validation) application of psychological interventions, subject (or equivalent). • Supervised Experience – to provide students within a rehabilitation setting; the journey of with supervision and support to develop their return to competition, and the reasons behind Students with a degree from a different personal applied support skills in either sport the failure of some athletes to rehabilitate. academic area may also be considered. Working and exercise physiology or psychology; or professionals with non-graduate qualifications exercise rehabilitation. The content of this Other options include: will be assessed on an individual basis. Please module will be largely student specific and • Dissertation Proposal contact us. include activities (workshops, directed reading, • Advanced Research Skills client-based work) that will develop the • Research Methods EU and Overseas students, whose first individual’s personal applied support skills. • Research Project Proposal language is not English, are required to take • Exercise Psychology – the aim of this module the standardised English Language test (IELTS). is to examine some of the major theoretical and CAREER PROSPECTS Students who achieve a score of 6.0 or above (no practical issues in applied exercise psychology. All the School’s postgraduate programmes individual score below 5.5) are eligible for direct • Research Project – the aim of the Research are designed (with further training where entry to the course Project is to enable students to synthesize appropriate) to enhance the career prospects of knowledge and competencies gained during Sport, Health and Exercise Science graduates. COURSE DESCRIPTION taught module aspects of the MSc courses to Career destinations of Bangor postgraduates The course programme will suit graduates in produce a scholarly and in-depth research include: The Home Country Sports Institutes, Sport Sciences or Physical Therapy who are study. National Governing Bodies, the Olympic Medical interested in exercise rehabilitation in particular. Institute, Professional sports teams and It has been designed to be flexible and relevant to Optional modules include: organisations, the fitness industry, the NHS the student’s individual needs and interests, with • Sports Injury Rehabilitation – Provides a (hospitals and Primary Care Trusts), Teaching a strong emphasis on the application of theory to theoretical overview of rehabilitation. This and Education (after completing a Postgraduate professional practice. will be done by considering a number of Certificate of Education). Further postgraduate different injures covering different tissues and study (i.e. Doctoral research) is another Compulsory modules: body parts. Whilst the course will focus on vocational route. • Exercise is Medicine – this module explores the treatment of elite athletes, the principles the theoretical basis of aging on several studied can be applied at all levels. For further course details, please see: physiological systems of the body, as well as • Psychology of Injury and Rehabilitation – the www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and-exercise- the utilisation of exercise to treat a variety of aim of this module is to enable students to sciences/postgraduate-courses/exercise- pathological conditions. Students will be given develop a breadth and depth of knowledge rehabilitation-msc opportunities to develop key practical skills in and critical understanding of the models clinical exercise testing according to current guiding inquiry into the prediction of sport guidelines. Students will also gain insights injury from a psychosocial perspective and to

Sport and Exercise Psychology MSc (British Psychological Society BPS accredited) COURSE DURATION • Effective Coach Practice – a problem-based CAREER PROSPECTS MSc: 1 year full-time, Part-time available. learning approach will be used. Skills taught All the School’s postgraduate programmes or practiced include: identifying and adopting are designed (with further training where ENTRY REQUIREMENTS strategies for best practice in coaching; appropriate) to enhance the career prospects of At least a 2.ii honours degree in a relevant integrating motor programming and skill Sport, Health and Exercise Science graduates. subject (or equivalent). Applicants who do not acquisition theory and principle with coaching Career destinations of Bangor postgraduates hold Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership practice and recommending interventions to include: The Home Country Sports Institutes, are eligible to apply for this programme, but their accelerate learning via effective manipulation National Governing Bodies, the Olympic Medical qualification will not be BPS accredited. of the coaching environment Institute, Professional sports teams and • Psychology of Effective Coaching – the organisations, the fitness industry, the NHS EU and Overseas students, whose first coach athlete relationship is often a very (hospitals and Primary Care Trusts), Teaching language is not English, are required to take complex relationship. Both the coach and the and Education (after completing a Postgraduate the standardised English Language test (IELTS). athlete want to achieve success but often Certificate of Education). Further postgraduate Students who achieve a score of 6.0 or above (no have opposing views about how to get there. study (i.e. Doctoral research) is another individual score below 5.5) are eligible for direct The module will focus on psychological and vocational route. entry to the course cognitive processes of the coach athlete relationship. For further course details, please see: COURSE DESCRIPTION • Performance Psychology – ‘Stress and www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and-exercise- The School is proud to have been the first to Performance’, ‘Mental Toughness’ and ‘Group sciences/postgraduate-courses/sport-and- gain BPS postgraduate professional training Dynamics’, are the main theoretical areas exercise-psychology-bps-accredited-msc accreditation for this MSc programme. The that underpin this module. The aims of this course aims to provide Stage One of the training module are to allow students to understand the required to achieve Chartered Status and full theories related to these areas, and to apply membership of the BPS’s Division of Sport and sport psychology theory to real-life situations. Exercise Psychology for applicants who hold • Exercise Psychology – the aim of this module GBC. is to examine some of the major theoretical and practical issues in applied exercise psychology. Compulsory modules: • Research Project – the aim of the Research • Supervised Experience – to provide students Project is to enable students to synthesize with supervision and support to develop their knowledge and competencies gained during personal applied support skills in either sport taught module aspects of the MSc courses to and exercise physiology or psychology; or produce a scholarly and in-depth research exercise rehabilitation. The content of this study. module will be largely student specific and include activities (workshops, directed reading, Optional Modules Include: client-based work) that will develop the • Dissertation Proposal individual’s personal applied support skills. • Advanced Research Skills • Research Methods • Research Project Proposal

106 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Sport and Exercise Physiology MRes/PgCert COURSE DURATION Compulsory modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MSc: 1 year full-time, Part-time available. • Performance Physiology – the primary aim is You may have the opportunity to prepare for to provide a physiological framework for better the British Association of Sport and Exercise ENTRY REQUIREMENTS understanding at postgraduate taught level of Sciences (BASES) supervisory experience At least a 2.ii honours degree in a relevant sports and exercise performance. training, which is normally a pre-requisite of the subject (or equivalent). • Advance Research Skills – to provide critical Association’s professional accreditation. understanding of research design and data BASES also organises an annual student Students with a degree from a different analysis. To prepare students to complete conference. Former MSc students have won academic area may also be considered. Working their Masters independent study or proposal prestigious awards for ‘Best Postgraduate Verbal professionals with non-graduate qualifications modules, and their dissertation module. Presentation’ and ‘Best Postgraduate Poster will be assessed on an individual basis. Please • Presentations in Statistics - the purpose of the Presentation’ at the BASES Student Conferences. contact us. module is to provide students with an in-depth These awards are open to MSc, MRes and PhD understanding and critical appreciation of students from all UK Universities. EU and Overseas students, whose first statistical procedures. language is not English, are required to take • Peer Reviewing Scientific - the main purpose For further course details, please see: the standardised English Language test (IELTS). of the module is to provide students with an in- www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and-exercise- Students who achieve a score of 6.0 or above (no depth understanding and critical appreciation sciences/postgraduate-courses/sport-and- individual score below 5.5) are eligible for direct of publishing peer revised scientific papers. exercise-physiology-mres-pgcert entry to the course • Research Project - the aim of the Research Project is to enable students to synthesize COURSE DESCRIPTION knowledge and competencies gained during This programme has been designed to provide taught module aspects of the MSc courses to students with the opportunity to develop a critical produce a scholarly and in-depth research understanding of the principles and application of study. research design and analytical methods relevant to the scientific study of the physiology of sport and exercise. The programme facilitates the integration of theory and professional practice, and throughout the programme the research process and emphasis on student autonomy of learning become increasingly important.

Sport and Exercise Psychology MRes/PgCert COURSE DURATION • Peer Reviewing Scientific – the main purpose • Performance Psychology – ‘Stress and MSc: 1 year full-time, Part-time available. of the module is to provide students with an in- Performance’, ‘Mental Toughness’ and ‘Group depth understanding and critical appreciation Dynamics’, are the main theoretical areas ENTRY REQUIREMENTS of publishing peer revised scientific papers that underpin this module. The aims of this At least a 2.ii honours degree in a relevant • Research Project – the aim of the Research module are to allow students to understand the subject (or equivalent). Project is to enable students to synthesize theories related to these areas, and to apply knowledge and competencies gained during sport psychology theory to real-life situations. Students with a degree from a different taught module aspects of the MSc courses to • Exercise Psychology – the aim of this module academic area may also be considered. Working produce a scholarly and in-depth research is to examine some of the major theoretical and professionals with non-graduate qualifications study. practical issues in applied exercise psychology. will be assessed on an individual basis. Please • Performance Physiology – the primary aim is contact us. Optional modules include: to provide a physiological framework for better • Psychology of Injury and Rehabilitation – the understanding at postgraduate taught level of EU and Overseas students, whose first aim of this module is to enable students to: sports and exercise performance. language is not English, are required to take Develop a breadth and depth of knowledge the standardised English Language test (IELTS). and critical understanding of the models CAREER PROSPECTS Students who achieve a score of 6.0 or above (no guiding inquiry into the prediction of sport Possible future careers include: individual score below 5.5) are eligible for direct injury from a psychosocial perspective and to • Study for a PhD (at Bangor University or entry to the course develop an understanding of the theoretical elsewhere) perspectives of sports injury rehabilitation • Lecturer in Further or Higher Education COURSE DESCRIPTION from a psychological standpoint. Students • Teacher This programme has been designed provide will develop a sound understanding of the • Physiotherapy students with the opportunity to develop a critical application of psychological interventions, • Research Assistant (universities and NHS) understanding of the principles and application of within a rehabilitation setting; the journey of • Laboratory Specialised Technician (e.g. sports research design and analytical methods relevant return to competition, and the reasons behind clubs, hospitals) to the scientific study of the psychology of sport the failure of some athletes to rehabilitate. • Police and Armed Services and exercise. The programme facilitates the • Effective Coach Practice – a problem-based • Social Care work integration of theory and professional practice, learning approach will be used. Skills taught • Consultant and throughout the programme the research or practiced include: identifying and adopting process and emphasis on student autonomy of strategies for best practice in coaching; For further course details, please see: learning become increasingly important. integrating motor programming and skill www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and-exercise- acquisition theory and principle with coaching sciences/postgraduate-courses/sport-and- Compulsory modules: practice and recommending interventions to exercise-psychology-mres-pgcert • Advance Research Skills – to provide critical accelerate learning via effective manipulation understanding of research design and data of the coaching environment. analysis. To prepare students to complete • Psychology of Effective Coaching – the their Masters independent study or proposal coach athlete relationship is often a very modules, and their dissertation module. complex relationship. Both the coach and the • Presentations in Statistics – the purpose of the athlete want to achieve success but often module is to provide students with an in-depth have opposing views about how to get there. understanding and critical appreciation of The module will focus on psychological and statistical procedures. cognitive processes of the coach athlete relationship.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 107 Sport and Exercise Science MRes/PgCert COURSE DURATION • Peer Reviewing Scientific – the main purpose will develop a sound understanding of the MSc: 1 year full-time, Part-time available. of the module is to provide students with an in- application of psychological interventions, depth understanding and critical appreciation within a rehabilitation setting; the journey of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS of publishing peer revised scientific papers. return to competition, and the reasons behind At least a 2.ii honours degree in a relevant • Research Project – the aim of the Research the failure of some athletes to rehabilitate. subject (or equivalent). Project is to enable students to synthesize • Effective Coach Practice – a problem-based knowledge and competencies gained during learning approach will be used. Skills taught Students with a degree from a different taught module aspects of the MSc courses to or practiced include: identifying and adopting academic area may also be considered. Working produce a scholarly and in-depth research strategies for best practice in coaching; professionals with non-graduate qualifications study. integrating motor programming and skill will be assessed on an individual basis. Please acquisition theory and principle with coaching contact us. Optional modules include: practice and recommending interventions to • Performance Psychology – ‘Stress and accelerate learning via effective manipulation EU and Overseas students, whose first Performance’, ‘Mental Toughness’ and ‘Group of the coaching environment. language is not English, are required to take Dynamics’, are the main theoretical areas • Psychology of Effective Coaching – the the standardised English Language test (IELTS). that underpin this module. The aims of this coach athlete relationship is often a very Students who achieve a score of 6.0 or above (no module are to allow students to understand the complex relationship. Both the coach and the individual score below 5.5) are eligible for direct theories related to these areas, and to apply athlete want to achieve success but often entry to the course sport psychology theory to real-life situations. have opposing views about how to get there. • Exercise Psychology – the aim of this module The module will focus on psychological and COURSE DESCRIPTION is to examine some of the major theoretical and cognitive processes of the coach athlete This programme has been designed provide practical issues in applied exercise psychology. relationship. students with the opportunity to develop a critical • Performance Physiology – the primary aim is understanding of the principles and application of to provide a physiological framework for better CAREER PROSPECTS research design and analytical methods relevant understanding at postgraduate taught level of Possible future careers include: to the scientific study of the psychology of sport sports and exercise performance. • Study for a PhD (at Bangor University or and exercise. The programme facilitates the • Sports Injury Rehabilitation – Provides a elsewhere) integration of theory and professional practice, theoretical overview of rehabilitation. This • Lecturer in Further or Higher Education and throughout the programme the research will be done by considering a number of • Teacher process and emphasis on student autonomy of different injures covering different tissues and • Physiotherapy learning become increasingly important. body parts. Whilst the course will focus on • Research Assistant (universities and NHS) the treatment of elite athletes, the principles • Laboratory Specialised Technician (e.g. sports Compulsory modules: studied can be applied at all levels. clubs, hospitals) • Advance Research Skills – to provide critical • Psychology of Injury and Rehabilitation – the • Police and Armed Services understanding of research design and data aim of this module is to enable students to: • Social Care work analysis. To prepare students to complete Develop a breadth and depth of knowledge • Consultant their Masters independent study or proposal and critical understanding of the models modules, and their dissertation module. guiding inquiry into the prediction of sport For further course details, please see: • Presentations in Statistics – the purpose of the injury from a psychosocial perspective and to www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and-exercise- module is to provide students with an in-depth develop an understanding of the theoretical sciences/postgraduate-courses/sport-and- understanding and critical appreciation of perspectives of sports injury rehabilitation exercise-sciences-mres-pgcert statistical procedures. from a psychological standpoint. Students

Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences PhD, MPhil COURSE DURATION • Risk-taking • Exercise and immune function; diet and PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 1 year full-time • The application of all of the above in business, exercise military and other contexts • Hydration/dehydration and exercise ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Physiology of extreme environments Normally successful candidates will have a First Exercise Psychology/health behaviours: Class Honours or Masters degree, or equivalent, • Participation motivation Expertise (Talent) Development through: in a related discipline. Candidates with an Upper • Self-regulation • Skill Acquisition Second Class honours degree, or equivalent, may • Implicit processes • Talent Identification be accepted if they can present evidence of their • Visual control of movement ability to study at this level. Exercise physiology: • Motor programming • Clinical exercise physiology • Attention COURSE DESCRIPTION • Performance physiology • Perception and action Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences, with • Muscle wasting in chronic disease • Feedback processing research interests in: • Rehabilitation in chronic disease • Fatigue For further course details, please see: Sport psychology/human performance: • Psychobiology of physical exertion https://www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and- • Stress and performance • Skeletal muscle function and biochemistry exercise-sciences/phd.php.en • Application of social cognitive theories to sport • Cardio-vascular physiology and performance • Mental imagery • Self-talk • Group dynamics • Leadership • Personality and emotion regulation

108 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Performance Psychology - subject to validation MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory modules: • How motivation really works – Human MSc: Part-Time Distance Learning over 3 years. • Research Methods – This is a fabulous motivation is central to our understanding hands-on opportunity to learn about research of high performance and high performance ENTRY REQUIREMENTS design and data analysis, skills that are environments so whether you are a coach, Applicants will be considered with the following critical to reading and writing research athlete or practitioner, its vital to understand backgrounds: material, during your degree and beyond. the different forms of motivation that • They are able to demonstrate the potential It is delivered in a lively, professional, and performers can have, what influence this has to work at Masters level and have experiences very friendly manner by world-renowned on performance and health and how sporting relevant to a course covering the discipline of researchers. They will help you develop the environments can be shaped to influence Performance Psychology. necessary skills to run your own programme motivation, health, and performance. • Athletes and coaches who are working of research, and to evaluate that of others. • Talent Development –Throughout the course, professionals or have substantial voluntary Despite possible preconceived ideas about we will address the implications of current experience of at least three years duration. research design and analysis, students end up talent development research on coaching. • Non-sport professionals, such as from loving this module! When doing this we will make connections the armed forces, emergency services and • Research Project Proposal – Your project between core science and the practical business, of at least three years duration. proposal should be driven by a research experience of the course leaders work with • At least a 2.2 honours degree in a relevant question, which is designed to answer Elite Sport (e.g., UK Sport), to map out which subject (or equivalent). Students with a degree an impactful and pertinent question, still aspects of an athletes developmental journey from a different academic area may also be unanswered within the current sports science lead towards excellent sporting performance; considered. Working professionals with non- evidence base. This module will help prepare this approach will enable us to better graduate qualifications will be assessed on an you for a Research Project module, where you understand what constitutes 'talent' and how individual basis. will be given the opportunity to gain ethical we might develop it. • EU and Overseas students, whose first approval to carry out your proposed project. language is not English, are required to take • Advanced Research Skills – Will provide Other Options include; the standardised English Language test (IELTS). critical understanding of research design and • Individual Performance Psychology Students who achieve a score of 6.0 or above data Analysis to prepare students to complete • Psychology of Team Performance (no individual score below 5.5) are eligible for their Masters independent study or proposal • Psychological Skills training direct entry to the course. modules, and their dissertation module. • Coach Athlete Relationship

COURSE DESCRIPTION This MSc degree in Performance Psychology Optional modules include: CAREER PROSPECTS will better prepare you to perform as a coach, • Performing Under pressure – Sport coaches This degree will equip the student with the an athlete, or work as an applied performance and psychologists are expected to hold the necessary skills to work in the area of applied psychologist in sport, business, armed forces, tools to get the best out of athletes in high- performance psychology across a range of or the performing arts. The course content pressure scenarios – this is a key part of disciplines including sport, armed forces, is delivered by staff from the Institute for the the coach / psychologist remit. This module emergency services and business. Psychology of Elite Performance (IPEP). IPEP has been designed with exactly this issue is housed within the School of Sport, Health, in mind. We will explain precisely how and For further course details, please see: and Exercise Sciences (SHES) at Bangor why pressure influences performance using www.bangor.ac.uk/sport-health-and-exercise- University in the UK. The online degree in the latest sport psychology theories and sciences/postgraduate-courses/ Performance Psychology is modelled upon mechanistic research. We will also detail how existing psychological components of our BPS psychologists and coaches can intervene accredited MSc Sport and Exercise Psychology to prevent choking under pressure and degree program that IPEP currently delivers. encourage personal best performances. The module will be linked to real elite-athlete case The first part of the degree in its nature will studies that the course leaders have been apply theory to practice wherever possible involved with. and cover topics related to performance for • Accelerating Expertise – The module adopts example; Personality, Team and Individual a problem-based learning approach in order Resilience, Stress and Performance, to 'unfog' the often misty answers to the Motivation, Mental Toughness, Team Cohesion question of 'how to develop expertise?' Theory and Dynamics, Leadership, Coach-Athlete will focus on cognitive processing and skill Relationship, Psychological Skills Training, acquisition principles and will reflect the Accelerating Skill Development, Identifying critical issues identified within the literature. and Developing Talent, and Individual This will then be applied to a sport of the Characteristics Relating to Peak Performance. students’ choice in order to provide practical To complete the degree, students will then be solutions to the question of 'how to accelerate given the opportunity to conduct applied or expertise?' theoretical research projects or a dissertation on a topic of their choice.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 109 Biological Sciences

We offer a range of postgraduate courses and Overview of the academic areas COURSE LIST: pride ourselves on our supportive and friendly Research degrees are available in subjects atmosphere, the international standard of our covering the full spectrum of our research MSc research and the high quality of our teaching. expertise, including aquatic ecology molecular • Molecular Biology with Biotechnology ecology and evolution; wetland biogeochemistry Staff and facilities and plant science; animal physiology, MScRes We have a wide range of expertise and facilities neurophysiology, behaviour and conservation; • Biological Sciences relating to everything from the molecular microbiology, parasitology, primatology and • Emvironmental Microbiology and to whole organism and ecosystem areas of biotechnology. Biotechnology Biological Sciences, including the newly opened Centre for Environmental Biotechnology (CEB) We receive substantial financial support from PhD/MPhil and Treborth Botanical Gardens, situated the Research Councils, charities, government • Biological Sciences along the Menai Strait which offers landscaped departments and British and overseas industry. gardens and a range of grassland and woodland Our diverse interests facilitate a wide exchange habitats. We are unusual in boasting its own of interdisciplinary ideas and techniques and TO FIND OUT MORE: Natural History Museum with a large collection promote collaborations both within the University Tel: +44 (0) 1248 351151 of vertebrate and invertebrate specimens and and with colleagues in institutions and industry. E-mail: [email protected] an extensive marine aquarium, and a new https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ freshwater aquarium. Biological Sciences postgraduate-courses/biology English Language requirements As a postgraduate you can study one-year taught International applicants are normally required to Masters Degrees in Molecular Biology with provide evidence of English language proficiency. Biotechnology. A one year MScRes degree, which The minimum English requirements are: differs from the taught Masters programmes by • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than placing more emphasis on the research project, 5.5) or equivalent. is available in Biological Sciences.

Dr ANIL SHIRSAT Senior Lecturer, Biological Sciences - Postgraduate Taught Lead

Dr Shirsat is a plant molecular biologist who completed his first degree in Biological Sciences at the University of East Anglia in Norwich. After a brief interlude at Cardiff University Medical School, he went on to pursue a PhD in Plant Molecular Biology at Durham University – his PhD dissertation was on the cloning and analysis of seed storage protein genes.

His current research is mainly concerned with the role of the cell wall in plant defence – the wall is the first barrier which pathogens have to surmount and many defence pathways are initiated at the wall. In many cases, the composition of the wall alters in response to pathogen attack thereby creating a barrier to pathogen entry – he is investigating this using a transgenic approach. He is also interested in the public understanding of science and frequently gives lectures on different aspects of molecular biology. He is the organiser of the MSc in Molecular Biology with Biotechnology. STAFF PROFILE

Dr NATHALIE FENNER Lecturer, Biological Sciences - Postgratuate Research Lead

Dr Fenner is an aquatic ecologist and biogeochemist who completed a PhD on the effects of climate change on carbon exports and drinking water quality from upland catchments. Her postdoctoral positions and research lectureships further developed this, looking at drought effects and the potential for ecological and geoengineering to reduce carbon losses. Her current research is focussed on optimising drinking water treatment processes, using novel constructed wetland and impoundment systems to reduce eutrophication in industrial and rare habitat applications, biofuel production and biodiversity and carbon fluxes in mangrove ecosystems. She is currently the Director of Graduate Studies for Biological Sciences, leads an Aquatic Ecosystems research group and convenes modules on freshwater ecosystems, wetland ecosystem goods and services and a field trip to the mangroves of South West Florida (in collaboration with Florida Gulf Coast University). Her work has been published in Nature, Nature Geoscience and other leading journals. STAFF PROFILE

110 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Molecular Biology with Biotechnology MSc COURSE DURATION • Marine Biotechnology • Recombinant Protein Expression MSc: 1 year full-time. Marine biotechnology has been, and continues In this module, strategies for the production to be, of prime importance to aquaculture of recombinant proteins in bacteria including ENTRY REQUIREMENTS worldwide. The current focus of the industry plasmid expression vectors, the choice of Entry requires a good honours degree in a is now firmly based on modern technologies promoters designed to drive expression, relevant biological subject. Applications from including novel drug discovery strategies transformation and selection of recombinant mature students, without formal qualifications, for potentially important pharmaceutical bacteria, and the analysis of recombinant but with relevant industrial, commercial, research compounds, as well as improving yield in proteins on polyacrylamide gels will be studied. or other experience will be considered. For aquaculture by maximising stock growth and English language requirements please see page health using molecular technologies. • Project Preparation 108. This module enables you to acquire the • Environmental and Industrial Biotechnology specific scientific knowledge, practical skills COURSE DESCRIPTION This deals with aspects of industrial and scientific writing abilities to prepare for a Topics covered include Agrobacterium Ti microbial biotechnology including the use of substantial hypotheses-based research project plasmid based plant transformation vectors microorganisms to tackle marine oil pollution and final thesis production. and the development of transgenic crops; the and to degrade chlorinated organic pollutants; analysis of DNA sequences via bioinformatic Metagenomics; Metal-microbe interactions; • Research Project approaches; the use of DNA barcoding in fish; Biomining; Mineral bioprocessing and The project addresses a biological question bioremediation, biomining and the use of bacteria Bioremediation. or topic by practical experimentation in a to degrade novel organic pollutants and stem cell laboratory setting. Experimental work will technologies and the diagnosis of genetic disease • Plant Biotechnology be conducted either as an individual or as a using single nucleotide polymorphisms. You This covers aspects of plant biotechnology member of a small group researching related will take part in laboratory exercises designed including plant transformation, genetically aspects of a single topic. to introduce you to essential techniques in modified crops and Agrobacterium biology molecular biology and biotechnology. Most of the including the construction of Ti plasmid vectors. CAREER PROSPECTS modules have an associated practical component. The biology of transgenic tomatoes will be Most students go on to PhD studies as well as into The Research project will be conducted under the covered in detail as well as some examples employment – we have placed former students direct supervision of staff. of transgenic crops designed to impart health in Imperial College London, the Sainsbury benefits. Modern methods of plant breeding Laboratory at the University of East Anglia, Modules include: including QTL analysis and marker assisted Reliance Industries in Mumbai, India, and Siemens • Techniques of Molecular Biology & selection with respect to breeding for abiotic Diagnostic Healthcare in the UK. Biotechnology stress resistance are also covered. The course will start with training in methods For further course details, please see: designed to extract and analyse DNA and RNA, • Bioinformatics Tools for Gene & Protein https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ restriction enzyme mapping of plasmids, and Analysis postgraduate-courses/biology the analysis of human DNA polymorphisms The purpose of this module is to teach and DNA fingerprinting. Students will gain postgraduate research and master students experience in using all the techniques and how to utilise online bioinformatics tools to equipment used in a modern molecular biology analyse (i) DNA & RNA, (ii) Genomes and (iii) laboratory – gel electrophoresis, PCR etc. Proteins. These skills are essential for the successful completion of modern research projects and provide postgraduate students with transferable employable skills. The teaching strategy uses problem-based-learning in combination with three workshops.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 111 Biological Sciences Masters by Research MScRes COURSE DURATION MScRes: The MScRes is not credit-bearing and RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY 1 year full-time or pro-rata part-time. is examined through the dissertation alone, Extensive national and international staff including a viva voce examination. contacts mean that you are often able to carry ENTRY REQUIREMENTS out their research projects in association with Entry requires a good honours degree in a Because of the strong focus on the research commercial consultancies, local councils, relevant biological subject from a university, project for this degree, we do require you to environmental organisations (e.g. the or a similar qualification from any other have arranged a mutually agreeable topic with Environment Agency, Countryside Council for institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable a specific supervisor before you apply. There Wales, RSPB, British Trust for Ornithology, many professional qualification and relevant practical are a wide range of possible topics and further of whom have regional offices based in Bangor), experience may also be accepted. information on staff research interests can be and government research institutes (e.g. Centre found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/cns/research. You for Ecology and Hydrology) in the UK, and abroad COURSE DESCRIPTION may also approach the Graduate School for (past projects have involved fieldwork in the West The School supports a vigorous research base further advice. Indies, Africa, Maldives, and various European in a number of areas including aquatic ecology, countries). animal behaviour, endocrinology, energetics and The first three months will be spent refining physiology, molecular ecology, fisheries genetics, your project proposal and conducting a CAREER PROSPECTS microbial biodegradation and bioremediation, thorough Literature review. You will also As well as finding specific employment based genomics of micro-organisms and plants, present your proposal to the rest of the cohort on the specialist knowledge acquired during plant systems and technology, wetland and supervisors. Feedback obtained will enable postgraduate training, your general employability biogeochemistry, and comparative neuroscience you to improve the final project and thesis. will be enhanced by evidence of your ability to and development. Research degrees are You will also be expected to take advantage of work independently, to think analytically and available in subjects covering the full spectrum the training programme provided by the College innovatively, and to conceptualise and question. of our research expertise, and is supported by of Natural Sciences Graduate School and the During your studies, you will also have the a range of national and international funding University Doctoral School in both subject- chance to develop essential professional skills agencies and there are links with industrial and specific and generic postgraduate-level skills. such as good communication, teamwork and academic partners all over the world. leadership skills and enhance your practical experience. Our past graduates have gone on The MScRes programmes are full-time 1 year to careers in research (both in academia and degrees by research (also available on a part- research institutes) as well as in commercial time basis), which differ from traditional taught environmental consultancies, DEFRA, water Masters courses in being research-based authorities, scientific publishing, landscape degrees and therefore placing emphasis on the architects and many others. research project. This degree will equip you with confidence and competence in the latest For further course details, please see: research skills and allow you to apply for further https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ research training (PhD) programs or to directly postgraduate-courses/biology apply for research positions in universities or research institutes.

Biological Sciences PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION The first six months of your PhD or MPhil will PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time. The School supports a vigorous research base be spent refining your project proposal and in a number of areas including aquatic ecology, conducting a thorough literature review, which ENTRY REQUIREMENTS animal behaviour, endocrinology, energetics and will contribute to your final thesis. You will also Entry requires a good honours degree in physiology, molecular ecology, fisheries genetics, present your proposal to the rest of the cohort a relevant biological subject or equivalent. microbial biodegradation and bioremediation, and supervisory staff. Feedback obtained will Applicants from overseas must, in addition, genomics of micro-organisms and plants, enable you to improve your final project. demonstrate competence in English to an plant systems and technology, wetland You will also be expected to take advantage of acceptable level. See page 108 for details. biogeochemistry, and comparative neuroscience the training programme provided by the College and development. Research degrees are Graduate School and the University Doctoral available in subjects covering the full spectrum School in both subject-specific and generic of our research expertise, and is supported by postgraduate-level skills. a range of national and international funding agencies and there are links with industrial and We receive substantial financial support from academic partners all over the world. the Research Councils, charities, government departments and British and overseas industry. To obtain a PhD, which normally takes 3 Our diverse interests facilitate a wide exchange years full-time, you are expected to conduct of interdisciplinary ideas and techniques and independent research that will make an original promote collaborations both within the School contribution to knowledge about that particular and with colleagues in institutions and industry. subject and present this in the form of a thesis. The MPhil usually takes 2 years full-time For further course details, please see: to complete, and also involves independent https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ research and completion of a thesis but this may postgraduate-courses/biology be extension of existing knowledge rather than an original contribution.

Excellent facilities including snake, lizard and fish collections a Botanic Garden and a Natural History Museum.

112 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Environmental Microbiology and Biotechnology MScRes

COURSE DURATION Further details of research specialisms and Students will also benefit from our extensive 1 year full-time. contact details for staff can be found on the local, national and international links with state Research pages of the School of Natural Sciences and private sector organisations. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and the Centre for Environmental Biotechnology Entry requires a good first degree (2.ii or above) (CEB), the Welsh Government-funded research For further course detail, please see: in a relevant biological subject from a university, capacity building project (£7.8M), which is https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ or a similar qualification from any other focussing on biotechnological applications of postgraduate-courses/ institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable extremophilic microorganisms, their enzymes professional qualification and relevant practical and metabolites . As well as offering strong experience may also be accepted. Mature support for research activities, the School offers students without a degree but having substantial unique opportunities for students to conduct recent and relevant (e.g. industrial) experience project work under internationally recognised will also be considered. supervisors who are experienced staff affiliated also with CEB. COURSE DESCRIPTION The MSc by Research in Environmental The examples of subjects of potential projects Microbiology and Biotechnology is a one-year include (but are not limited to):-discovery of full-time programme that differs from a taught novel enzymes of industrial relevance from Masters programme by placing more emphasis extremophilic microorganisms and their on research, and by being examined much more communities; like a PhD, by viva voce (oral) examination, rather than by grading of coursework and dissertation. • cultivation of extremophilic (e.g. This degree will equip you with confidence hyperacidophilic) archaea; and competence in the latest research skills • microbiology of petroleum degradation in (including generic skills such as literature marine environments: cultivation and OMICS searching, legal and ethical aspects, project studies); planning, grant proposal writing, and statistical • applications of marine oil-degrading bacteria manipulation of data) and allow you to apply for (enzymes, surfactants, biopolymers, further research training (PhD) programmes, osmolytes); or to directly apply for research positions in • culture-independent (metagenomic) analysis of universities or research institutes. taxonomic composition and functional potential of microbial communities; The first three months will be spent refining • investigation of the role of marine your project proposal and conducting a microorganisms and their enzymes in the fate thorough Literature review. You will also present of synthetic polyester plastics your proposal to the rest of the cohort and • application of proteomics technologies to supervisors. Feedback obtained will enable enzyme discovery (general principles, sample you to improve the final project and thesis. You preparation and enzymatic digestion of will also be expected to take advantage of the proteins, LC-MS analysis of peptide mixtures training programme provided by the College and data analysis (bioinformatics); of Environmental Sciences and Engineering • application of metabolomics technologies to Graduate School and the University Doctoral enzyme discovery (general principles, sample School in both subject-specific and generic preparation, targeted and discovery mode postgraduate-level skills. LC-MS analysis of complex metabolite mixtures and data analysis (bioinformatics); • application of lipidomics technologies to study microbial communities (general principles, sample preparation, lipid extraction, targeted and discovery mode LC-MS analysis of complex lipid mixtures and data analysis (bioinformatics).

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 113 Forestry, Environmental Science, Geography, Conservation and Ecology

Our international research focuses on forest Overview of academic areas COURSE LIST: ecology and management; environmental and We offer a wide range of degree programmes soil science; agricultural systems; agroforestry; including Masters programmes in Agroforestry; MSc biodiversity conservation, tropical ecosystems Conservation and Land Management; • Conservation and Land Management and river catchments. Environmental Forestry. We also offer taught • Environmental and Business Management postgraduate distance-learning programmes in • Environmental Forestry Our research reputation is evident in the forsestry and food security. Research degrees • Forestry and Environmental Management number of research projects that we run; are offered in a wide range of environmental • Agroforestry and Food Security we currently have more than 60 students subjects. undertaking research for their PhDs. Their MScRes work is undertaken over a three-year period, Many of our programmes are professionally • Environmental Science and results in the production of a thesis and accredited, including our forestry-related several scientific papers. This concentration of programmes which are accredited by the MSc by Distance-Learning postgraduates concerned with environmental Institute of Chartered Foresters (ICF) and • Forestry and resource management topics makes Bangor our Environmental programmes, which are • Tropical Forestry a considerable force in terms of global research. accredited by the Institution of Environmental • Agroforestry and Food Security We attract visiting scholars from every corner of Sciences. The Environmental Management the world, who in turn contribute to a lively and course is also accredited by the Institute of MBA invigorating atmosphere. Environmental Management and Assessment • Environmental Management (IEMA) and some individual modules even give associate membership of the Institute. Facilities PhD/MPhil We boast a wide range of modern facilities • Agriculture and Crop & Soil Science including a dedicated Research Centre, a few The types of research undertaken vary widely • Agroforestry miles outside the city, which is home to long- across the environment and land use spectrum. • Conservation term experiments in forestry, agroforestry, Much of our research is undertaken overseas • Soil & Environmental Science climate change, crop breeding and ecology. and we have projects in countries as far apart as • Ecology We also host other major internationally and Vietnam, Ethiopia and Peru. • Forestry nationally recognised research centres such • Renewable Materials as the Environment Centre Wales, Centre for Some examples of our current projects include: • Geography Environmental Biotechnology and the Smart • Biocomposites Efficient Energy Centre. • Antarctic ecosystems – partitioning of resources between plants and microbes * see website for details • Greenhouse gas emissions from lowland peat Our location provides unique opportunities for # gweler y manylion yn y prosepctws Cymraeg / soils study in the disciplines we cover, particularly the see the Welsh-medium prospectus for details. natural environment, land use and conservation. • Sustaining and restoring biocultural diversity of Snowdonia National Park is less than 20 minutes indigenous sacred sites in Ethiopia TO FIND OUT MORE: away and this provides a ‘living laboratory’ for • Conservation and management of natural Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382281 much of our teaching and research. resources under the challenges of a changing E-mail: [email protected] climate in Bangladesh. https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural- sciences/postgraduate-courses/ English Language Requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements for full-time, on-campus students are: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5) or equivalent. For PhD/MPhil courses: • IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0). For MSc Distance Learning: • IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0).

Professor MORAG McDONALD, Professor of Ecology & Catchment Management

Morag McDonald completed her undergraduate degree in Agricultural and Environmental Sciences at Newcastle University, followed by a PhD. in Forestry from Edinburgh University. She subsequently worked for BBC Scotland as a researcher and radio producer in their farming and environmental unit, before taking up post-doctoral work at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada.

She now holds a personal chair in ecology and catchment management at Bangor University. She has been an active researcher in international environmental issues for over 20 years, with broad research expertise in soil conservation and fertility; impacts of anthropogenic and natural disturbance on forest ecosystems; tropical forest regeneration; agroforestry systems, water regulating ecosystem services and forest restoration through fallow management.

She has field experience in 14 countries. She is a founder and consortium member of the global PhD programme in Forest and Nature for Society (FONASO). She is an Associate of the Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment; a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy and a STAFF PROFILE Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society.

114 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Conservation and Land Management MSc COURSE DURATION questions, and communicating scientific output MSc: 1 year full-time; Modules include: to different audiences. During the course of the Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. • Conservation Science module, students will devise, conduct and write This module reviews the key concepts, which up a policy-relevant scientific study. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS underpin the conservation and management of Entry to this course requires a good honours single species populations, habitats and nature • Field Visit degree in a relevant subject area. Applications reserves. The main purpose of the trip from mature applicants, who have relevant will be to appreciate the range of activities experience in agriculture, forestry, conservation • Botanical Ecology and Ecosystem Services different conservation organisations are or land use, are actively encouraged. Applications This module explores the current conservation undertaking, to understand their different from people with other backgrounds are status of insect pollinators and their management objectives and constraints. welcomed and will be considered on an individual corresponding plant groups. Previous field trips have visited farms, basis. forests and reserves run by Scottish Wildlife • Agriculture and the Environment Trust, National Trust, RSPB, local authorities, COURSE DESCRIPTION This module reviews the impact of agricultural community groups and private individuals. This course is intended for students with a strong systems and practices on the environment and interest in the environment and who want to the scientific principles involved. RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY increase their knowledge of conservation issues. This MSc course has strong research links The course addresses issues concerned with • Management Planning with many conservation organisations locally, sustainable use of the countryside. It examines This module allows you to apply knowledge nationally and internationally e.g. Natural habitats, wildlife and landscapes and the natural gained in other modules to write a Conservation Resources Wales, Environment Agency, The Royal and human factors influencing them. The course Management System (CMS) ‘minimum contents’ Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB), Coed also examines how economic activities such management plan for a Site of Special Scientific Cymru, local farmers and food industries. as farming and forestry can be managed in an Interest. environmentally acceptable way, and how human CAREER PROSPECTS enjoyment of the countryside can be incorporated • Natural Resource Management Graduates have gained employment with within an integrated land use approach. This module gives students a theoretical conservation agencies, NGOs and government understanding of the systems approach to organisations and with academic institutions The taught part of the course provides an managing natural resources to provide various both in the EU and overseas. This MSc course opportunity to examine a broad range of topics in ecosystem services, as well as a practical has also produced high calibre scientists in the detail and develop personal skills and expertise. grounding in the ways in which natural fields of climate change, sustainable agriculture, A range of assessment methods are used resource managers can draw on a variety of renewable energy and animal diseases and including reports, presentations, practical knowledge sources to inform themselves and human health. write-ups and online and written exams. June others of the impacts of land management to September is set aside for production of a interventions. For further course details, please see: dissertation on a research topic selected by you https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ in consultation with your academic supervisor. • Research Planning and Communication postgraduate-courses/ This module will develop your understanding of the role of science and the scientific process in formulating and addressing context relevant

“Upon completion of the course I gained employment as a Project Manager with a wildlife conservation charity. Many of the skills I developed as part of the course were essential in my day to day responsibilities.” ANNA JONES, Conservation and Land Management Graduate

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 115 Agroforestry and Food Security MSc/MSc by Distance Learning COURSE DURATION • Gain a global perspective to question whether • Soil & Water Management 1 year (PG Cert); 2 years (PG Dip); 3 years part- and how growing demand for food from limited Designed to teach the fundamentals of soil time or 5 years part time (MSc). land resources can be met through agroforestry management to professionals interested in the and sustainable intensification. sustainable and efficient management of land ENTRY REQUIREMENTS resources. Entry to this course requires a good honours Students will have the opportunity to study from degree in a relevant subject area. A lesser 3 to 6 modules per year, depending on their • Urban Forestry degree plus a minimum of two years relevant status as part time or full-time students. For the This module develops an understanding of the work experience would be considered, as would Masters’ degree, students will complete a total principles and practice of urban forestry around mature students without a degree but with at of 6 modules and a dissertation project. Some the world. It provides an historical overview of least two years relevant work experience in a modules are compulsory, and others are optional the relationships between trees and cities and position of demonstrable responsibility. (subject to demand). Prospective candidates its importance as an emerging field of study. It are advised to discuss their options with the further covers how different disciplines relate EU and Overseas students, whose first programme director. to urban forestry and looks at future scenarios language is not English, are required to take of retrofitting the old as well as designing the standardised English Language test (IELTS). Modules include: future cities. Students who achieve a score of 6.5 or above (no • Natural Resource Management individual score below 6.0) are eligible for direct Gives a theoretical understanding of the • Carbon Footprinting and Life Cycle entry to the course systems approach to managing natural Assessment resources. Provides knowledge, understanding and COURSE DESCRIPTION capacity to undertake carbon footprinting This course will provide detailed understanding • Agroforestry Systems and Practice (CF) and life cycle assessment (LCA) for of the principles and processes of agroforestry Introduces the concepts behind this land use professionals concerned with the sustainable as part of a sustainable food production system, system and ways in which it is practiced around and efficient management of land resources. including its social and environmental contexts. the world. It will equip students to implement the latest • Forest Management Planning research into sustainable production systems • Global Food Security Enables students to produce a forest thinking and will facilitate entry into agroforestry- This module takes a global perspective on management plan that (a) meets professional related careers. food systems and their role in providing food standards and (b) will enable the owner’s security. stated objectives for a particular forest area to Students studying the course will: be achieved • Examine the environmental, economic and • Study Tour social aspect of agroforestry in the context of Gives students the opportunity to see the CAREER PROSPECTS food security and the changing environment. practical application of natural resource This MSc course has also formed a stepping • Study how selected agroforestry management management principles that are discussed in stone in postgraduate research and has practices can improve the resource-efficiency earlier parts of the programme. produced high calibreresearch scientists in the and overall sustainability of food production. fields of tree biology, agroforestry science, food security and natural resource management.

Environmental Forestry MSc COURSE DURATION: • Silviculture • Urban Forestry MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. This module develops your understanding This module develops an understanding of the of the silviculture of single trees and trees in principles and practice of urban forestry around ENTRY REQUIREMENTS complex systems. This module focuses the the world. It provides an historical overview of A good honours degree in a relevant subject interaction of tree management systems with the relationships between trees and cities and area. Alternatively, a first degree in an unrelated the physical environment (soils, climate etc.), its importance as an emerging field of study. It subject plus relevant practical experience may with human beings and with the range of further covers how different disciplines relate be accepted. Applicants are judged on their products derived from these systems. to urban forestry and looks at future scenarios individual merits and age, work experience and of retrofitting the old as well as designing other factors are also considered. • Forest Inventory, Assessment and Monitoring future cities. Considers ways in which forest resources can COURSE DESCRIPTION be assessed, measured and recorded for their RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY This one-year course will develop your growth and development to be monitored. Bangor has been recognised internationally as a understanding of forest ecosystems and their centre for Forestry research for many years and role in the global environment, and of the goods • Natural Resource Management the University has ongoing and productive links and services that forests can provide. The This module gives you a theoretical with a diverse range of organisations in Africa, course can have a temperate or tropical focus, understanding of the systems approach to Asia, Europe and the Americas. This degree depending on optional elements chosen. managing natural resources, as well as a is accredited by the UK Institute of Chartered practical grounding in the ways in which natural Foresters (ICF) and qualifies students for The taught part of the course provides an resource managers can draw on different kinds associate membership. opportunity to examine a broad range of topics in of knowledge sources. detail and develop personal skills and expertise. CAREER PROSPECTS A range of assessment methods are used • Forest Management Planning Against a sometimes gloomy economic backdrop, including reports, presentations, practical write- This module develops an understanding of the natural resource management, and forest ups and online and written exams. management planning process, and its use in management in particular, is becoming more the sustainable management of rural resources. important, with the result that there is a generally June to September is set aside for production of You develop management plans for real-world acknowledged skills shortage in the forestry a dissertation on a research topic selected by you forestry situations which involves setting profession. The speed with which our graduates in consultation with your academic supervisor. management objectives, considering landscape gain employment reflects this. Graduates from Dissertations can have a temperate or tropical features, devising appropriate monitoring and this course have progressed on to relevant focus, and can include field work either locally, evaluation techniques and quantifying the costs employment in public sector organisations, NGOs elsewhere in the UK, or overseas. of management operations. and academic institutions both in the EU and overseas. This MSc course has also formed a Modules include: • Study Tour stepping stone in postgraduate research and has • Forest Resources & Assessment This module gives you the opportunity to see produced high calibre research scientists in the This module provides an overview of the how the principles of forest management that fields of tree biology, forest science, and natural status of world forests, trends and causes of are discussed in earlier parts of your course resource management. deforestation and degradation, consequences are put into practice. for ecosystem services, and policy responses. For further course details, please see: https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ postgraduate-courses/

116 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Forestry MSc (Distance-Learning) COURSE DURATION • Natural Resource Management • Agroforestry Systems and Practice MSc: 3 years part-time; PG Dip: 2 years part-time; Gives a theoretical understanding of the Will give you an in-depth understanding of the PG Cert: 1 year part-time. systems approach to managing natural interface between forestry and agriculture. resources. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Urban Forestry Entry requires a good honours degree in a • Forest Management Planning This module develops an understanding of the relevant subject area. Applications from mature Gives students an understanding of the forest principles and practice of urban forestry around students who do not have higher education management planning process, and its use the world. It provides an historical overview of qualifications but have relevant work experience in the sustainable management of rural the relationships between trees and cities and will be considered. resources. its importance as an emerging field of study. It further covers how different disciplines relate COURSE DESCRIPTION • Forest Inventory, Assessment and Monitoring to urban forestry and looks at future scenarios This course is designed to provide you with Considers ways in which forest resources can of retrofitting the old as well as designing training in the management of forest resources, be assessed, measured and recorded for their future cities. understanding of the scientific, academic and growth and development to be monitored. practical principles which underpin forest WORK-PLACEMENTS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY management, and forest ecosystem function • Forest Ecosystems The course is closely linked with all aspects of and the interrelationships between government, Explores the occurrence and ecology of the forest industry, both in the UK and beyond. industry and communities’ forests and different forest types. Emphasis will be placed Students are encouraged to seek opportunities associated land-use. on forest biota and soils, and nutrient cycling and make their own links that relate to their own and hydrology. area of interest and expertise and are supported Students can choose to specialise in one of in this process. Students on the course receive two distinct degree ‘streams’. The Ecology • Social Issues in Forest Management regular updates regarding the latest news, and Management stream is designed for How social, cultural, political and economic jobs, placements and other opportunities in the those with a stronger interest in ecology and factors influence the shape and scope of forest forestry sector. science (including maths) whereas the Trees, management systems and how these impact Forests and People stream will appeal to those on the livelihoods and wellbeing of people CAREER PROSPECTS applicants with a thirst to learn more about the around the world. Current students and recent graduates have interrelationships between forests and society. secured jobs as commercial forest managers, Modules (see website for which modules you will • Sustainable Use of Non-Timber Forest forest surveyors, ecological consultants, forestry study under which stream): Products finance advisors and business start-ups. Career How forests may be managed in ways prospects also include promotion for those • Silviculture which recognise the value and enterprise already in the forestry or related professions. The module considers the principles of development potential of non-timber forest products (NTFP’s). The course opens up numerous opportunities silviculture, including species selection for study, travel, scholarship and research and according to site conditions, artificial and • Forest History, Policy and Management students are encouraged to take advantage of natural regeneration of woodlands and these. interventions. Explores how the needs and values of society in relation to woodlands and forests change over For further course details, please see: • Forestry Study Tour time and how these changes influence their https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ A week-long study tour of field sites usually in structure, management and composition. postgraduate-courses/ England and/or Wales.

Forestry and Environmental Management MSc (TRANSFOR-M) COURSE DURATION The partners in the TRANSFOR-M RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY 2 years. consortium are: Bangor has been recognised internationally as a • Albert-Ludwigs-University, Freiburg, Germany centre for Forestry research for many years and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Bangor University, Wales, UK the University has ongoing and productive links Students apply to one of the consortium • University of Eastern Finland, Finland with a diverse range of organisations in Africa, universities and must be selected by both it and a • University of New Brunswick, Canada Asia, Europe and the Americas. partner university. UK residents must choose • University of Alberta, Canada Bangor as their home university. Selection will • University of British Columbia, Canada CAREER PROSPECTS favour students with strong academic records, Several recent graduates from the TRANSFOR-M experience, and credentials that indicate serious Bangor University degrees available under programme have gone on to study for a research interest in international work. TRANSFOR-M are: degree, while others have taken up professional • MSc Agroforestry positions in forestry and conservation, often in COURSE DESCRIPTION • MSc Conservation and Land Management the partner country (i.e. EU graduates are now TRANSFOR-M (Transatlantic Forestry Masters) is • MSc Environmental Forestry working in Canada, and Canadian graduates are a two-year taught Masters programme leading working in different EU countries). to a European degree and a Canadian degree Canadian degrees available under (i.e. a dual degree) in forestry and environmental TRANSFOR-M are: For further course details, please see: management. The programme is offered by a • Master of Environmental Management https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ consortium of six universities, three in Canada (University of New Brunswick) postgraduate-courses/ and three in the European Union. Students • MSc Forestry (University of New Brunswick) acquire a global view of modern sustainable • MSc Forest Engineering (University of New forestry and environmental management, and Brunswick) multi-cultural perspectives on environmental, • MSc (University of Alberta) economic and social issues. Bangor-based • Master of Forestry, MF (University of Alberta) TRANSFOR-M students typically spend their first • Master of Forestry, MF (University of British year at a Canadian university and their second Columbia) year at Bangor University, where they complete a dissertation that is jointly supervised by the two institutions. They pay Bangor University tuition fees in both years.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 117 Tropical Forestry MSc (Distance-Learning) COURSE DURATION • Social Issues in Forest Management • Urban Forestry MSc: 3 years part-time; PG Dip: 2 years part- This module considers the ways in which This module develops an understanding of the time; PG Cert: 1 year part-time. social, cultural, political and economic factors principles and practice of urban forestry around influence the shape and scope of forest the world. It provides an historical overview of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS management systems and how these impact the relationships between trees and cities and Entry requires a good honours degree in a on the livelihoods and wellbeing of people its importance as an emerging field of study. It relevant subject. Applications from mature around the world. further covers how different disciplines relate students without higher education qualifications to urban forestry and looks at future scenarios but who have relevant work experience will be • Sustainable Use of Non-Timber Forest of retrofitting the old as well as designing considered on an individual basis. Products future cities. This module gives students an understanding of the ways in which forests may be managed COURSE DESCRIPTION WORK-PLACEMENTS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY This course is designed to provide students to recognise the value and enterprise The course is closely linked with all aspects of with training in the subject of tropical forestry, development potential of non-timber forest the forest industry, both in the UK and beyond. understanding of the scientific, academic and products (NTFP’s). Students are encouraged to seek opportunities practical principles which underpin forest • Agroforestry Systems and Practice and make their own links that relate to their own conservation, protection and management This module is designed to give students an area of interest and expertise and are supported and forest ecosystem function and the inter­ in-depth understanding of the fascinating in this process. Students on the course receive relationships between government, industry interface between forestry and agriculture. The regular updates regarding the latest news, and communities’ forests and associated land- module is global in scope and considers the jobs, placements and other opportunities in the use. The wide range of backgrounds, expertise, scientific principles and practice of agroforestry forestry sector. interests and skills amongst both the staff and in both temperate and tropical regions. students on the programme make for a hugely CAREER PROSPECTS enriching learning experience. • Forest Inventory, Assessment and Monitoring The part-time nature of this course enables This module examines the ways in which forest students to build their career alongside other Compulsory Modules: resources can be assessed and recorded for work or personal commitments. There are • Silviculture their growth and development to be monitored. excellent employment opportunities in the This module considers the principles of It will provide students with the opportunity broad area of tropical forestry including national silviculture, including species selection to acquire knowledge and understanding of government, international organisations and according to site conditions, artificial and the specialist areas of mensuration, forest consultancies. Many recent graduates on related natural regeneration of woodlands and inventory and forest resource monitoring. courses have gone on to do PhD research. interventions. The module also includes • Tropical Forestry Study Tour The course opens up numerous opportunities the management of mixed forest stands This is a two week residential study tour for study, travel, scholarship and research and and the silviculture of forests in transition to a country with notable tropical forest students are encouraged to take advantage of (transformation, conversion). resources. You will meet and discuss with these. research scientists, practicing foresters and land managers in conservation organisations, For further course details, please see: research institutes and public agencies. https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ postgraduate-courses/

Environmental and Business Management MSc IEMA Accredited for Membership

COURSE DURATION • Organisations and People • Research Planning and Communication 1 year full-time. To provide an integrated analysis of This module introduces the key component management, organisations and people, needed for successful project completion and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS developing the conceptual, strategic and explores different ways of communicating Entry requires a good honours degree in a practical skills necessary for managers in results to a range of key stakeholders. relevant subject area or a similar qualification complex, global organisational contexts. from any other institution is normally required. • Strategic Environmental Management Alternatively, possession of a suitable • Strategic Management This module is designed to provide an professional qualification and relevant practical This module introduces the language of understanding of the principles of sustainable experience may also be accepted. strategic management and explores the development, environmental legislation, link between strategic and operational environmental auditing and assessment, and COURSE DESCRIPTION management. green technological development. This course is intended for students with a keen interest in integrating environmental • Finance for Managers • Green Technology management with business practices. This module is designed for those who aim This module reviews the environmental to achieve a basic understanding of financial consequences of economic activities, including This course will take an integrated view management and control, and who require an energy generation, waste management, food of environmental management within a understanding of finance in order to manage an and water supply, consumer goods. business context and will provide the specialist organisation effectively. interdisciplinary training that is required to fully CAREER PROSPECTS integrate sustainable development objectives • Business Management for the Green Economy Graduates have gained employment in private into businesses management. A one year This module explores the process of and public sector organisations, NGOs and MScRes degree, which differs from the taught establishing a venture from idea generation academic institutions both in the EU and masters programmes by placing more emphasis to the completion of a business plan which overseas, as well as becoming self-employed on the research project. This is also available in incorporates environmental planning and consultants in Environmental and Business Biological Sciences. management. Management.

For further course detail, please see: https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ postgraduate-courses/

118 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Environmental Management MBA IEMA Approved for Membership

COURSE DURATION • Organisations and People green technological development. Students MBA: 1 year full-time; 2.5 years part-time. This module examines key issues arising completing this module successfully will from contemporary research in organisational be automatically be eligible for Associate ENTRY REQUIREMENTS behaviour (OB) and human resource membership of IEMA. Entry requires a good honours degree management (HRM). in a relevant subject, area, or a similar • Green Technology ­ qualification from any other institution is • Strategic Management This module reviews the environmental required. Alternatively, possession of a This module analyses strategic decision- consequences of economic activities, including suitable professional qualification and relevant making within business. You will develop energy generation, waste management, food practical experience may also be accepted. a critical understanding of the strategic and water supply and consumer goods. In general, however, applicants are judged on processes of business management, and the their individual merits, work experience and interconnections with the functional domains. CAREER PROSPECTS other factors are also considered. Whilst work There are an increasing number of roles in experience is desirable, it is not essential. • Management Research Environmental Management and Consultancy This module analyses the philosophical basis available. An Environmental Manager is COURSE DESCRIPTION for research in the management sciences, and responsible for overseeing the environmental The role of the corporate environmental examines a number of key methodological performance of private, public and voluntary manager is becoming increasingly complex and issues and approaches. sector organisations. They also develop, strategic. Corporate social and environmental implement and monitor environmental responsibility is becoming prominent in • Business Planning for the Green Economy strategies, policies and programmes that consumer demand and a pre-requisite for This module explores the process of promote sustainable development. There tender eligibility. This necessitates a more establishing a venture from idea generation are also many other roles in commercial and sophisticated environmental manager who can to the completion of a business plan which public sector organisations carrying out impact interpret legislative and audit requirements incorporates environmental planning and assessments to identify, assess and reduce and deliver them in a manner conducive to management. an organisation’s environmental risks and continued economic development, whilst financial costs and coordinating all aspects recognising the market trends. • Finance for Managers of pollution control, waste management, This module is designed for those who aim recycling, environmental health, conservation The aim of this course is to develop skills in the to achieve a basic understanding of financial and renewable energy. Other opportunities lie in delivery of economic activities related to the management and control, and who require an environmental education, training and research. environment, green technology and sustain- understanding of finance in order to manage ability. The course includes case studies from an organisation effectively. For further course details, please see: across these sectors reflecting changing https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ strategies and alternative approaches. The • Strategic Environmental Management postgraduate-courses/ course is suitable for graduates in a wide range This module is designed to provide an of disciplines, including Environment, Engineer- understanding of the principles of sustainable ing, Finance, Social Sciences and other subjects. development, environmental legislation, Compulsory Modules: environmental auditing and assessment, and

PhD/MPhil/MScRes Courses COURSE DURATION Soil & Environmental Science (PhD/MPhil) and Environmental Sciences (MScRes) PhD: 3 years full-time or 6 years part-time; Environmental Science (PhD/MPhil) A one year masters by research in any of the MPhil: 2 years full-time or 4 years part-time; Multidisciplinary research into fundamental subject areas above. Applicants should identify MScRes: 1 year full time or 2 years part-time. processes is aimed at the creation of potential supervisors and contact them to sustainable rural, peri-urban and urban discuss suitable research topics. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS environments; with a major focus on climate Entry requires a good honours degree in a change, biogeochemistry, plant ecophysiology, STUDY OVERSEAS relevant subject area. For English language waste management and restoration. In addition to the fully residential mode of requirements, see page 112. study, in some circumstances we may offer Forestry (PhD/MPhil) ‘split’ PhD/MPhil programmes for international COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Research covers the environmental, economic students with part of the study taking place Agriculture (PhD/MPhil) and Crop & Soil and social factors underpinning sustainability in the student’s own country or a third Science (PhD/MPhil) in forest systems, studying processes ranging country. Many of our British and other European Research into agricultural systems and from individual ecological interactions to those students also carry out fieldwork overseas for practices ranging from the science of plant and acting at a landscape level. their research. animal production to rural policy and decision- making; with a focus on alternative crops, food Renewable Materials (PhD/MPhil) and Wood FUNDING and nutrition, farmer health, local knowledge Science (PhD/MPhil/MScRes) Funding may be available from the following and rural development. Research is concentrated on the fundamental sources: UK Research Councils (scholarships science of wood and plant fibres, natural fibre are advertised, UK students only); Postgraduate Agroforestry (PhD/MPhil) reinforced composites, and the use of plant- Loans (Wales, England & N. Ireland); Research on the interactions of people, derived materials as chemical feedstocks; Commonwealth Scholarships Commission; agriculture and trees at a range of scales particular attention is paid to environmental Foreign and Commonwealth Office (via from ecophysiological interactions among impacts. British Council); European Union; University system components through to landscape level scholarships (UK students only); Charities effects, across both temperate and tropical Geography (PhD/MPhil) and Trusts; International agencies; Overseas environments, with a focus on multipurpose Research is focused on physical and human Government Scholarships. tree species and farm trees. environments at a range of spatial and temporal scales, particularly fluvial geomorphology, links CAREER PROSPECTS Conservation (PhD/MPhil) between climate change and human activities Our graduate researchers have gone on Conservation is studied from the genetic to in riverine landscapes, pollution in river to research, teaching or academic posts in global scales, with a strong emphasis on catchments and the application of geochemical universities or research institutes all over conservation of endangered species, evidence techniques, rural geographies, urban spaces the world. Others work with environmental, based conservation, social and economic and social economies. agricultural or forestry organisations, in the impacts of conservation, ecosystem services public, private and third sectors. and conservation policy. For further course details, please see: https://www.bangor.ac.uk/natural-sciences/ postgraduate-courses/

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 119 School of Ocean Sciences

The School of Ocean Sciences at Bangor is elements of the marine system with respect to COURSE LIST: one of the largest university marine science climate change impacts (sea level, ecosystem departments in Europe and a leading functioning) and anthropogenic interactions. MSc international research institution, which is ideally Our activity accordingly encompasses blue • Applied Marine Geoscience located on the shores of the Menai Strait in north sky, strategic and applied research, and active • Marine Biology Wales. knowledge transfer. The School’s research • Marine Environmental Protection culture is based on a multi-disciplinary, earth • Marine Renewable Energy The School is home to The Centre for Applied systems, approach to the investigation of shallow • Physical Oceanography Marine Sciences (CAMS) which has very close marine systems and processes. links with relevant national and international PhD/MPhil/MScRes agencies, governmental bodies and the user ­­School of Ocean Sciences • Ocean Sciences – Shelf Sea and Coastal community. It also provides policy advice and English Language requirements Processes; Biogeochemistry and has had a profound impact on applied shelf sea International applicants are normally required to Palaeoceanography; Marine Ecosystems: science through work on particle tracking, oil provide evidence of English language proficiency. Conservation and Resource Management spill management, fisheries and aquaculture and The minimum English requirements are: marine conservation. • MSc Marine Biology and MSc Marine Environmental Protection: IELTS 6.5 Facilities (with no individual score lower than 6.0) TO FIND OUT MORE: The School of Ocean Sciences has excellent • MSc Applied Marine Geoscience, MSc Physical Tel: +44 (0) 1248 351151 support facilities for both teaching and Oceanography and MSc Marine Renewable E-mail: [email protected] research. These range from large, modern, well Energy: IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score https://www.bangor.ac.uk/oceansciences/ equipped teaching laboratories to ‘high-tech’ lower than 5.5). postgraduate-courses/ research laboratories; from a local area PC • PhD/MPhil IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score based computer network to powerful number lower than 6.0). crunching workstations used in numerical ocean modelling; from photographic and desktop publishing graphics systems to in- house electrical and mechanical workshops capable of designing and building state of the art oceanographic equipment; from a filtered seawater supply direct from the Menai Strait to tropical and cool water marine aquaria. Our strong seagoing capability is enabled by the RV Prince Madog, a state-of-the-art research vessel, and an inshore boat fleet.

One-year taught Masters degrees and research degrees are also offered in a wide range of marine subjects.

Overview of academic areas The School is an actively seagoing research institution with an international reputation for the quality of its research on shelf seas and shallow marine environments. Ocean margins, shelf seas, estuaries and the coastal zone are the key

“Having grown up in Nigeria, choosing the right university for my postgraduate course in the UK was a huge decision for me. I had to pick a university with a good reputation in the sciences as well as a place I could feel at home. I made the right choice. In addition to world-class training from my professors they also took their time to make me feel at home.

Post-graduation; lessons learnt, both academically and socially, have paved the way for a rewarding career in energy and finance having worked successfully at CGGVeritas and Goldman Sachs in varying roles. In my current role as Business Development Manager, Africa and the Middle East at TGS I still find useful lessons learnt. If given the chance, I’d choose Bangor all over again.”

FOLARIN LAJUMOKE, Business Development Manager, Africa and the Middle East at TGS who graduated with an MSc in Marine Geotechnics

120 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Applied Marine Geoscience MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: approach, focusing on riverine, coastal MSc: 1 year full-time; • Key Concepts and Techniques and deep marine environments. The module Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. This module provides you with key skills will provide a foundation and conceptual including mathematics for scientists, MATLAB framework in which to understand river and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS programming, and oceanographic data marine systems, environmental change and Successful applicants normally hold, or expect analysis. geochronologies. to obtain, a good undergraduate Honours degree in a relevant subject area. Applicants from other • Geophysical Surveying • Climate and Climate Change science (BSc) subject areas or with relevant This module involves theory and field/lab An introduction to the factors and processes employment experience are encouraged to apply, practice of seismic, electrical, magnetic and which control the Earth’s past and present day provided that they can demonstrate high levels gravity surveying. climate. Links between climate and geological of motivation and experience in their Personal processes are emphasised. Statement and CV. • Sediment Geotechnics This module examines the basic principles RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY IELTS: 6.0 (with no element below 5.5) is required. of sediment characterisation and of soil Typically, companies make presentations mechanics (fluid flow, effective stress, throughout the year and sometimes conduct COURSE DESCRIPTION consolidation, shear strength). Strong lab interviews in the School. A short course by a The MSc in Applied Marine Geoscience evolved practical component. professional practitioner is held in semester 2. from its predecessor, the Marine Geotechnics Many research projects have industrial project course which boasted a 30 year pedigree. • Practical Oceanography (geological) partners. This module involves ship and small boat A series of modules have been designed to practical acquisition of geophysical data. It also CAREER PROSPECTS explain the processes that form and characterise includes supplementary classes on marine Our graduates find employment in the offshore a wide variety of sedimentary environments, acoustics, geodesy, remote sensing along with development industry (oil, gas, renewables), from the littoral zone to the deep ocean. Those associated data processing and interpretation geophysical contract companies (particularly controls range from the dynamical, chemical, using industry-standard software. those serving engineering contractors), river climatic to geological; all are inter-related. and harbour boards, the offshore detrital You also gain knowledge and understanding • Literature Review and Project Plan mining industry, and government laboratories. of survey techniques in order to map these You will be individually supervised to prepare The course may also serve as a conversion environments and thereby gain a better for the practical thesis project by reviewing to allow a pure science graduate to proceed understanding of the processes that shape background literature, identifying testable ideas into postgraduate research in the marine them. The final facet of the course involves an and formulating a detailed project plan. geosciences. Typically, students will have explanation of how these sedimentary materials secured employment by early summer during react to imposed loads – how they behave • Research Project the course. Over the last decade, around three- geotechnically. A 3.5 month individual research project based quarters secured work in a geo-related post, the on the syllabus and your individual preferences. remainder went on to further research (PhD).

Optional Modules (in semester 2): For further course details, please see: • Sedimentary Environments https://www.bangor.ac.uk/oceansciences/ This module takes a catchment to marine basin postgraduate-courses/ Marine Biology MSc COURSE DURATION • Outstanding teaching facilities, resources and techniques used to assess organismal MSc: 1 year full-time; training environment abundance and distribution in these habitats. Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. The course is based in a dedicated 490 m2 suite In addition the school has a suite of research • Marine Vertebrates ENTRY REQUIREMENTS vessels (including the £2.8M, 35m RV Prince Provides a broad overview of the diversity of Entry to the MSc/Diploma Marine Biology Madog), extensive temperate and tropical fish, seabirds and marine mammals. requires a good undergraduate Honours degree aquarium facilities and dedicated teaching and in a relevant subject area. Applicants from research laboratories. • Marine Invertebrates other science subject areas or with relevant This module provides a broad overview of employment experience are encouraged to apply, • Multidisciplinary course content, specialist the biology, ecology and culture of marine provided that they can demonstrate evidence teaching provision invertebrates. of motivation and experience in their Personal All staff are active researchers in the topics Statement and CV. they teach, allowing them to draw upon case • Research Project Planning studies and personal research. This module allows you to produce a literature IELTS: 6.5 (with no element below 6.0) is required. review in the general area of your proposed • Extremely well established and recognised research topic and a research plan for your We have over 60 years experience of teaching proposed research project. COURSE DESCRIPTION marine science at postgraduate level with an The course provides theoretical and practical excellent track record, consistently highly rated • Research Project training in the field and laboratory to provide by external examiners. This module involves an independent 3.5 advanced training and aims to elevate students to month investigation of a specific scientific topic the level of being independent marine biologists. Modules include: resulting in the production of a thesis. • Marine Ecology Skills The School of Ocean Sciences is exceptionally This module provides training in key skills CAREER PROSPECTS well suited to provide training in Marine Biology in experimental and survey designs, marine Graduates have entered employment in the because we have: benthic surveying, taxonomy, statistical following career paths; PhD research and techniques using R and resource mapping research assistants in universities and research • Unrivalled location using GIS (Geographical Information Systems). institutes; teaching; private sector employment; We are situated on the shores of the Menai public sector employment; non-governmental Strait close to Snowdonia, within an EU Special • Marine Fisheries organisations. Area of Conservation, with rocky shores, sand This module provides a broad overview of beaches, intertidal sediments, sand dunes, salt fisheries and detailed training in the techniques For further course details, please see: marshes, estuaries, shellfish beds, seal haul- used in the assessment of fish population https://www.bangor.ac.uk/oceansciences/ out sites, dolphin pods and Irish Sea on our dynamics. postgraduate-courses/ door step. • Coastal Habitat Ecology and Survey This module provides an overview of the diversity and ecology of coastal habitats and knowledge and understanding of survey

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 121 Marine Environmental Protection MSc COURSE DURATION Modules include: RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY MSc: 1 year full-time; • Marine Ecology Skills Links with external bodies reflect the diverse, Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. This module provides training in key skills pure and applied research interests of staff at in experimental and survey designs, marine the School of Ocean Sciences. These links bring ENTRY REQUIREMENTS benthic surveying, taxonomy, statistical numerous opportunities for research projects to Entry to the MSc/Diploma Marine Environmental techniques using R and resource mapping locally, nationally and internationally. Protection requires a good undergraduate using GIS (Geographical Information Systems). Honours degree in a relevant subject area. CAREER PROSPECTS Applicants from other science subject areas • Marine Fisheries Graduates have entered a diverse range of or with relevant employment experience This module provides a broad overview of employment and typically find employment are encouraged to apply, provided that they fisheries and detailed training in the techniques in higher education and research. Examples can demonstrate evidence of motivation and used in the assessment of fish population include: PhD research and Research Assistant experience in their Personal Statement and CV. dynamics. in marine environmental Sciences in the UK and overseas; teaching (e.g. environmental IELTS: 6.5 (with no element below 6.0) is required. • Coastal Habitat Ecology and Survey sciences in schools and activity centres); private Examines the principles and methods of sector (e.g. companies and consultancies COURSE DESCRIPTION biological surveys of coastal habitats. specialising in marine survey and environmental The Masters in Marine Environmental Protection impact assessment, aquaculture, oil industry, was established in 1988 and has developed a • Environmental Impact Assessment tourism and recreation); formation of their reputation over decades for its high quality Examines marine impacts and their own businesses (e.g. in marine environmental multi-disciplinary training in applied marine assessment including the process of preparing consultancy); public sector (e.g. Environment environmental issues. The course recognises an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to EU Agency, Nature Conservation Agencies, diverse threats to the earth’s life support Directive requirements. CEFAS, Sea Fisheries Committees, Local systems through a range of anthropogenic Government Partnerships and County Councils, impacts, from destruction of habitat, pollution, • Marine Conservation and Coastal Zone and comparable organisations abroad); non- and over-exploitation of resources to the global Management government organisations and voluntary impact of climate change. It is more important This module examines coastal zone law, organisations (e.g. World Wide Fund for Nature, than ever to predict impacts. The course provides socioeconomics, biodiversity, sustainability, Greenpeace, Wildlife Trusts, Heritage Trust). graduates with field skills and advanced marine protected areas, environmental techniques and technologies needed to operate aquaculture, and integrated coastal zone For further course details, please see: in the marine environment, quantitative skills management. https://www.bangor.ac.uk/oceansciences/ to assess resources and to predict threats, a postgraduate-courses/ realistic understanding of marine commerce • Research Design and Planning and governance; and communication and inter- Research, write and present literature review personal skills to work together to bring their and proposal to prepare your practical project. findings before the decision makers such that future development is sustainable. • Research Project and Dissertation Do an advanced, practical research project to investigate a scientific topic of relevance to marine management. Marine Renewable Energy MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: • Research Design & Planning MSc: 1 year full-time; • Key Concepts and Techniques You will be individually supervised to prepare Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. This module provides you with key skills for the research project by reviewing needed for your Masters course, including background literature, identifying testable ENTRY REQUIREMENTS mathematics for scientists, MATLAB ideas, and formulating a detailed project plan. Successful applicants normally hold, or expect programming, and oceanographic data to obtain, a good undergraduate Honours degree analysis. • Research Project and Dissertation in a relevant subject area. Applicants from other In the research project, you independently subject areas or with relevant employment • Practical Oceanography investigate a specific scientific topic. Projects experience are encouraged to apply, provided This module provides you with practical are chosen with appropriate guidance from that they can demonstrate high levels of experience of acquiring oceanographic and academic staff, and topics span a broad range motivation and experience in their Personal geophysical data from the 35m RV Prince of marine renewable energy issues. Statement and CV and have a suitable grounding Madog. You will process, interpret and report in mathematics. on the acquired data. Topics such as marine RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY acoustics; numerical modelling; and remote We have extensive links with the marine sensing will be covered. renewable energy industry, and many of the IELTS: 6.0 (with no element below 5.5) is required. research projects will be in collaboration with • Geophysical Fluid Dynamics industry. You will also gain exposure to the COURSE DESCRIPTION This module introduces the governing industry through invited industrial speakers. There is an urgent need to support our principles and the application of Newton’s Laws of motion to geophysical fluids. It covers electricity-generating capacity through the CAREER PROSPECTS development of low carbon technologies. The classical hydrodynamics, the equations of Graduates will be in high demand across the ocean represents a vast and largely untapped motion and continuity, rotation, the theory marine renewable energy sector, working for energy resource that could be exploited as a behind tides and waves, including internal and device developers as resource analysts, entering form of low carbon electricity generation, and planetary waves, and an introduction to ocean oceanographic consultancies working on in situ there is much commercial and R&D activity turbulence. and modelling studies for the wave and tidal in this energy sector. The aim of this MSc is • Marine Renewable Energy industry, geophysical surveying for the industry, to equip students with the skills necessary to This module will develop your understanding opportunities to work on grid infrastructure identify and quantify the potential of regions for of key energy concepts, including kinetic and (National Grid) and cabling, leasing bodies marine renewable energy installations, with an potential energy, power, intermittency, and such as The Crown Estate, and working for emphasis on the resource, time-series analysis, how these relate to ocean energy. You will government-sponsored environmental bodies numerical modelling, and the challenges faced learn about quantifying wave and tidal energy such as the Environment Agency, assessing when placing arrays of energy-generating resources over various timescales, wave-tide environmental impacts. devices in the marine environment. interactions, and environmental impacts. For further course details, please see: • Geophysical Surveying https://www.bangor.ac.uk/oceansciences/ This module involves theory and field/lab postgraduate-courses/ practice of seismic, electrical, magnetic and gravity surveying.

122 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS STAFF PROFILE

Professor John Turner (pictured above) from the School of Ocean Sciences is working on coral reefs (especially remote ones), and coastal zone management and protection. He teaches tropical marine ecology and conservation and is the Dean of Postgraduate Research. His current projects revolve around enhancing marine protected areas in the Cayman Islands, Caribbean, and in one of the world’s largest marine protected area in the British Indian Ocean Territory. His interests range from micro-algae in symbiosis with corals, through to Environmental Impact Assessment.

PhD students work on coral reef ecology and resilience and marine protected areas as well as coral bleaching. John supervises many MSc projects overseas. John has undertaken large-scale biological surveys for the United Nations Development Programme on the sustainable use of biodiversity of Socotra Archipelago, and on the coastal ecosystems of the Andaman Islands, and Environmental Impact Assessments for major industrial developments such as a Liquid Natural Gas terminal in Oman, and effluent treatment in Mauritius. He is also experienced in scientific diving and underwater surveys, especially in remote places.

Professor JOHN TURNER School of Ocean Sciences

123 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 123 Physical Oceanography MSc COURSE DURATION individual research project which leads to the variability, anthropogenic climate change, MSc: 1 year full-time; production of a thesis. Approximately 30% of climate change impacts, future climate change Diploma: 30 weeks full-time. the MSc Physical Oceanography student thesis and mitigation strategies. are subsequently published in a peer review ENTRY REQUIREMENTS scientific journal. • Marine Renewable Energy Successful applicants normally hold, or expect This module will develop your understanding to obtain, a good undergraduate Honours Compulsory Modules: of key energy concepts, including kinetic and degree in a relevant subject area. Applicants • Key Concepts and Techniques potential energy, power, intermittency, and from other subject areas or with relevant This module provides you with some of the how these relate to ocean energy. You will employment experience are encouraged to apply, key skills they will need for your Masters learn about quantifying wave and tidal energy provided that they can demonstrate high levels course and your project work. These skills resources over various timescales, wave-tide of motivation and experience in their Personal include mathematics for scientists, MATLAB interactions, and environmental impacts. Statement and CV and have mathematics to programming, oceanographic data analysis and A-level or beyond. an introduction to the marine environment. • Research Design and Planning You will be individually supervised to prepare IELTS: 6.0 (with no element below 5.5) is required. • Practical Oceanography for the research project by reviewing This module will give you a practical experience background literature, identifying testable COURSE DESCRIPTION of acquiring oceanographic and geophysical ideas, and formulating a detailed project plan. The MSc in Physical Oceanography at Bangor has data from the RV Prince Madog. You will be run since 1965 and is specifically designed for expected to process, interpret and report on CAREER PROSPECTS those who want to pursue careers as scientists the data acquired. Complementing the ship and With over 50 years of experience in teaching forecasting the impacts of future climate change, boat work will be lectures focusing on geodesy Physical Oceanography at the School of Ocean in the renewable energy industry or in natural and position fixing; marine acoustics; and Sciences, Bangor graduates have long been resource exploration. satellite remote sensing and GIS. recognised as gaining the key skills which employers are looking for. Students find This course is specifically aimed at those with • Geophysical Fluid Dynamics employment in the offshore hydrocarbons and a background in numerical or environmental This module introduces the governing renewables industries, marine survey contract sciences who have an interest in developing principles and the application of Newton’s companies, river and harbour boards and their theoretical knowledge of the oceans and laws of motion to geophysical fluids. It covers government establishments. Many students gaining practical skills working at sea. Practical classical hydrodynamics, the equations of also choose to continue to a PhD in Physical skills are gained through participation in survey motion and continuity, rotation, the theory Oceanography, either staying at Bangor or work on the University Research Vessel, the behind tides and waves, including internal and moving to another UK or an overseas University. Prince Madog, and smaller survey boats. You also planetary waves, and an introduction to ocean learn to programme in MATLAB, and study the turbulence. For further course details, please see: development and testing of numerical models, https://www.bangor.ac.uk/oceansciences/ with a particular focus on Marine Renewables. • Climate and Climate Change postgraduate-courses/ This module aims to introduce the factors and More theoretical modules cover waves, dynamics processes which control the Earth’s present and tides, and climate and climate change. The day climate, in particular natural climate taught element of the course runs from October to May, after which you embark on a 3 month

Ocean Sciences PhD/MPhil/MScRes COURSE DURATION COURSE DESCRIPTION • Marine Ecosystems: Conservation PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time; Research Degrees (PhD/MPhil) are available in and Resource Management MScRes: 1 year full time. Part-time programmes the following broad subject areas: The conservation and sustainable use of available. aquatic living resources is crucial given • Shelf Sea and Coastal Processes current rates of global population expansion. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Shelf seas represent the transition zone To understand the extent to which human Entry requires a good upper second class between land and ocean. Our focus is on the activities modify marine ecosystems we need Honours degree in a relevant subject area. identification of key physical processes, and a fundamental understanding of the processes Applicants from overseas must, in addition, their interactions, which drive the fluxes across that influence biodiversity and ecosystem demonstrate competence in English to an critical interfaces within this zone. Development functioning. Our research adopts an ecosystem- acceptable level. See page 118. of new observational techniques, coupled with wide approach and addresses the science our strengths in theory and modelling, have that underpins mitigation of human activities enabled existing paradigms to be challenged, through cultivation of marine resources, state-of-the-art models to be critically tested restoration of habitats or control of human and new ideas developed. activities. The integration of fundamental and applied science has led to outputs that have • Biogeochemistry and Palaeoceanography influenced international and national policy for The group investigates the cycling and fate conservation and sustainable use of marine of carbon and nitrogen across a range of resources. marine systems, in particular the supply of inorganic nutrients and dissolved organic For further course details, please see: matter (DOM) to coastal waters, and the https://www.bangor.ac.uk/oceansciences/ biogeochemistry of sea ice. Biogeochemistry postgraduate-courses/ underpins the validation and application of novel palaeoceanographic proxies, which we have applied to reconstructions of shelf seas and ocean margins.

124 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Computer Science

Computer Science is a lively community of Our strong focus on postgraduate teaching academic staff, undergraduate and postgraduate and research means that all our students are COURSE LIST: students and postdoctoral research workers. involved with current research themes from the outset, working closely with their personal tutors MSc Computer Science at Bangor is ideally placed to on the latest research. • Advanced Computer Science provide the training required for a career in IT • Advanced Data Science in the 21st Century. Our interactions with a wide There are many opportunities in the IT industry • Computing range of companies ensure our degree courses in many sectors due to the presence of a high • Computing for Data Science reflect current trends and recent developments number of IT companies and SMEs based locally. • Rise of Machines in their subjects. Overview of academic areas PhD/MPhil • Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Agents Facilities Research expertise spans computer graphics, We have a strong and vibrant postgraduate visualization, knowledge discovery, and • Communication Networks and Protocols programme and our students have dedicated communications. Expertise in these areas is • Image Processing for Mobile Devices laboratories in which to work. incorporated into our teaching activities, giving • Medical Visualization and Simulation students direct access to the latest Computer • Pattern Recognition / Classifiers Bangor is well equipped with computer rooms Science research. and other specialist equipment (such as a High TO FIND OUT MORE: Performance Visualisation and Medical Graphics School of Computer Science Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 laboratory) that are used to support English Language requirements E-mail: [email protected] and reinforce information and concepts International applicants are normally required www.bangor.ac.uk/cs presented during lectures and seminars. to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English In addition, we aim to ensure that our students requirements are: use industry-standard hardware and software • IELTS 6.0 from the beginning of their studies and we (with no individual score lower than 5.5). continue to invest in new computer systems and up-to-date software to support our teaching. New Developments Computer Science is in the process of developing new and exciting courses to accommodate new technological and sector areas. For further information, please conact us directly.

“I heard about Bangor University from one of the International Officers. What he told me about the University and the area sounded interesting. I did some further research and found that Bangor is a good place to live with lots of beautiful places to visit and also that the University is ranked very highly.

I enjoy social activities such as hiking, canoeing, archery, ice skating, pool, table tennis, cricket, badminton, the gym, and visiting the beach and beautiful places around Bangor.

The University been supportive throughout my studies. Whenever I needed help from my tutor or any University member of staff, I found them to be very helpful.”

SYED KALEEM ASLAM, from Pakistan, studying for a PhD in Computer Science

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 125 Advanced / Progression MSc Courses The Advanced / Progression MSc courses are taught postgraduate programmes, specifically designed to provide Computer Science (and equivalent) programmes a route to develop their skills and knowledge. These programmes assume a previous underpinning theory, allowing more room for near-state-of-the-art content. The modules contained within these programmes are taught by recognised experts in the respective field, combining their research interests with TEF Gold awarded teaching.

Advanced Computer Science MSc COURSE DURATION Indicative Course Content: CAREER PROSPECTS 1 year full-time / 2 years part-time. • Advanced Machine Learning Computer Science at Bangor is regularly • Embedded Systems ranked amongst the top universities in the UK ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Ethics, Data & Security for employability according to league tables. A recognised undergraduate degree in Computer • High Performance Computing Computer Science helps to foster collaborations Science or a related field at Second class • Information Visualisation with local IT companies. There are also many minimum, or international equivalent. • Introduction to Machine Learning & Analytics opportunities in the IT industry in many sectors • Prototyping & Fabrication due to the presence of a comparatively high Applicants from overseas must also demonstrate • XReality number of IT companies and SMEs locally. competence in English to IELTS 6.0, with no • MSc Research Project individual component below 5.5. For further course details, please contact: Students are expected to engage in near or Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 COURSE DESCRIPTION actual state-of-the-art research and present this E-mail: [email protected] The Advanced Computer Science course builds work as a written dissertation. on the foundations of a CS undergraduate programme, exploring more advanced topics such as high-performance computing and augmented/mixed/virtual reality. Students delve into the inner workings of these technologies and learn to exploit them for next-generation applications. This is all supported by our continuing commitment to professionalism and ethics, allowing the next generation to make the most appropriate choices when deploying technology to the world’s problems.

Advanced Data Science MSc COURSE DURATION Indicative Course Content: 1 year full-time / 2 years part-time. • Advanced Machine Learning • Data Science Experiments ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Ethics, Data & Security A recognised undergraduate degree in Computer • High Performance Computing Science or a related field at Second class • Information Visualisation minimum, or international equivalent. • Natural Language Processing • MSc Research Project Applicants from overseas must also demonstrate competence in English to IELTS 6.0, with no Students are expected to engage in near or individual component below 5.5. actual state-of-the-art research and present this work as a written dissertation.

COURSE DESCRIPTION For further course details, please contact: The Advanced Data Science M.Sc. allows Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 graduates from either a CS or Data Science E-mail: [email protected] ungraduated programme to broaden and deepen their skills and knowledge of data management, processing and analysis. This path also allows a route to specialise their CS experience allowing careers in business intelligence, big data analytics, or research and development. The programme shares the same commitment to professionalism and ethical exploitation of data and technology. These ideals are critical as we enter Industrial Revolution 4.0 and the ever- increasing utilisation of data to define everyday life.

The staff-student relationship is very good and there id a happy atmosphere. Students are pleasant, confident and articulate and enjoying the course. Teaching Quality Assessment

126 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Top Up / Generalist MSc Courses The Top Up / Generalist MSc courses are taught postgraduate programmes for students wishing to either supplement their existing skills or add Computer Science to another discipline. We encourage applications from any field, making these programmes ideal for changes in career direction or to give you a greater chance of finding your unique specialism – get the dream job you always worked towards. The modules on these programmes provide a solid foundation of Computer Science, programming, web and AI technologies. Students are exposed to contemporary technologies and subjects through TEF Gold awarded teaching from experts in the field.

Computing MSc COURSE DURATION appropriately exploit computer technology. • Natural Language Processing 1 year full-time / 2 years part-time. The theme of professionalism and ethics for • Prototyping and Fabrication computing is also represented to allow students • User Experience (UX) and HCI ENTRY REQUIREMENTS to understand concerns and make appropriate • Web Technologies A recognised undergraduate degree at Third choices in their onward practice. All of the • MSc Research Project class minimum, or international equivalent. modules are supported by TEF Gold awarded teaching from recognised experts in their fields. Students are expected to engage in near or COURSE DESCRIPTION actual state-of-the-art research and present this The Computing Generalist MSc course gives Indicative Course Content: work as a written dissertation. graduates from any discipline a route into • Artificial Intelligence and Game Design Computer Science and related careers. This • Computer and Network Security For further course details, please contact: programme gives students the widest choice of • Database Systems Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 topics and modules to support a general interest • Data Structures, Algorithms and Theory E-mail: [email protected] in the application of computing to their original • Ethics, Data and Security discipline. Students will cover both foundational • Introduction to Machine Learning and Analytics theory and practical skills to allow them to • Introduction to Programming

Computing for Data Science MSc COURSE DURATION Machine Learning). This pathway adds digital and Students are expected to engage in near or 1 year full-time / 2 years part-time. data literacy skills necessary to unlock a wide actual state-of-the-art research and present this range of Data Economy careers. work as a written dissertation. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A recognised undergraduate degree at Third Indicative Course Content: For further course details, please contact: class minimum, or international equivalent. • Database Systems Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 • Data Structures, Algorithms and Theory E-mail: [email protected] COURSE DESCRIPTION • Ethics, Data and Security Inspired by internationally recognised state- • Information Visualisation of-the-art research and delivered through TEF • Introduction to Machine Learning and Analytics gold awarded teaching, the Computing for Data • Introduction to Programming Science MSc programme adds Data Science • Natural Language Processing and other related computing skills to an existing • User Experience (UX) and HCI qualification. Focusing on topics that can aid • MSc Research Project in the handling and analysis of data using contemporary computing techniques (such as

Rise of Machines MSc COURSE DURATION this programme allows students to exploit • User Experience (UX) and HCI 1 year full-time / 2 years part-time. both disciplines to advance in their chosen • MSc Research Project career path. We retain a strong sense of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS professionalism and ethics throughout the Students are expected to engage in near or A recognised undergraduate degree at Third programme highlighting the sensitive nature of actual state-of-the-art research and present this class minimum, or international equivalent. the subject matter. work as a written dissertation.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Indicative Course Content: For further course details, please contact: Studying Rise of the Machines is intended to • Applied Neuroscience: Theoretical Principles Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 allow graduates from Psychology and related • Artificial Intelligence and Game Design E-mail: [email protected] fields to augment their skills with avantgarde • Ethics, Data and Security techniques from Artificial Intelligence, • Introduction to Machine Learning and Analytics Machine Learning, Cognitive Psychology and • Introduction to Programming Neuroscience. Heavily influenced by research • Methods in Cognition and Brain Research from both disciplines, delivered through TEF • Natural Language Processing Gold awarded teaching by experts in the field; • Prototyping and Fabrication

92% of students satisfied with course quality NSS 2019

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 127 Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Agents / Communication Networks and Protocols / Image Processing for Mobile Devices/ Medical Visualization and Simulation / Pattern Recognition / ClassifiersPhD/MPhil

COURSE DURATION Image Processing for Mobile Devices programme in the area of Pattern Recognition PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time. Work on the algorithms for processing images and Classification. on mobile devices, such as smartphones and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS tablets. The focus will be on the processing for RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY • Artifical Intelligence and Intelligent Agents: a new camera architectures and displays. Work on Some of our students have completed a PhD good honours degree or equivalent is required. a cutting-edge technologies and obtain sought- whilst working within industry and studying • Communication Networks and Protocols: a after skills in the growing field of mobile and part-time. Bangor University also offers various good honours degree or equivalent in electronic visual computing. funding streams for local students (the KESS engineering or computer science is required. programme) which links students with industry • Medical Visualisation and Simulation: a good Medical Visualisation and Simulation for the duration of their PhD. Students gain honours degree or equivalent with computer The main research fields are: medical visual- invaluable industry experience and the local science is required. isation; surgical simulation; telemedicine; company is able to take advantage of the latest • Pattern Recognition/Classifiers: a good computer graphics; and visualisation across research. honours degree or equivalent with computer the computational Grid. There are strong links science is required. externally with the other research groups in this CAREER PROSPECTS field, and the NHS. There are strong links with industry and with COURSE DESCRIPTIONS other research groups in this field. Computer Artifical Intelligence and Intelligent Agents Pattern Recognition/Classifiers Science at Bangor is regularly ranked amongst Research topics include knowledge-based Pattern recognition is a very active field of the top universities in the UK for employability systems, logic, multi-agent systems, distributed research intimately bound to machine learning according to league tables. There are also many systems, evolutionary algorithms, machine and data mining. Also known as classification opportunities in the IT industry in many sectors learning, data mining, computational linguistics, or statistical classification, pattern recognition due to the presence of a comparatively high natural language processing, information theory aims at building a classifier that can determine number of IT companies and SMEs in the local and information retrieval, text mining, text the class of an input pattern. An input could be area. categorization, question/answering, machine the ZIP code on an envelope, a satellite image, For further course details, please see: translation, believable agents (e.g. chatbots), and microarray gene expression data, a chemical https://www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/ artificial life agents. signature of an oil-field probe, a financial record postgraduate/computer-science/ of a company and many more. The classifier Communication Networks and Protocols may take a form of a function, an algorithm, a The main research fields are: network planning set of rules, etc. Pattern recognition is about and optimization, wireless data networks, training such classifiers to do tasks that could and network protocols. There are strong links be tedious, dangerous, infeasible, impractical, externally with the other research groups, both expensive or simply difficult for humans. within the and internationally, as well as many of Pattern recognition faces many challenges in the leading companies in the area. the modern era of massive data collection (e.g. in retail, communication and Internet) and high demand for precision and speed (e.g. in security monitoring and target tracking).

New methodologies are needed to answer these application-born challenges. We offer a new and exciting research

128 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 128 Electronic Engineering

Electronic Engineering is at the forefront of to sensors for biomedical applications. We COURSE LIST: education and research in electronics today explore large scale optical communication and conducts world-leading research in systems which enable data to be transferred at MSc optoelectronics, optical communications, 40 Gigabytes per second. • Broadband and Optical Communications organic electronics and bioelectronics. In the • Electronic Engineering most recent Government Research Excellence Bio-medical and environmental Electronics • Nanotechnology and Microfabrication Framework, the School was ranked 4th in Investigating cutting edge technology in a the UK for research outputs in Electronic highly multi-disciplinary environment, the MRes Engineering. Bio-medical Group is researching, developing • Electronic Engineering and teaching the next generation of healthcare and bio-related technologies. Autonomous Staff and facilities PhD/MPhil Since our staff work with companies through systems are of massive importance to the • Laser Micromachining and Laboratory-on-a- joint research projects, knowledge transfer innovation and data collection potential in the Chip partnerships and as consultants, students environmental sector. • Microwave Engineering can be sure that they are taught by practising • Optical Communications professional engineers and scientists. Nuclear Futures Institute; materials for • Optoelectronics extreme environments and predictive • Nanphotonics Electronic Engineering has excellent facilities modelling • Organic Electronics for postgraduate students, including access The establishment of the Nuclear Futures to cutting edge laboratory equipment, from Institute at Bangor University is the result of clean rooms to optical communications £6.5M investment from Welsh Government TO FIND OUT MORE: testbeds. Students will have access to relevant through its Sêr Cymru programme. This has Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 equipment and experimental techniques, and led to the creation of two research groups: E-mail: [email protected] will carry out their project work in our well one in materials and the other in predictive www.bangor.ac.uk/computer-science-and- equipped research laboratories. modelling. New facilities for manufacture and electronic-engineering characterisation of advanced ceramics, alloys The hands-on approach to teaching and and composites has been commissioned. laboratory work means that all our students will gain invaluable experience of industry- Electronic Engineering standard techniques, giving our students a English Language requirements significant edge in the job market. International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English Next generation Sensors, communication and language proficiency. The minimum English electronic devices requirements are: From your car through to smartphones, the • IELTS 6.0 modern world relies on electronics, sensors (with no individual score lower than 5.5). and the communication between them. For Nanotechnology and Microfabriaction MSc: Research at Bangor University extends from • IELTS 6.5 nanometre scale semiconductor devices (with no individual score lower than 6.0).

Sanjay Priyadarshi, from India, was awarded a research scholarship. has excellent teaching and learning resources and support. He recently completed a PhD in Electronic Engineering. The best thing about Bangor for me is the eco-friendly research environment and the fact that I could discuss my thoughts and ideas “I received the Research Scholarship which was a golden opportunity with the full involvement of the group. My colleagues also provided all for me to follow my dream of studying further. My area of research was the support that I needed. in Optical Chaos Communication and the Characteristics of Nonlinear Dynamics of Semiconductor Lasers. I worked on Optical Chaos, which has a potential application in secure communication. The semiconductor lasers are fascinating sources Electronic Engineering has excellent facilities and experienced staff that for secure optical communications using chaos. It is most relevant for all have the incredible skill of motivating and preparing their students today’s increasing requirement for secure data transmission at very fast for the challenges of the new high-tech world. Bangor University is speed.” among the best research-intensive universities in the UK. The University

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 129 Electronic Engineering MRes Specialist areas of study: It is the normal expectation that the independent Optional Modules include: Optoelectronics; Optical Communications; research thesis (120 credits) should be of • RF and Optical MEMS Organic Electronics; Polymer Electronics; at a standard publishable in a high quality • Advanced Sensor Systems Micromachining; Nanotechnology; Bio- peer reviewed journal. Each MRes shares the • Optical Communications & Systems Electronics; Microwave Devices and Systems. taught element of the course. After successful completion of the taught element you are then CAREER PROSPECTS COURSE DURATION able to specialise in a specific subject for your Graduates of these courses have gone on to MRes: 1 year full-time. thesis. work in various branches of the Electronics industry, for example optical communications ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Compulsory Modules: and telecommunications companies, government We welcome applicants who have gained an The taught provision has three 20 credit modules research facilities like GCHQ, and various Honours degree in Electronic Engineering, that concentrate on specific generic skills. nanotechnology enterprises, from start-ups to Physics or a related scientific discipline, at a 2.ii multinational companies. level or higher or the international equivalent. • Modelling and Design Applicants with initial degrees in other disciplines This module focuses on the simulation and Many MRes students will continue postgraduate will be considered on an individual basis, with the design of electronic devices using an advanced study after graduating, going on to MPhil and Phd assessment based on the applicant’s potential to software package – COMSOL. This powerful aprogrammes. Whatever your final destination, succeed on, and benefit from, the course. commercial software package is extremely MRes graduates will have demonstrable adaptable and can be used to simulate and independent research skills and the ability Applicants from overseas must in addition design a very wide range of physical systems. to scope and manage complicated technical demonstrate competence in English to level projects. You will also have developed scientific IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5 with • Research methods and study skills and engineering skills specific to your particular a writing score of 6.5. An appropriate ELCOS This module focuses on the skills required to area of study, from scanning probe microscopy (Bangor University English Language School) scope, plan, execute and report the outcomes to finite element modelling which are of pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve of research project. immediate applicability in technical industries. the required English language level. • Intro to micro and nanotechnology For further course details, please see: COURSE DESCRIPTION This module focuses on the device fabrication www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering Each programme is aligned to the research techniques at the nano and micro scale. conducted within Electronic Engineering. The MRes programme provides a dedicated route • Research Project for high-calibre students who are ready to After the successful completion of the taught carry out independent research (and possibly component of the programme, the major have a specific research aim in mind) leading individual thesis project will be undertaken to PhD level study or who are seeking a stand within Bangor’s world-leading Electronic alone research-based qualification suitable for Engineering research groups. a career in research with transferable skills for graduate employment.

Broadband and Optical Communications MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MSc: 1 year full-time. • Modelling and Design Graduates can expect to find employment in the This module focuses on the simulation and fast-developing communications industry, from ENTRY REQUIREMENTS design of electronic devices using an advanced local-loop service providers to backhaul network This degree is aimed at candidates who software package – COMSOL. This powerful companies. You will have advanced skills in the have gained an Honours degree in Electronic commercial software package is extremely analysis and design of broadband communi- Engineering, Physics or a related scientific adaptable and can be used to simulate and cation systems and components, with a discipline, at a 2.ii level or higher or the design a very wide range of physical systems. particular emphasis on optical communications. international equivalent. Applicants with initial These skills will be immediately applicable in the degrees in other disciplines will be considered on • Research Methods and Study Skills ever-growing communications industry. an individual basis, with the assessment based This module focuses on the skills required to on the applicant’s potential to succeed on, and scope, plan, execute and report the outcomes of For further course details, please see: benefit from, the course. research project. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering

Applicants from overseas must in addition • Optical Communications & Systems demonstrate competence in English to level The main learning objective of this module is a IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5. An study of the design and operating characteristics appropriate ELCOS (Bangor University English of optical fibre communication systems. Language School) pre-sesional course may be taken to achieve the required English language • Broadband Communications level. This module aims to provide you with an in-depth understanding of current and emerging COURSE DESCRIPTION broadband communications techniques This course aims to give suitable graduates an employed in local, access and backbone in-depth understanding of the technology, and networks. the drivers for the technology, in the area of broadband and mobile communications. The • Mobile Communications systems course will also provide exposure to current This module will provide an in-depth research activity in the field. understanding of current and emerging mobile communication systems, with a particular Upon completing the programme, you will have emphasis on the common aspects of all such a detailed understanding of the current practices systems. and directions in this topic, and will be able to apply them to the task of continuing the roll-out • RF and Optical MEMS of advanced communication services across the This module introduces the use and benefits of globe. miniaturisation in RF and optical Technologies and will investigate improvements in component characteristics and Manufacturing processes.

130 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS Electronic Engineering MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY MSc: 1 year full-time. The taught provision has three 20 credit modules The school has close links with local and that concentrate on specific generic skills. national technology companies, with potential ENTRY REQUIREMENTS for work placements, research and development This degree is aimed at candidates who • Modelling and Design opportunities and collaborative projects. have gained an Honours degree in Electronic This module focuses on the simulation and Engineering, Physics or a related scientific design of electronic devices using an advanced CAREER PROSPECTS discipline, at a 2.ii level or higher or the software package – COMSOL. This powerful All graduates of this course will have skills international equivalent. Applicants with initial commercial software package is extremely and knowledge in the techniques and ideas of degrees in other disciplines will be considered on adaptable and can be used to simulate and modern electronic systems, with a particular an individual basis, with the assessment based design a very wide range of physical systems. emphasis on the influence of nanotechnology on the applicant’s potential to succeed on, and on their design. You will also have developed benefit from, the course. • Research methods and study skills scientific and engineering skills specific to your This module focuses on the skills required to particular module choices, from the design of Applicants from overseas must in addition scope, plan, execute and report the outcomes of multi-million gate digital circuits to modelling demonstrate competence in English to level research project. communication systems and optoelectronic IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5. An devices which are of immediate applicability in appropriate ELCOS (Bangor University English • Intro to micro and nanotechnology technical industries. Language School) pre-sessional course may be This module focuses on the device fabrication taken to achieve the required English language techniques at the nano and micro scale. For further course details, please see: level. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering Optional Modules typically include: COURSE DESCRIPTION • RF and Optical MEMS This programme aims to provide a broad based • Prototyping and Fabrication Electronic Engineering MSc which will enable • Microengineering you to contribute to the future development of • Further Microengineering electronic products and services. The course • Optical Communications & Systems reflects Bangor’s highly regarded research • Mobile Communications Electronic Engineering activity at the leading edge of electronic • Broadband Communication Systems engineering. The MSc will provide relevant, • Advanced Sensor Systems was ranked 4th in the up-to-date skills that enhance the engineering competency of its graduates and allows a UK in the most recent broader knowledge of electronic engineering to be acquired by studying important emerging Government Research technologies, such as, optoelectronics, Excellence Framework bioelectronics, polymer electronics and micromachining. The course is intended for for research outputs and graduates in a related discipline, who wish to enhance and specialise their skills in several submitted over 85% of its emerging technologies. staff.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 131 Nanotechnology and Microfabrication MSc COURSE DURATION Compulsory Modules: CAREER PROSPECTS MSc: 1 year full-time. Students completing this course will have a firm • Introduction to Nanotechnology and grasp of the current practices and directions in ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Microsystems this exciting area and will have the knowledge This degree is aimed at candidates who This module focuses on the device fabrication and skills to enable you to design and build have gained an Honours degree in Electronic techniques at the nano and micro scale, as well microscale devices. In particular you will have Engineering, Physics or a related scientific as introducing some of the diagnostic tools strong numerical modelling skills, with expertise discipline, at a 2.i level or higher or the available to test the quality and characteristics in the newly emerging field of multiphysics international equivalent. Applicants with initial of devices. modelling. These skills are immediately degrees in other disciplines will be considered on applicable in the growing number of industries an individual basis, with the assessment based • Modelling and Design which apply nanotechnology to the design of new on the applicant’s potential to succeed on, and This module focuses on the simulation and products and processes. benefit from, the course. design of electronic devices using an advanced software package – COMSOL. Graduates of these courses have gone on to Applicants from overseas must in addition work in various branches of the Electronics demonstrate competence in English to level • Research methods and study skills industry, for example optical communications IELTS 6.5 overall and no element under 6.0. An This module focuses on the skills required to and telecommunications companies, government appropriate ELCOS (Bangor University English scope, plan, execute and report the outcomes of research facilities like GCHQ, and various Language School) pre-sessional course may be research project. nanotechnology enterprises, from start- taken to achieve the required English language ups to multinational companies. Some MSc level. • RF and Optical MEMS students will continue postgraduate study This module introduces the use and benefits of after graduating, going on to PhD and MPhil COURSE DESCRIPTION miniaturisation in RF and optical technologies. programmes. We are one of the very few universities in the The module will investigate improvements in UK to offer hands-on time fabricating devices component characteristics, and manufacturing For further course details, please see: in a clean room environment and operator time processes. Applications of RF and optical nano www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering on laser micro-machining equipment. This and microsystems will be discussed using course teaches numerate graduates knowledge examples. and skills in the field of nanotechnology and microfabrication. The course takes an immersive • Microengineering & Further Microengineering approach to learning both the principles and These modules provide an introduction to the practices of nanotechnology and microfabrication rapidly expanding subject of microengineering. with much of the material based around The modules investigates clean room- examples and practical exercises. External based lithographic and related methods examiners have noted the strong practical of microfabrication, as well as micro- element both in the MSc project and in the taught manufacturing issues for a range of materials part of the course, and have commended that such as silicon, polymers and metals. students on this course do significant projects in the clean room.

Laser Micromachining and Laboratory-on-a-Chip / Microwave Engineering / Optical Communications / Optoelectronics / Nanophotonics / Organic Electronics PhD/MPhil

COURSE DURATION Optoelectronics and Nanophotonics CAREER PROSPECTS PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time. Optoelectronics and nanophotonics research PhD and MPhil graduates in this field have are directed at advancing design and system enviable career prospects. Some students will ENTRY REQUIREMENTS applications of semiconductor/organic electro- go on to Postdoctoral positions, and eventually A good honours degree or equivalent is required. optic devices and nanophotonics/ metamaterial to academic careers. Others will go on to work devices including laser diodes, optical in the electronics industry, where both their Applicants from overseas must in addition waveguides, and solar-energy concentrator. specialist knowledge and their general research demonstrate competence in English to level and interpersonal skills are equally valued. IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5 with Laser Micronano-machining and Laboratory- a writing score of 6.5. An appropriate ELCOS on-a-chip For further course details, please see: (Bangor University English Language School) Research interests include: Laser www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve nanofabrication and surface modifications; Laser the required English language level. cleaning; laser generation of nanomaterials; Laser-Induced Breakdown Spectroscopy COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (LIBS); Electronic and dielectric properties of Organic Electronics biological materials; Electrokinetic manipulation Research is undertaken into: Synthesising new of bioparticles; Biological polymers, enzymes monomers and polymers for electronic device and cells; Microfabrication of biofactory and application; Fabrication of polymer MISFETs, laboratory-on-a-chip; Medical therapeutics and Schottky diodes, LEDs, electrical and optical diagnostics. characterisation of polymers and devices, AFM/ EFM/Kelvin probe studies on fabricated devices. Optical Communications Solar cells are studied (including perovskite Research interests include: Advanced optical solar cells and OPVs) with full characterisation communications systems for long-haul core equipment including solar simulator, light networks, next-generation high capacity access soaking and EQE. A time-of-flight secondary networks and cost-effective local area networks; mass spectrometer (ToF-SIMS) and accelerated Optical networking and future all-optical lifetime test chambers have recently been networks; Optical and electrical signal purchased. RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Graphene Some of our students have completed a PhD Our research at Bangor University focuses on whilst working within industry with some the use of graphene and graphene oxide in studying part-time while employed. Students the fabrication and characterisation of organic gain invaluable industry experience and the local devices such as organic chemiresistors, organic company is able to take advantage of the latest thin film transistors (OTFTs), organic memory research. devices and organic photovoltaic structures.

132 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Bangor University makes all reasonable The willingness of the University to consider BANGOR UNIVERSITY efforts to ensure that the information in this an application is no guarantee of acceptance. GWYNEDD LL57 2DG prospectus is correct at the time of production Students are admitted to the University on the Tel: 01248 351151 (September 2019). This edition of the basis that the information they provide on Website: www.bangor.ac.uk University’s postgraduate prospectus their application form is complete and correct. describes the facilities and courses which the UK/EU PG ADMISSIONS University intends to offer during the All prices quoted in this prospectus may be Tel: +44 (0)1248 383717 academic year commencing autumn 2020. The subject to change and you will be notified of E-mail: [email protected] prospectus and web pages are prepared in any such change when any offer of a place is advance of the academic year to which they made to you by the University. INTERNATIONAL PG ADMISSIONS relate and every effort has been made to Tel: +44 (0)1248 382028 ensure that the information contained in this Should you become a student of the University, E-mail: [email protected] prospectus is helpful, fair and accurate at the this notice shall be a term of any contract time of printing. However, this information is between you and the University. Any offer of a ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND FOUNDATION subject to change over time. place at the University shall be subject to the COURSES student enrolment conditions and the Tel: +44 (0)1248 382252 The University makes all reasonable efforts to University’s rules and regulations as amended E-mail: [email protected] provide the courses, tuition and learning from time to time. support, research opportunities and other HALLS OFFICE services and facilities with reasonable care A copy of the University’s current terms and Tel: +44 (0)1248 382667 and skill and in the way described in this conditions can be found online at: E-mail: [email protected] prospectus. However, the University cannot www.bangor.ac.uk/terms-and-conditions or guarantee the provision of any course or obtained in writing from the Head of MONEY SUPPORT UNIT facility. Some circumstances, such as staff Governance and Compliance, Bangor Tel: +44 (0)1248 383566/383637 changes, resource limitations and other University, Bangor, Gwynedd, LL57 2DG. E-mail: [email protected] factors over which the University has no control, such as industrial action or a change STUDENT HOUSING OFFICE in the law or the level of demand for a Tel: +44 (0)1248 382034/2883 particular programme or module (please note E-mail: [email protected] that this list is non-exhaustive), may result in the University having to withdraw or change PROSPECTUS AND OTHER UNIVERSITY aspects of the programmes, modules and/or LITERATURE student services and/or facilities detailed in Tel: +44 (0)1248 383561/382005 the prospectus. This could include, but not E-mail: [email protected] necessarily be limited to, programme/module content, staffing, the location where the DYSLEXIA SUPPORT programme/module is taught or the manner of Tel: +44 (0)1248 383620/382032 teaching delivery, and the facilities provided to E-mail: [email protected] deliver or support the programme. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES Where circumstances demand an unavoidable Tel: +44 (0)1248 382024 change or where it is necessary for the E-mail: [email protected] University to discontinue a programme of study, the University will take all reasonable steps to minimise the effect and all proposed changes will be notified to potential applicants @BangorUni who have registered an interest in the relevant programme at the earliest possible facebook.com/BangorUniversity opportunity as well as being reflected on the University’s website (www.bangor.ac.uk). An individual will be entitled to withdraw from the @bangor_university course by telling the University in writing within a reasonable time of being informed of @bangoruni the change. In addition, any changes between the prospectus and the proposed course and services will be notified to applicants at the time of making an offer. Prospective applicants are encouraged to check our website for the most up-to-date information.

Bangor University Registered Charity No: 1141565

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 133 WWW.BANGOR.AC.UK